ELEMENTS OF L AT 1 N D'OOGE ill D^Ooge^s Elements of Latin This is a NEW BOOK. It presents Latin in such a way that the pupil will learn Latin and enjoy the process. It makes Latin a live subject without sacrificing scholarship. The subject matter is divided into 110 lessons, grouped by semesters (p. 143). In general a lesson can be covered in a single recitation. Related subjects are treated together and every point is adequately explained. Principles of syntax have been reduced to bare essentials. These are approached from the standpoint of English Gram- mar, and the two languages are constantly compared. Related constructions are grouped (p. 53) and all are sum- marized on page 321. The vocabulary of the lessons is limited to 520 words, general in their nature. More than 90% of them are used five or more times in Caesar. Separate working vocabularies accompany each lesson giving both English meanings of the Latin words and related English words (pp. 361-381). The new words of each semester's lessons are listed (pp, 3S7- 360). There are several lessons devoted to word formation, to prefixes and suffixes, in addition to the derivative work found in the special vocabularies (pp., 121, 134, 158, 182, 231). All lesson material is systematically and thoroughly reviewed (pp. 299-320) at regular intervals after groups of related lessons (pp. 25, 45, 66, 86, 103, etc.). D'Ooge's Elements dC^M^ ^ i^ It abounds in material that will stimulate interest and enrich the Latin work. Note, for example: The "Story of Baculus, the Centurion" (p. 283). The abundance of well graded and interesting sight reading (pp. 273ff.). The early introduction of connected reading (Chap. VIII), continued throughout the book in the form of dialogues, descriptions, legends, and stories. The Latin play, "Perseus and Andromeda" (p. 279). Four pages of Latin Songs and Rounds. D'OOGE'S ELEMENTS OF LATIN is well illustrated with pictures and drawings, in many cases made especially for this text. Besides the many pictures pertaining to larger phases of Roman life and art, every story is illustrated. SPECIAL FEATURES 1. Five reasons for the study of Latin (p. 4). 2. Optional lessons covering the less frequently used con- structions (pp. 259, 261). 3. Graphical representation of the meaning of prepositions and voices (pp. 25, 46, 55, 104). 4. Original stories for original composition (pp. 263-271). 5. Emphasis on Latin Word Order (p. 65). 6. Quotations from prominent men of affairs relative to the value of the study of Latin (p. 35). 7. Suggestions for a book of derivatives (p. 382). GEinr DIP Provost Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2008 with funding from IVIicrosoft Corporation http://www.archive.org/details/elementsoflatinOOdoogrich BACULUS lUBET LOCUM MURO ALTO MUNIRI (See page 291) ELEMENTS OF LATIN BY BENJAMIN L. D'OOGE, Ph.D. PROFESSOR IN THE MICHIGAN STATE NORMAL COLLEGE Ne quid. ni.tni.sj-;-^Taiinr*cz, ^ , GINN AND COMPANY BOSTON . NEW YORK • CHICAGO • LONDON ATLANTA • DALLAS • COLUMBUS • SAN FRANCISCO COPYRIGHT, 1921, BY BENJAMIN L. D'OOGE ENTERED AT STATIONERS* HALL ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 321.8 710 '-7^7 • • • • • • • •• •••••• .^C^< "■• .^ GINN AND COMPANY • PRO- PRIETORS • BOSTON • U.S.A. AMICIS • SVIS PVERIS • PVELLISQVE • AMERICAE HOC • OPVSCVLVM • DEDiCAT AVCTOR ■ivi252993 PREFACE The present volume is not a revision of the author's " Latin for Beginners," but is an entirely new book. However, all features of the earlier book that have been highly commended and have proved their value have been retained. Chief among these are the separation of the special vocabularies from the lessons and the insertion of frequent reviews. The body of the book is divided into two parts: fifty-six lessons for the first half year and fifty-four for the second. While greater in number than in " Latin for Beginners," the lessons are much shorter and simpler, and are designed, in most cases, for a single recitation period. Two optional lessons have been added, covering matter that some teachers prefer to include in the work of the first year. The remainder of the book up to the reviews is supplementary in charac- ter, and is intended to diversify and enrich the regular work through the lessons, and to supply reading matter after the lessons are com- pleted. Some classes will be able to use more of this material, some less ; but all will be able to draw something interesting from it. The vocabulary has been limited to only five hundred words, averaging less than five new words per lesson. These words have been carefully selected from standard word lists, and are listed on pages 357-360 for convenience of reference and review. Nearly all the words are Caesarian, and more than ninety per cent are used in Caesar five or more times. Still, the vocabulary is of a general rather than of a military character, and most of the words are found also in Cicero and Vergil. The principles of syntax discussed have been reduced to the bare essentials, the author feeling strongly that the tendency still prevailing in some quarters to include the more difficult constructions in the work of the first year is a very mistaken one. The fundamental principles of English grammar are compared with the Latin, and constructions vi PREFACE are presented from the standpoint of English. The order of presenta- tion is systematic, and related constructions are treated together. Connected reading in the form of dialogues and stories is intro- duced as early as possible. The material is abundant and very simple. It includes famous Greek myths and many legends of ancient Rome, and is designed to arouse and hold the interest of the young. The supplementary reading comprises selections for sight translation, a Latin play, and a story which is intended to serve as an introduction to Caesar. If not used the first year, it will be found very helpful at the beginning of the second. Great emphasis is laid throughout the book on word formation and derivation. Matters of derivation are discussed in many paragraphs, and some entire lessons are devoted to this important and practical subject. Furthermore, the words in the special vocabularies are accompanied by parallel columns of related words, and these are again called for in the vocabulary reviews. The book is very fully illustrated. While a few pictures have been inserted for the general purpose of interesting pupils in Rome and the Romans, the great majority of the pictures are illustrative of the stories they accompany and were prepared for that specific purpose. Those illustrating the legends of ancient Rome are reproductions of some famous historical pictures published by Paravia and Com- pany of Rome. The colored plates are from original paintings by Mr. M. McGregor Jamieson of New York. Particular attention is called to the series of pictures in the chapter entitled " Original Stories," pages 263-271. Teachers are urged to make frequent use of this material for original work in substitution for exercises found in the lessons. The author wishes to express his gratitude to the many teachers who have given him freely of their wisdom and experience. Particular acknowledgments are due to Miss Anne C. Wilder and to Dr. A. T. Chapin of Kansas City, Missouri, who have read all the proof and offered many valuable suggestions. BENJAMIN L. D'OOGE Michigan State Normal College CONTENTS To THE Student — by way of Introduction page Latin, the Language of the Romans i The Alphabet and Sounds of the Letters 5 Syllables ; Quantity and Accent ; Parts of Speech ... 8 Lesson L First Principles of Syntax 11 IL Inflection and Cases 13 III. Forms and Position 15 IV. Number ; Agreement of Verbs 17 V. The Dative Case ; Indirect Object ; Predicate Noun ... 19 VI. The Ablative Case ; The First Declension 21 VII. Prepositions 24 VIII. Gender; Declension, Agreement, and Position of Adjectives ; Predicate Adjectives. GalbaetLesbia 26 IX-X. Second Declension ; Vocative Case ; Apposition. Dialogue . 29 XI. Second Declension (Continued); General Rules of Declen- sion; Questions. Dialogue 33 XII. Adjectives of the First and Second Declensions; Genitive of Nouns in -ius and -iut?i. Dialogue 36 XIII. Adjectives of the First and Second Declensions (Continued); Adverbs 38 XIV. Adjectives of the First and Second Declensions (Concluded) ; The Dative with Adjectives. Insula Marci Nautae . 40 XV. Possessive Adjectives and Pronouns 43 XVI. Conjugation ; Present Indicative of suiti ; Predicate Genitive of Possessor. Gallia 46 XVII. The Four Regular Conjugations; Present Indicative Active of the First Conjugation 50 XVIII. The Ablative Denoting with — Cause, Means, Accompani- ment, Manner 53 XIX. Past and Future Indicative of sum ; The Preposition e or ex. Dialogue 55 vii viii CONTENTS LESSON PAGE XX. PastlndicativeActiveof the First Conjugation. Britannia S7 XXI. Future Indicative Active of the First Conjugation ... 60 XXII. Present, Past, and Future Indicative Active of the Second Conjugation 62 XXIII. Latin Order of Words 65 XXIV. The Demonstrative is, ea, id 67 XXV. The Possessive of the Third Person 69 XXVI. The Present Indicative Active of the Third Conjugation. Dialogue 71 XXVII. The Present Indicative Active of the Fourth Conjugation. De Castrls Romanls 73 XXVIII. The Dative with Special Intransitive Verbs 75 XXIX. The Past Indicative Active of rego and audio. De Dels RomanTs ']'] XXX. The Future Indicative Active of the Third and Fourth Conjugations. Theseus etMTnotaurus. . . . 79 XXXI. Verbs in -id of the Third Conjugation. Theseus et Minotaurus (Continued) 82 XXXII. The Imperative Mood; Questions and Answers. Theseus et Minotaurus (Continued) 84 XXXIII. Present Indicative Passive of the First Conjugation. Theseus et Minotaurus (Concluded) .... 87 XXXIV. Present Indicative Passive of 7fioiied\ Ablative of the Personal Agent 89 XXXV. The Past and Future Indicative Passive of the First and Second Conjugations 91 XXXVI The Present Indicative Passive of the Third and Fourth Conjugations. De Bellis Romanorum et Gallorum 93 XXXVII. The Past and Future Indicative Passive of rego and audio 95 XXXVIII. The Present, Past, and Future Indicative Passive of capio. DeLu do Romano 97 . XXXIX. The Present Infinitive and the Present Imperative, Active and Passive 99 XL. Synopses in the Four Conjugations. De Malo Magis- tro LudT loi CONTENTS IX LESSON PAGE XLI. The Ablative Denoting from — Place From Which, Separation 104 XLI I. Principal Parts; Verb Stems; The Perfect Stem; The Endings of the Perfect 106 XLI 1 1. The Perfect, Past Perfect, and Future Perfect Indicative of sui7t. Dialogue 108 XLIV. Use and Inflection of the Perfect Indicative Active. De Curio Dentato iio XLV. Principal Parts of Verbs. De Curio Dentato (Con- cluded) 113 XLVI. Past Perfect Indicative ; Principal Parts (Continued) . . 115 XLVII. Future Perfect Indicative and Perfect Infinitive Active; Principal Parts (Concluded) 117 XLVIII. Review of the Active Voice 119 XLIX. Word Formation. GallT Romam Oppugnant . . . 121 L. The Past Participle; The Passive Perfects 124 LI. The Perfect Infinitive Passive and the Future Infinitive Active; Prepositions 127 LI I. The Conjugation of /^Jj-.??/;;^. De Miicio Scaevola . 129 LIII. The Infinitive Used as in English 131 LIV, Word Formation. De Mucio Scaevola (Concluded) . 134 LV. Sentences and Clauses ; Relative Pronouns 137 LVI. Interrogative Pronouns and Adjectives; The Ablative Absolute 140 SECOND HALF YEAR LVI I. The Third Declension, Consonant Stems, Masculines and Feminines 143 LVI II. The Third Declension, Consonant Stems, Neuters. Dialogue . 1 46 LIX. Reading Lesson, Romulus et Remus 148 LX. The Third Declension, /-Stems, Masculines and Feminines. Roman! et SabinT 149 LXI. The Third Declension, /-Stems, Neuters 152 LXII. The Third Declension, Irregular Nouns. De Briito Primo C5nsule 154 X CONTENTS LESSON PAGE LXIII. Reading Lesson, Orpheus et Eurydice .... 157 LXIV. Word Formation 158 LXV. Adjectives of the Third Declension, Three Endings . 160 LXVI. Adjectives of the Third Declension, Two Endings , . 162 LXVII. Adjectives of the Third Declension, One Ending. Midas, the King of the Golden Touch . . 163 LXVI 1 1. Regular Comparison of Adjectives; The Comparative with quam 165 LXIX. Declension of Comparatives; The Ablative of the Measure of Difference 167 LXX. Irregular Comparison of Adjectives; The Declension oi plus 169 LXXI. Formation and Comparison of Adverbs 171 LXXII. Formation and Comparison of Adverbs (Concluded). Dialogue 173 LXXIII. The Fourth Declension 175 LXXIV. Expressions of Place 177 LXXV. The Fifth Declension ; The Ablative of Time ... 1 79 LXX VI. Gender in the Third Declension; Word Formation . 181 LXXVII. The Nine Irregular Adjectives 183 LXXVIII. Classes of Pronouns; Personal and Reflexive Pro- nouns 185 LXXIX. The Intensive Pronoun ipse\ The Demonstrative Pronoun ide7n 188 LXXX. The Demonstrative Pronouns hic^ iste, ille . . . . 190 LXXXI. Indefinite Pronouns 192 LXXXII. The Cardinal Numerals and their Declension. The Contest of the Horatii and the Curiatii . 194 LXXXI 1 1. Ordinal Numerals; The Genitive of the Whole . . 198 LXXX IV. The Accusative of Duration of Time or Extent of Space. Caesar in Gaul 200 LXXXV. The Ablative of Respect; The Genitive with Ad- jectives 202 LXXXVI. Deponent Verbs; The Genitive or Ablative of De- scription. Caesar and the Helvetians . . . 204 CONTENTS xi LESSON PAGE LXXXVII. Participles. 206 LXXXVIII. Word Formation 209 LXXXIX. The Subjunctive Mood; Present Subjunctive of the First and Second Conjugations; The Indicative and Subjunctive Compared 211 XC. The Present Subjunctive of the Third and Fourth Conjugations; The Subjunctive of Purpose . . . 214 XCI. Past Subjunctive of the First and Second Conjuga- tions; Sequence of Tenses 216 XCI I. Past Subjunctive of the Third and Fourth Conjuga- tions; Noun Clauses of Purpose 219 XCIII. Subjunctive of sum and possum 222 XCIV. Perfect and Past Perfect Subjunctive of voco, moneo, rego, z.nd audio. Hero et Leander 224 XCV. The Subjunctive of Result. Hero et Leander (Concluded) 226 XCVI. The Dative with Compounds 229 XCVII. Word Formation 231 XCVIII. The Irregular Verbs volo^ nolo, maid 233 XCIX. Vocabulary Review ; Constructions with r«/?^ . . . 235 C. Vocabulary Review; The Irregular Verb eo . . . . 237 CI. Vocabulary Review ; Indirect Statements .... 238 CII. Vocabulary Review ; The Irregular Verb y^rJ . . . 242 cm. Vocabulary Review ; Indirect Questions 243 CIV. Vocabulary Review; The Irregular Verb yf^ . . . 246 CV. Vocabulary Review ; Predicate Accusative ; Dative of Purpose 247 CVI. Vocabulary Review ; The Gerund and Gerundive . . 249 CVII. Vocabulary Review; Review of Agreement and of the Genitive and Dative . 252 CVI 1 1. Vocabulary Review; Review of the Accusative and Ablative 254 CIX. Vocabulary Review; Review of the Gerund and Ge- rundive, the Infinitive, and the Subjunctive . . . 256 ex. Vocabulary Review; Review of Word Formation . . 257 xu CONTENTS OPTIONAL LESSONS PAGE A. The Subjunctive of Characteristic or Description 259 B. The Periphrastic Conjugations and the Dative of Agent . . . 261 SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL Original Stories V . 263 Selections for Sight Reading . 273 Latin Play — Perseus and Andromeda 279 Story — Baculus the Centurion 283 Latin Songs 294 REVIEWS, APPENDIXES, VOCABULARIES, ETC. Reviews 299 Summary of Rules of Syntax 321 Grammatical Appendix 325 Word Lists for First and Second Half Years . . . . 357 Special Vocabularies 361 Derivation Notebook, Specimen Page 382 Common Abbreviations of Latin Words 383 Latin-English Vocabulary i English-Latin Vocabulary 23 Index 37 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS PAGE 1. Baculus iubet locum muro alto munirl (in colors) Frontispiece 2. Roman Children at Play 6 3. Roman Writing Tablets 7 4. Interior View of a Roman House 10 5. View of Rome from the Dome of St. Peter's Cathedral ... 12 6. Singing the Wedding Song . . 16 7. Playing J ackstones 18 8. Agricola 24 9. Lesbia Galbam vocat 28 10. Servus equis aquam dat . . . ." 30 i[. Lesbia per agros properat et aquam ad servos portat 32 12. Marcus frumentum a terra ad Insulam portat ... 42 13. On the Sacred Way in the Roman Forum 45 14. The Active Voice and the Passive Voice 46 15. The Island in the Tiber 51 16. A Roman Spoon 54 17. Quo, Quinte, properas.'* 56 18. BritannT erant barbarl 59 19. Orae Britanniae erant altae 61 20. The Roman Forum as it Now Appears . . . . ' 66 21. The Roman Forum at its Western End 70 22. Castra Romana 74 23. A Cockfight (Pompeian Wall Painting) 76 24. Athena Dea Sapientiae 78 25. The Tribute to the Minotaur 81 26. Glass Vases from Pompeii 82 27. The Appian Way and the Claudian Aqueduct 86 28. Puerl puellaeque Theseum amant (Pompeian Wall Painting) 88 29. Roman Swords 93 30. Roman! magnum numerum captivorum capiunt . . 94 31. LQdus Romanus 98 32. Malus magister ludT poenam dat 103 33. Curius Dentatus and the Samnite Ambassadors 112 34. The Forum, the Capitoline, and Adjacent Buildings (Restored) .116 35. A Chariot Race in the Circus Maximus 120 36. A Roman Market Place 122 37. The Sacred Geese Save the Capitol 1 23 38. Roman Hairpins, Powder Boxes, and Other Toilet Articles . .126 xiii XIV LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS PAGB 39. The Tiber, Castle of St. Angelo, and St. Peter's 1 26 40. The Roman Forum, A. D. 400 I33 41. Mucius Scaevola . 135 42. The Arch of Titus and the Colosseum 142 43. Mulieres bellum prohibuerunt 151 44. The Tiber at the Foot of the Aventine 153 45. Brutus filios suos interfici iubet 155 46. Orpheus and Eurydice 1 56 47. A Roman Street Scene 159 48. Roman Silver Cups 164 49. The Roman Campagna and the Alban Mount 1 74 50. Offering a Sacrifice 1 76 51. Athenae, urbs Minervae 178 52. So-called Tomb of the Horatii and Curiatii 195 53. Pater ipse tribus filiis arma nova dedit ...... 196 54. Villa of a Wealthy Roman 197 55. A Gate of Pompeii (Restored) 201 56. Ancient Coins 203 57. The Gate of St. Sebastian 210 58. Greek Vases 213 59. Gladiators' Helmets 221 60. Finger Rings with Engraved Settings 223 61. Hero and Leander 227 62. A Roman Stove with Hot-Water Boiler 234 63. Golden Fibula, or Brooch 236 64. A Street in Pompeii 241 65. A Musical Recital 245 66. Roman Lamps 253 67. Steelyards from Pompeii 255 68. The Gauls in Sight of Rome 258 69. Roman Caestus, or Boxing Glove 260 70. The Romans Storm the Enemy's Stronghold 262 71-79. Nine pictures suggesting original stories .263-271 80. The Return of Persephone 272 81. Arion Saved by a Dolphin 274 82. Cincinnatus Called from the Plow 277 83. Perseus Andromedam servat 282 84. Venite! Venite, Roman!! (in colors) 292 85. Roman Mosaic • • 324 86. Sermoneta 3^4 Map of Gaul and Parts of Germany, Spain, Italy, and Britain . . 49 Map of Italy (in colors) 72 ELEMENTS OF LATIN TO THE STUDENT — BY WAY OF INTRODUCTION LATIN, THE LANGUAGE OF THE ROMANS Rome was the whole world, and all the world was Rome. — Spenser Latium,! a small district on the western coast of ancient Italy, was the home of the Latins. The chief city of the Latins was Rome, which, according to tradition, was founded 753 years before Christ. Beginning as a small settlement on the banks of the Tiber and the surrounding hills, and con- trolling at first a territory of not more than twenty-five square miles, the city remained weak and insignificant for many centuries, and its very existence was frequently threatened by warlike neighbors. But the Romans, inspired by a spirit that never owned defeat, gradually extended their boundaries. Before the middle of the third century before Christ they had conquered all Italy. Then they reached out for the lands across the sea and beyond the Alps, and finally Rome became the head of a mighty empire, which ruled over the whole ancient world for more than four hundred years. The Latin language, meaning the language of Latium, was spoken by the Romans and other inhabitants of Latium, and Latin was the name applied to it after the armies of Rome had carried the knowledge of her language throughout the 1 Pronounced Ld^sM-um. I 2 LATIN AND ENGLISH v/orlid. Rome impressed not only her language but also her. laws, customs, beliefs, and ideals upon the subject nations ; and the world has remained largely Roman ever since. LATIN AND THE MODERN WORLD Even after the fall of the Roman Empire Latin lived on, and lives today as Italian, Spanish, French, and other so-called Romance, or Roman, languages. Many millions of people are therefore still speaking a modernized form of Latin which differs from ancient Latin little more than modern English differs from the English of bygone centuries. Latin is not a dead language, but has only changed its name. During the Dark Ages the knowledge of Latin was the only light of learning that kept burning, and in the succeeding years Latin continued to be the common language of the schools and universities, and is even yet, more nearly than any other tongue, the universal language of the learned. It survives, too, in the services of the Roman Catholic Church and in much sacred poetry and song. The life of today is much nearer the life of ancient Rome than the lapse of centuries would lead one to suppose. You and I are Romans still in many ways, and if Caesar and Cicero should appear among us, we should not find them, except for dress and language, unlike men of today. LATIN AND ENGLISH Do you know that more than half the words in the English dictionary are Latin and that you are speaking more or less Latin every day ? How did this come about .? In the first place Latin and English, along with most of the other languages of Europe, are descended from a very ancient mother speech, which has long since disappeared. They are, therefore, sister languages and have many words in common. WHY STUDY LATIN? 3 Furthermore, in the year 1066 William the Conqueror invaded England with an army of Normans and established a Norman civilization among the Anglo-Saxons. The Normans spoke a kind of French, which, as has been said, is a modern form of Latin, and from this source hundreds of so-called Latin derivatives were added to our vocabulary. Some of these derivatives are pure Latin and others differ only in their endings. Note the following examples : Latin Words English Words horror horror census census animal animal labor labor superior superior inferior inferior calamitas calamity barbarus barbarous virtus virtue Besides, in later years many Latin words have been brought into English through the writings of scholars, and many of the technical terms used in the sciences and the professions of law, medicine, engineering, etc., are of Latin derivation, and many new inventions are given Latin names. WHY STUDY LATIN.? Latin, as we have seen, touches the life of the modern world in many ways and the study of it adds greatly to our intelligence and efficiency. Indeed, few studies are more prac- tical. You may be asked why you are studying Latin. The following summary of reasons will help you to make a forceful and convincing reply : 4 WHY STUDY LATIN? 1. Latin was the language of the Romans, on whose civili- zation our own civilization is largely based. In their writings we find the origin and the reason for many of our institutions. 2. In Roman literature we find the models which modern writers have imitated. Our literature is full of allusions and quotations which only the student of Latin can fully understand. 3. A knowledge of French, Spanish, Portuguese, or Italian is best obtained by studying Latin first. The value of these languages to an American is greater today than ever before. 4. Latin grammar makes English grammar easy, and a knowledge of Latin words makes clear the meaning of English words. A mastery of English is gained by the study of Latin, and the ability to use good English promotes success in every calling. Even a year or two of Latin will be a great help in grammar, spelling, and composition. 5. A knowledge of Latin is of great service in the pursuit of the sciences and professions. That is why Latin is required for entrance to schools of medicine, law, engineering, and other higher institutions of learning. QUESTIONS What is Latin .? Where is Latium ? Where is Rome ? What river flows through Rome ? What date is given for the founding of Rome ? How long did the Roman Empire endure ? How wide was its power ? What was the language of the Roman Empire ? What besides their language did the Romans impress upon the world ? What is meant by the Romance languages ? If you wish to master French or Spanish, what language should you study first ? Why ? Is Latin a dead language ? What great service did Latin render during the Dark Ages .? Why do some scholars still write their books in Latin ? What proportion of English words is of Latin origin ? How did this come about ? What five reasons can you give for the study of Latin ? Which one of these reasons do you consider the most important ? FIRST HALF YEAR THE ALPHABET AND SOUNDS OF THE LETTERS Errare humanum est — To err is human ^ THE ALPHABET 1. The Latin alphabet is the same as the Enghsh except that it has no j or w, 2. The vowels, as in English, are a, e, i, o, u, y. The other letters are consonants. 3. The letter i is used both as a vowel and, as a consonant. When standing first with a vowel following it, or between vowels within a word, it has the value of a consonant, and is called f consonant. Thus, in iam and maior, i is a consonant; in ianitor the first i is a consonant, the second is a vowel. SOUNDS OF THE LETTERS 4. The sounds of the letters are best learned by hearing them correctly pronounced. The matter in sections 5-7 is, therefore, intended for reference rather than for assignment as a lesson. As a first step it is suggested that the teacher pronounce the examples in class, the pupils following. 1 From Seneca, a Roman philosopher. 5 6 VOWEL SOUNDS 5. Vowels. Vowels are either long or short. In this book long vowels are marked (a), short ones are unmarked (a). The vowels have the following sounds : Long Short a as in artist : hac, stas a as in artistic : amat, canas e as dJ mfate: tela, meta e as in net : tenet, pedes i as in machine : serti, prati i SiS in bit: sitis, bibi as in bone : Roma, oris as in obey : modo, bonos u as in mde : umor, tuber u as Yixfull'. ut, tutus 6. Diphthongs. A diphthong is a combination of two vowels in a single syllable. The Latin diphthongs and their sounds are as follows : ae as ai in aisle : taedae au as ou in out : gaudet ei as in eight : hei eu almost like ew in new : seu oe as oi in boil : foedus ui almost like we : cui, huic ROMAN CHILDREN AT PLAY CONSONANT SOUNDS 7. Consonants. Consonants are pronounced as in English, witli the following exceptions : c always has the sound of k : cado, cibus, cena g is always like g in get : gemo, gigno i, when a consonant, is sounded like y in yes : iam, iocus, cuius qu, gu, and sometimes su before a vowel, have the sound of qw, gw, and sw, respectively : inquit, lingua, suadeo s is always like s in sea : rosa, is t is always like t in native (never as in nation) : ratio, natio V has the sound of w : vinum, vir X always has the sound of ks : extra, exactus bs, bt, are like ps, pt : urbs, obtineo ch, ph, th, are like '^ « 3 u o > m O 1-1 c ^ .^ ^3 Ui J CTl ^ o c3 fe jyT ^ O n-. n3 ^ ID >% rt cu w Ph (X > C/3 ^ g >-, aj o F .i^' w (U g-^ 1-; H H-l (U -a o . "cJ ^3 >>'a 'z?w, by, with, at, in, or 07i a. The nouns filia, daughter, and dea, goddess, have filiabus and deabus in the dative and ablative plural. 71. Base. That part of the word which remains unchanged throughout the declension, and to which the terminations are added, is called the base. Thus, aqu- is the base of aqua. FIRST DECLENSION 23 72. How to learn a Declension. First pronounce each form care- fully, with due regard for the sounds of the letters and the accent, giving the corresponding' English meaning. Repeat again and again until you have the declension memorized. Then close your book and write the Latin forms, marking the quantity of the long vowels in the case endings, and write also the meaning of each form. Then open your book and correct any errors in your work. For further drill make a blank scheme of the declension as shown below, and, pointing rapidly with your pencil to the different spaces, give quickly the Latin forms that would appear there, using a variety of words. Persist in drilling yourself until you can give the ten Latin forms complete in ten seconds. PLURAL NOM. SINGULAR Gen. DAT. • Ace. Abl. EXERCISES 73. Write the declension of puella, dea, and agricola, v^ith the meaning of each form. 74. Give orally the declension of fabula, regina, filia, pecunia. 75. Give the case or the cases, and the meaning or the meanings, of the following : puellarum, filiabus, pecuniae, fabula, reginam, deas, agricolis. 76. Derivation. The noun aqua appears in the English words aquarmin, aqtieotis, aquatic, aqtiechLct. What do they mean } Consult the English dictionary if you do not know. LESSON VII Mens Sana in corpore sano — A sound mind in a sound body ^ PREPOSITIONS 77. While many relations expressed in English by preposi- tions are in Latin expressed by case forms, still prepositions are of frequent occurrence, but only with the accusative or ablative. 78. Prepositions with Accusative. The relations / in {info) with the ace. a, ab {from) ad {to) with the ace. Place in {in^ 07i) with the abl. with the abl. EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, page 361 81. I . Nautae aquam amant ; agricolae terram amant. 2. Nauta cum filiabus reginae ab terra ad aquam properat. 3. Filiae reginae in {on) aqua sunt. 4. Nautae per aquas properant. 5. Agricola filiabus reginae aquam dat. 6. Puellae agricolarum in terra sunt. 82. I. Lesbia hastens from the land to the water. 2. The sailors are in the water. 3. Galba is with the farmers' daughters. 4. The queens' daughters hasten through the land. First Review of Vocabulary and Grammar, §§ 732-736 I AM OF THE OPINION THAT THE VALUE OF CLASSICAL STUDIES IS SERI- OUSLY UNDERESTIMATED TODAY. WHOLLY OUTSIDE OF THEIR ACKNOWL- EDGED LITERARY VALUE, CLASSICAL STUDIES CULTIVATE THE POWER OF EXPRESSION AND A DISCRIMINATING USE OF WORDS ESSENTIAL TO CLEAR- NESS OF THINKING. — HERBERT C. HOOVER LESSON VIII Numquam retrorsum — Never turn back i GENDER • DECLENSION, AGREEMENT, AND POSITION OF ADJECTIVES • THE PREDICATE ADJECTIVE 83. Gender. Latin, like English, has three genders : mas- culine, feminine, and neuter. 84. Gender in English is distinction according to sex. Names of males are masculine ; of females, feminine ; and of things without animal life, neuter. This is called natural gender. 85. The rules for natural gender are applied also in Latin to beings having life : words denoting males are masculine, and words denoting females are feminine. But the gender of words denoting things is generally determined by the termina- tion of the nominative singular. This is called grammatical gender. Hence nouns which in English would be neuter may in Latin be masculine, feminine, or neuter. Thus, in Latin, sol, sun, is masculine ; luna, moon, feminine ; caelum, sky, neuter. 86. Gender of Nouns of First Declension. Nouns of the first declension 2iXQ femiiiine unless they denote males. Thus, aqua, zvater, is feminine, but nauta, sailor, is masculine. 87. Adjectives. Examine the following sentence : Puella parva bonam reginam amat, the little girl likes the good queen In this sentence parva, little, and bonam, good, are not nouns, but descriptive words expressing quality. Such words are called adjectives and are said to belong to the noun which they describe. ^ A Latin slogan. Literally, N'ever backward. 26 DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES 2/ 88. Declension of Adjectives. In English the adjective remains unchanged even when the noun changes its form : as, the good man, the good mans^ the good men. In other words, in Enghsh, adjectives are not decHned. In Latin, adjectives have declensions like those of nouns. 89. Feminine adjectives in -a have the same case forms as nouns in -a. Decline nouns and their adjectives together, as follows : aqua (base aqu-), f., water \ bona (base bon-), f., good Noun Adjective Terminations NOM. aqua bona good water -a. Gen. aquae bonae of good water -ae DAT. aquae bonae to ox for good zv at er -ae Ace. aquam bonam good water -am Abl. aqua bona from, luithy by^ i7i good water -a NOM. aquae bonae good waters -ae Gen. aqua'rum bona'rum of good zvaters -arum DAT. aquis bonis to or for good zvaters -is Ace. aquas bonas good zvaters -as Abl. aquis bonis from, zvith, by, in g-ood waters -is 90. Agreement of Adjectives. In the phrase aqua bona, we have a feminine noun aqua combined with a feminine adjective bona. When the phrase is declined, a change in the number or the case of the noun is accompanied by a corresponding change in the adjective. This is called agree^nent. 91. Rule for Agreement of Adjectives. Adjectives agree with their nouns in gender^ number^ and case, 92. An adjective may either precede or follow its noun. 28 PREDICATE ADJECTIVE 93. Predicate Adjective. An adjective standing in the predi- cate, but describing the subject, is called 2. predicate adjective. Puellae sunt pulchrae, the gir-ls are pretty Note. In English the predicate adjective is often called the attribute complement or subjective complement. GALEA ET LESBIA First learn the special vocabulary, page 361 94. Galba est agricola. Lesbia est filia Galbae. Lesbia est pulchra. Galba filiam pulchram amat. Agricola parvae puellae bonas fabulas narrat. Galba cum Lesbia in casa parva habitat. Galba et Lesbia casam parvam amant. Lesbia Galbam vocat et agricola ad parvam casam properat {see picture). -''^^ 95. I . The little cottage is beautiful. 2. Galba hastens through the land to the pretty cottage. 3. Galba is with the sailor. 4. The girls hasten into the cottage. 5. Farmers live in small cottages. LESSON IX Fit via VI — Energy wins the way^ THE SECOND DECLENSION • THE VOCATIVE CASE 96. Second Declension. Nouns ending in -i in the genitive singular belong to the Second Declension. 97. Gender and Declension. Nominatives of the second de- clension ending in -us or -er are masculine ; those ending in -um are neuter. Thus, servus, slave, and ager, field, are masculine ; but oppidum, town, is neuter. Masculine nouns in -us are declined as follows : servus (base serv-), m., slave Terminations Terminations NoM. servus -us servi -i Gen. servi -i servorum -orum DAT. servo -0 servis -is Ace. servum -um servos -6s Abl. servo -o servis -is Note. In learning all declensions, follow the suggestions given in § 72. a. Some Latin words ending in -us have passed into English without change and form the plural in -i : as, alumnus, alum?ti; syllabus, syllabi-, focus, foci; radius, radii; stimulus, stimuli; nar- cissus, narcissi. Consult the dictionary for the meaning of these words. 98. Vocative Case. A noun used to address or call a person is in the vocative case (from Latin voco, / call). The form of the vocative is regularly the same as the nominative, but the vocative singular of nouns in -us of the second declension ends in -e : as, serve, O slave ; Marce, O Marcus. ^ From Vergil, a Roman poet. Literally, A way is made by force. 29 30 SECOND DECLENSION 99. In English the name of the person addressed often stands first. The Latin vocative rarely stands first. Lesbia^ the cottage is small^ casa, Lesbia, est parva EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, page 362 100. I. Quo nauta properat.? 2. Nauta ad parvam casam Galbae properat. 3. Ubi est Galba } 4. Galba cum Lesbia et cum amicis Lesbiae in casa parva est. 5. Agricola parvis puellis bonas fabulas narrat. 6. Ubi, Marce, est servus agri- colae t 7. Servus agricolae equis aquam dat. 8. Aqua est bona et equi bonam aquam amant. 101. I. Marcus, Galba is-calling the slaves. 2. Slaves, vi^here are the horses.? 3. The horses, Galba, are-hastening to the cottage. 4. The water of-the-cottage is good. 5. The slaves are the friends of-the-horses. LESSON X Sic semper tyrannis — Thus ever to tyrants^ THE SECOND DECLENSION (Continued) • APPOSITION 102. Declension of Nouns in -er. Masculine nouns in -er of the second declension are declined as follows : puer (base puer-), m., hoy ; ager (base agr-), m., field Terminations Ter MINATIONS NOM. puer ager pueri agri -i Gen. pueri agri -i puerorum agrorum -orum DAT. puero agro -0 pueris agris -is Ace. puerum agrum -um pueros agros -OS Abl. puero agro -0 pueris agris -is a. Nouns in -er are declined just like servus, except that they have no termination -us in the nominative singular. &. In puer the e appears in each case ; in ager it appears only in the nominative singular. Most nouns in -er are declined like ager. The genitive singular shows whether the noun follows puer or ager. C. The noun vir, man, is declined like puer : vir, viri, viro, etc. 103. Apposition. Observe the following sentences : Marcus nauta ad casam properat, Marcus, the sailor, hastens to the cottage Galba Marcum nautam amat, Galba loves Marcus, the sailor In each sentence the word sailor is added to Marcus to explain who he is. A noun explaining another noun, and signifying the same person or thing, is called an appositive, and is said to be in apposition. A noun and its appositive agree in case. 104 . Rule for Apposition. An appositive agrees i^i case with the 7ioun which it explains, 1 Motto of the state of Virginia. 31 32 SECOND DECLENSION EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, page 362 DIALOGUE. PUERT, SEXTUS ET QUInTUS 105. Sextus. Ubi, Quinte, servi Galbae agricolae labdrant ? QuIntus. In agris, Sexte, servi Galbae agricolae laborant. LESBIA PER AGROS PROPERAT ET AQUAM AD SERVOS PORTAT S. Quis per agros ad serv5s properat ? Q. Lesbia, filia Galbae agricolae, per agros ad servos properat. S. Quid Lesbia, pulchra filia Galbae agricolae, portat ? Q. Aquam, Sexte, Lesbia portat. Aquam servis Lesbia dat et servi Lesbiam, bonam filiam Galbae agricolae, amant. 106. I. Who lives with the friends of-Marcus the sailor.? 2. What are the boys' horses carrying, Sextus ? 3. Who is-telling stories to-Lesbia, Galba's little daughter .? 4. Whither are the men carrying v^ater ? LESSON XI Amicus est alter Idem — A friend is a second self ^ THE SECOND DECLENSION (Continued) • GENERAL RULES OF DECLENSION • QUESTIONS 107. Declension of Nouns in -um. Neuter nouns in -um belong to the Second Declension, and are declined as follows : oppidum (base oppid-). , N., town Terminations Terminations NOM. oppidum -um oppida -a Gen. oppidi -i oppidorum -orum DAT. oppido -6 oppidis -is Ace. oppidum -um oppida -a Abl. oppido -6 oppidis -is a. Some Latin words ending in -um have passed into English without change and form the plural in -a: as, stratum, strata; datum, data ; curriculum, curricula ; memorandum, memoranda. 108. General Rules of Declension. Write side by side the declension of servus, aqua, and oppidum. A comparison of the forms gives us the following rules, which apply not only to the first and second declensions but to all five (§ 68) : a. The nominative and accusative of neuter nouns are alike, and in the plural end in -a. b. The accusative of masculines and feminines ends in -m in the singular, and in -s in the plural. c. The dative and ablative plural are alike. d. Final -i and -o are long ; final -a is short except in the ablative singular of the first declension. 1 From Cicero, who wrote a famous essay on friendship. 33 34 SECOND DECLENSION QUESTIONS 109. Questions may be introduced, as in English, by such words as quis ? who ? quid ? what ? ubi ? where ? and quo ? whither? But questions that can be answered hy yes or no have, in Latin, a special question sign -ne attached to the emphatic word, which stands first and is usually the verb. Est'ne puella pulchra ? Is the girl pretty ? Properant'ne pueri ? Are ike boys haste ni?ig ? 110. There are no single Latin words meaning simply yes and no. Questions are usually answered in the affirmative by repeating the verb ; in the negative, by repeating the verb with non, not. Properant'ne pueri ? Properant. Are the l?oys hastening? Yes. Properant'ne pueri ? Non properant. Are the boys hastening? No. EXERCISES 111. Derivation. Using the prefixes ex- {o7it), im- (/;/), re- {back), sup- {under), trans- {across), with -port, from the Latin verb porto, to carry, make five English words and define them. 112. What English words in the following paragraph do you know to be of Latin derivation } Define the words, using the dictionary if necessary, and give the Latin sources. Below the terrace was an aquarium fed by an aqueduct, a gift of Mr. B , concerning whose bounty and fabulous wealth the inhabitants of the town love to tell. But these data are not essential to my narrative, and I will speak only of his love for the sea, aquatic sports, and nautical affairs. QUESTIONS 35 DIALOGUE. PUELLA ET SERVUS First learn the special vocabulary, page 362 113. PuELLA. Qu5, serve, viri properant ? Servus. In oppidum, puella, viri properant. P. Quis viros et pueros con'vocat ? S. Regina bona viros et pueros conVocat. P. Cur regina bona viros et pueros con'vocat ? S. Ad arma, puella, regina populum vocat. P. Estne puer Sextus cum viris ? S. Est, et arma bonae reginae portat. Sextus bonam reginam amat. P. Ubi, serve, est Ouintus, amicus pueri Sexti ? Estne Ouintus in oppido.? S. In oppid5 Quintus non est. Ouintus est cum Marco nauta. P. Laborant'ne Quintus et Marcus ? S. Labo'rant. 114. I. Are the men of-tlie-town hastening, Marcus? No {Latin, they are not hastening). 2. What are the farmers' boys carrying.? They-are-carrying arms. 3. Whither are the queens calling the peoples } 4. The queens are-calling the peoples from the fields into the towns. 5. Why do the good queens call the people together } 6. Are the slaves toiling in the fields } Yes {Latiuy they-are-toiling). IN NO OTHER COUNTRY IS IT SO NECESSARY AS IN OURS TO PROVIDE FULLY, FOR THOSE WHO HAVE THE CHANCE AND DESIRE TO TAKE IT, BROAD AND HIGH LIBERAL EDUCATION, IN WHICH ONE ESSENTIAL ELEMENT SHALL BE CLASSICAL TRAINING. — THEODORE ROOSEVELT LESSON XII Semper fidelis — Always faithful ^ ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS GENITIVE OF NOUNS IN -JUS AND -JUM 115. Adjectives of First and Second Declensions. We have seen that feminine adjectives in -a, Hke bona, are decHned Hke aqua (§ 89). So masculine adjectives in -us, such as bonus, are declined like servus ; and neuter adjectives in -um, such as bonum, are declined like oppidum. For this reason such adjec- tives are called Adjectives of the First and Second Declensions. 116. The adjective and noun, masculine and neuter, are declined as follows : servus bonus (bases serv- bon-), m., the good slave Terminations Terminations NOM. servus bonus -us servi boni -i Gen. servi boni -i servorum bonorum -orum DAT. servo bono -6 servis bonis -is Ace. servum bonum -um servos bonos -os Abl. servo bono -6 servis bonis -is oppidum bonum (bases oppid- bon-), N., the good toum Terminations Terminations NoM. oppidum bonum -um Gen. oppidi boni -i DAT. oppido bono -0 Ace. oppidum bonum -um Abl. oppido bono -0 oppida bona -a oppidorum bonorum -orum oppidis bonis -is oppida bona -a oppidis bonis -is 1 Motto of the United States marines. 36 ADJECTIVES 37 Decline together equus parvus, the small horse ; bellum magnum, the great war, 117. Genitive of Nouns in -ius and -ium. Nouns in -ius and -ium end in -i in the genitive, not in -ii, and the accent remains on the same syllable as in the nominative : nomina- tive fi'lius {son), genitive fi'li, dative filio, etc.; nominative auxi'lium {aid), genitive auxi'li, dative auxilio, etc. EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, page 362 DIALOGUE. MARCUS ET FILIUS 118. Marcus. Quid, fili,^ servi Galbae agricolae in magnum oppidum portant } FiLius. Frumentum, Marce, servi Galbae agricolae in mag- num oppidum portant. Regina magni oppidi populum ad arma vocat. Regina novum et magnum bellum parat.^ Arma et frumentum et pecuniam, auxilia^ belli, parat.^ M. Ubi sunt boni filii pulchrae reginae ? F. Cum sociis, Marce, filii reginae sunt. M. Dantne socii bonae reginae auxilium } F. Dant. Socii arma nova et pecuniam magnam reginae dant. M. Estne, fili,^ terra reginae pulchra } F. Pulchra et magna est terra reginae. Populus oppidi bonam reginam et pulchram terram amat. I . f ili is the vocative of f ilius. 2. Note that parat means prepare for as well 2& prepare. 3. In apposition with the preceding nouns. 119. I. The arms of-the-new ally are good. 2. The sons of- the-allies do-give great assistance to-the-people of-the-small towns. 3. The farmers are-toiling in the new fields. 4. Why, (my) son, is the good queen calling the people together } 5. Are the new allies preparing grain } Yes. LESSON XIII Parvum parva decent — Small things become the small i ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS (Continued) • ADVERBS 120. Adjectives of First and Second Declensions. The com- plete declension of bonus, -a, -um, is given below : Masc. Fem. Neut. NOM. bonus bona bonum Gen. boni bonae boni DAT. bono bonae bono Ace. bonum bonam bonum Abl. bono bona bono NOM. boni bonae bona Gen. bono'rum bona'rum bono'rum DAT. bonis bonis bonis Ace. bonos bonas bona Abl. bonis bonis bonis Note. Learn to recite and to write the forms of adjectives across the page, thus giving the three genders for each case. Make a blank scheme (cf. § 72) of the declension above and use it for drill on a variety of adjectives. a. Decline magnus, -a, -um ; parvus, -a, -um ; novus, -a, -um. 121. The agreement between an adjective and its noun does not mean that they must have the same termination. Often the adjective and the noun belong to different declensions and hence have different terminations ; for example, nauta, sailor, being a masculine noun, requires the masculine form 1 From Horace, Rome's greatest lyric poet. 38 ADVERBS 39 of the adjective in agreement. But the masculine adjective bonus belongs to the second declension, while nauta belongs to the first ; hence, a good sailor is nauta bonus. Learn to decline nouns and adjectives together as follows : nauta bonus (bases naut- bon-), m., the good sailor NoM. nauta bonus nautae boni Gen. nautae boni nautarum bonorum DAT. nautae bono nautis bonis Ace. nautam bonum nautas bonos Abl. nauta bono nautis bonis 122. Adverbs. An adverb is a word which modifies a verb, an adjective, or another adverb. Most adverbs answer the questions Hozv ? Where ? Whe7t f To what degree f 123. Position of Adverbs. Adverbs, unless emphatic, stand directly before the words which they modify: as, Regina Galbae pecuniam saepe dat, the queen often gives money to Galba Interrogative adverbs {where? when? why? etc.) regularly stand first, as in English. Other adverbs, when emphatic, stand in some unusual position. EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, page 362 124. I. Agricola bonus est in magno agro. 2. Marcus nauta est amicus agricolae boni. 3. Marcus agricolae bono auxilium saepe dat. 4. Amat'ne Marcus agricolam bonum .!* Amat. 5. Quo Marcus cum Galba, agricola bond, properat .? In notum oppidum. 6. Agricolae boni multum frumentum per longas vias portant. 7. Suntne agri agricolarum bonorum magni ? 40 ADJECTIVES IN -ER Sunt. 8. Viri oppidi not! agricolis bonis pecuniam saepe dant. 9. Cur populi oppidorum notorum agricolas bonos convocant ? Oppida nota longum bellum parant. 10. Socii notae reginae cum agricolis bonis laborant. 125. I. Are the new spears long? No. 2. In the new lands are many famous towns. 3. The reputation of-the-new town is good. 4. The road through the good farmer's fields is new. LESSON XIV Non scholae, sed vitae discimus — We learn not for school, but for life ^ ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS (Concluded) • THE DATIVE WITH ADJECTIVES 126. Masculine Adjectives in -er. Not all masculine adjec- tives of the second declension end in -us, like bonus, but some end in -er and are declined like ager or puer (§ 102). The feminine and neuter nominatives show which model to follov/. 127. Declension of liber, libera, liberum, free : Masc. Fem. Neut. libera liberum liberae liberi liberae libero liberam liberum libera libero NOM. liber Gen. liberi DAT. libero Ace. liberum Adl. libero NOM. liberi Gen. liberorum DAT. liberis Ace. liberos Abl. liberis liberae liberarum liberis liberas liberis libera liberorum liberis libera liberis 1 From Seneca, a Roman philosopher. DATIVE WITH ADJECTIVES 128. Declension of pulcher, pulchra, pulchrum, pretty 41 Masc. Fem. Neut. NOM. pulcher pulchra pulchrum Gen. pulchri pulchrae pulchri DAT. pulchro pulchrae pulchro Ace. pulchrum pulchram pulchrum Abl. pulchro pulchra pulchro NOM. pulchri pulchrae pulchra Gen. pulchrorum pulchrarum pulchrorum DAT. pulchris pulchris pulchris Ace. pulchro s pulchras pulchra Abl. pulchris pulchris pulchris 129. Dative with Adjectives. We learned in § 53 for what sort of expressions we may expect the dative, and in § 57 that one of its commonest uses is with verbs to express the indirect object. It is also very common with adjectives to express the object toward which the quality denoted by the adjective is directed. In English this dative would be in the objective case after the preposition to ox for \ as, 7iear to town^ jit for service. 130 . Rule for Dative with Adjectives. The dative is used with adjectives to denote the object toward which the given quality is directed. Such are those meaning near, also jit, friendly, pleasing, like, and their opposites. Fabula est grata Lesbiae, the story is pleasing to Lesbia Ager est proximus oppido, the field is nearest to the town a. Among such adjectives are amicus, -a, -Mm, friendly (to) inimicus, -a, -um, hostile (to) gratus, -a, -um, pleasing (to) proximus, -a, -um, nearest (to) 42 DATIVE WITH ADJECTIVES INSULA MARCl NAUTAE First learn the special vocabulary, page 363 131. Galba agricola in agris pulchris habitat, Quintus in oppid5 magna et noto habitat ; sed Marcus nauta in insula parva habitat. Parva insula est pulchra et grata Marco nautae. Terra est grata Galbae et Quinto, sed Marcus altas aquas amat. Insula parva Marci nautae est proxima 5 MARCUS FRUMENTUM A TERRA AD INSULAM PORTAT agris pulchris Galbae agricolae. Marcus ab insula parva ad terram saepe navigat et per agros pulchros ad parvam casam Galbae agricolae properat. Lesbia, filia Galbae, Marco nautae frumentum saepe dat et Marcus frumentum a terra ad parvam insulam portat. Lesbia est Marco nautae amica 10 sed inimica Quinto. Agri non grati Quinto sunt. Quintus arma et tela et bella amat. Estne Marcus servus ? Non est. Marcus est liber. LESSON XV Pr5 bono publico — For the public weaP POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES AND PRONOUNS 132. Observe the following sentences : Marcus is my son Marcus is mifie In the first sentence my is a possessive adjective ; in the second mine is a possessive pronoun. Similarly in Latin the possessives are sometimes adjectives and sometimes pronotms. 133. The Latin possessives are declined like adjectives of the first and second declensions, and are as follows : ^ , . fmeus, mea, meum, my> mine Referring to ' ' ' -^^ < tuus, tua, tuum, yoitr, yours \ suus, sua, suum, his {own), her {own), its {ow7t) ^ , . fnoster, nostra, nostrum, oitr, onrs Referring to ,, < vester, vestra, vestrum, yonr, yonrs more than one ' ' ^ ^ •» ^. [suus, sua, suum, their {own), theirs Note. The vocative singular masculine of meus is mi: as, mi fili, (O) my son ; mi serve, {O) my slave. 134 . Rule for Agreement of the Possessive Adjective. The possessive adjective agrees with the noun which it modifies iji geiider, number, and case, a. Compare the English and Latin in Galba is calling his friends, Galba 1 _ . _ , , ,. . „. , ^ . , -r , . ^ SMos amicos vocat Lespta ts cailzfig ner friends, LesbiaJ The girls are calli7ig their friends , puellae subs amicos vocant Observe that suos agrees with amicos and is unaffected by the gender, number, and case of -Galba, Lesbia, or puellae. 1 A Latin slogan. 43 44 POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES AND PRONOUNS 135. Suus, the Reflexive Possessive. The possessive suus is reflexive ; that is, it stands in the predicate and refers to the subject, indicating that the subject is the possessor. In EngHsh the meaning of the sentence Ga/da is calling his daughter is doubtful, for we cannot tell whether Galba is calling his own daughter or the daughter of someone else. But in Latin Galba filiam suam vocat can mean only the former, for suam must refer to Galba. 136. Omission of Possessives. The Latin possessives are omitted whenever the meaning is clear without them. 137. Position of Possessive Adjectives. Possessive adjectives, when not emphatic, follow their nouns ; when emphatic, they precede : as, Lesbia est filia mea, Leshia is my daughter Lesbia est mea filia, Lesbia is my daughter EXERCISES 138. I. Regina suis sociis auxilium dat. 2. Servi frumentum vestrum portant. 3. Socii nostri nova bella parant. 4. Tela sunt mea, arma sunt tua. 5. Agri pulchri sunt grati filiabus meis. 6. Populus est inimicus suis sociis. 7. Insula nostra est proxima tuae terrae. 8. Meae viae non sunt tuae viae. I AM STRONGLY IN FAVOR OF CONTINUING THE CLASSICS IN AN ACADEMIC EDUCATION. I CONSIDER THAT, IN ADDITION TO THE MENTAL DISCIPLINE WHICH STUDY OF THEM AFFORDS, THEY ARE THE MOST HELPFUL IN THE MATTER OF CORRECT ENGLISH STYLE, IN LAYING SOUND FOUNDATIONS FOR GRAMMATICAL CONSTRUCTION, AND IN FURNISHING A BASIS FOR THE STUDY OF ALL MODERN LANGUAGES. — WILLLAM HOWARD TAFT POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES AND PRONOUNS 45 139. Answer the following questions in Latin, basing your replies on § 131 : 1. Quis in insula habitat? 2. Ubi Galba habitat ? 3. Ubi Quintus habitat ? 4. Quid est gratum Marco ? 5 . Estne. insula nautae proxima terrae ? 6. Suntne servi hberi ? 7. Qu5 Marcus saepe navigat? 8. Quid Lesbia Marco dat? 9. Cur est Lesbia Quinto inimica? Second Review, Lessons VIII-XV, §§ 737-742 ON THE SACRED WAY IN THE ROMAN FORUM This picture of the Roman Forum shows the Sacred Way with its ancient pavement. At the left rise the three remaining columns of the temple of Castor. At the right are the ruins of the temple of Saturn, and in the right background towers the Capitoline Hill LESSON XVI Experientia docet stultos — Experience teaches fools CONJUGATION • PRESENT INDICATIVE OF SUM • PREDICATE GENITIVE OF POSSESSOR 140. Conjugation. The inflection of the verb is called its conjugation. Through its conjugation the verb expresses voice, mood, tense, number, and person. 141. Voice. There are two voices, active and passive. A verb in the active voice represents the subject as performing the action : as, The boy >■ hit >- the ball A verb in the passive voice represents the subject as re- ceiving the action : as. The girl -< z^jas hit -< by the ball ACTIVE VOICE Note the direction of the arrows. PASSIVE VOICE 142. Mood. In Latin there are three moods : indicative, subjunctive, and imperative. 143. Tense. The tense of a verb indicates its time. 144. In English there are six tenses : 1 . Present, referring to present time, / call. 2. Past, referring to past time, I called. 3. Future, referring to future time, I shall call. 46 PRESENT INDICATIVE OF SUM 47 4. Present perfect, denoting action completed in present time, / have called. 5. Past perfect,^ denoting action completed in past time, / had called. 6. P'uture perfect, denoting action completed in future time, / shall have called. There are also six tenses in Latin, with practically the same names and meanings. 145. Number. In Latin, as in English, there are two numbers, singular and plural. 146. Person. Latin, like English, has three persons. The first person is the person speaking (/ call) ; the second person, the person spoken to ( you call) ; the third person, the person or thing spoken of (he calls). In English, person and number are indicated by personal pronouns. In Latin, on the other hand, person and number are indicated by perso7ial eridrngs (§47). We have already learned that -t and -nt are endings of the third person, singular and plural. The complete list of personal endings of the active voice is as follows : SINGULAR PLURAL 1ST Person -m or -0 / -mus zve 2D Person -s thou or yo7i -tis yoii- 30 Person -t he, she, it -nt they 147. Indicative Mood. The indicative mood is used to make a statement or to ask a question concerning a real or assumed fact. 148. Regular and Irregular Verbs. Most verbs form their moods and tenses after a regular plan, and are called regular verbs. Verbs that depart from this plan are called irregular. 1 Also called the pluperfect. 48 PREDICATE GENITIVE OF POSSESSOR 149. Present Indicative of sum. The verb sum, / am, irreg- ular in Latin as in English, is conjugated in the present indicative as follows : SINGULAR PLURAL 1ST Person sum, /-am sumus, we-are 2D Person es, yoit-are estis, yoii-are 3D Person est, he-, she-, or it-is sunt, they -are a. Est meaning t/iere is, or sunt meaning t/iere are, precedes its subject. In this use there is called an expletive. Distinguish, therefore, between insula est magna, the island is large, and est insula magna, there is a large island. 150 . Rule for Predicate Genitive of Possessor. The pos- sessive genitive often stands in the predicate, and is con- nected with its noun by a form of the verb sum, Pecunia est servi, the money is the slaves, or, freely, belongs to the slave (literally, is of the slave) GALLIA First learn the special vocabulary, page 363 151. Gallia est terra Gallorum. Terra Gallorum est pulchra, et Galli, populus Galliae, patriam {country) suam amant. Sunt in Gallia multa oppida magna. In agris multi agricolae habitant, et equi agricolarum multum frumentum per vias longas in oppida portant. Bella Gallis grata non sunt. 5 Sed proximi Gallis habitant Germani. German! bellum amant et semper sunt in armis. Saepe Germani cum sociis suis in Galliam properant et agros occupant. Tum Galli populum ad arma vocant et cum Germanis pugnant. Magna est fama bellorum et notae sunt victdriae. Sed victoria non 10 semper est Gallorum. Saepe Germani superant. English Miles 40 80 120 GAUL AND PARTS OF GERMANY, SPAIN, ITALY, AND BRITAIN 50 PRESENT INDICATIVE ACTIVE 152. I. Are you friendly to my allies? Yes. 2. Your well- known victories, my son, are pleasing to our land. 3. Are the men of your towns free ? No. 4. The new spears belong to (are of) my son. 5. Are we very near to the high island? 6. No, the island is not very near. LESSON XVII Vox populi v5x Dei — The voice of the people is the voice of God THE FOUR REGULAR CONJUGATIONS • PRESENT INDICATIVE ACTIVE OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION 153. Four Regular Conjugations. There are four regular conjugations of verbs. These conjugations are distinguished from one another by the distrnginshijig^ or characteristic y vowel appearing at the end of the present stem. 154. The present stem of each conjugation is found by dropping -re, the ending of the present infinitive active, which is given in the vocabularies. 155. Below are given the present indicative and the present infinitive active of a verb of each conjugation, the infinitive showing the present stem with its distinguishing vowel. These are the first two of the principal parts of the verb. Conjuga- tion Pres. Indic. Pres. Inf. Pres. Stem DlSTINGUISH- ing Vowel I II III IV vo'co, call mo'neo, advise re'gS, ride au'dio, hear voca're mone're re'gere audi're voca- mone- rege- audi- a e e i FIRST CONJUGATION 51 156. From the present stem are formed the present ^ past (also called imperfect), ?ind fttttire tenses. 157. Present Indicative Active of First Conjugation. Verbs having the infinitive termination -are, such as voca're, belong to the First Conjugation. 158. The present indicative is inflected by adding the per- sonal endings to the present stem. The distinguishing vowel -a disappears in the first person singular, and is shortened before the endings -t and -nt in the third person singular and plural. 159. The inflection of voco, vocare (pres. stem voca-), call, in the present indicative active is as follows : Personal Endings Personal Endings 1. vo'co, I-eall -0 2. vo'cas, yoit-call -s 3. vo'cat, he-, she-, or it-calls -t voca'mus, we-call -mus voca'tis, yoiL-call -tis vo'cant, they-call -nt 160. Translation of Present. English has three forms for the present tense : / call, I am calling, I do call, Latin has but one form, voco ; this is used for any one of the three English forms. THE ISLAND IN THE TIBER On the right is the Fabrician bridge, which was built 62 B.C., in the days of Caesar and Cicero 52 PRESENT INDICATIVE, FIRST CONJUGATION EXERCISES 161. Inflect the present indicative of the following verbs, all of which you have had before : Indicative Present Infinitive Present a'mo, I love ama're, to love con'voco, I call together convoca're, to call together do, I give da're, to give ha'bito, I live, I dwell habita're, to live, to dwell labo'ro, I toil labora're, to toil nar'ro, I tell narra're, to tell na'vigo, I sail naviga're, to sail oc'cupo, I seize occupa're, to seize pa'ro, I prepare para're, to prepare por'to, I carry porta're, to carry pro'pero, I hasten propera're, to hasten pug'no, Ifght pugna're, to fght Note. In do, dare, the a of the present stem is short. The only indic- ative form of do having the stem vowel long is das, you give, second person singular of the present. 162. Translate each of the following forms and give its voice, mood, tense, person, and number. When translating a verb, note first the personal ending. I. Occupa'mus, propera'tis, con'vocant. 2. Datis, labo'ras, pugna'tis. 3. Paras, portat, ama'mus. 4. Narrat, dant, pro'- perat. 5. Occupa'tis, na'vigas, portant. 6. Habita'tis, labo'- rant, das. 163. I. We-dwell, we-are-dwelling, we-do-dwell. 2. You-seize {singular), you-are-seizing, you-do-seize. 3. We-do-carry, they- are-laboring, we-hasten. 4. He-is-giving, he-calls-together, you- are-sailing. 5. They-do-fight, he-carries, we-are-living. LESSON XVIII Laborare est orare — To labor is to pray ^ THE ABLATIVE DENOTING WITH 164. One of the relations denoted by the Latin ablative is expressed in English by the preposition wit/i (§ 65). But wit/i varies in meaning, and cannot always be translated by the Latin preposition cum. This becomes clear from the following sentences : 1. The fields are thick wit/i grain 2. Marcus fights wi//i his spear 3. Julia is living wi'f/i Lesbia 4. Galba toils wi//i great industry With denotes cause in i, wit/i grain meaning because of grain. With denotes means in 2, with his spear meaning by means of his spear. With denotes accompaniment in 3, the meaning being that Julia is not living alone but i?i company with Lesbia. With denotes manner in 4, with great industry telling how Galba works. These four meanings of ivitJi are expressed in Latin by four different constructions of the ablative, known as the Ablative of Cause, the Ablative of Means, the Ablative of Accompaniment, and the Ablative of Manner. 165 . Rule for Ablative of Cause. Cause is denoted by the ablative, tisually without a preposition, and aizswers the question Because of what 7 Agri sunt crebri frumento, the fields are thick with grain 1 Motto of the monks of the order of Saint Benedict. 53 54 ABLATIVE DENOTING WITH 166 . Rule for Ablative of Means. Means is denoted by the ablative without a preposition. This ablative answers the question By means of what 7 With what ? Marcus telo pugnat, Marcus Jights with his spear 167 . Rule for Ablative of Accompaniment. Accompani- ment is denoted by the ablative with cum. This ablative answers the question In company with whom ? lulia cum Lesbia habitat, Julia is livijig with lesbia 168 . Rule for Ablative of Manner. Manner is denoted by the ablative with cum. Cum may be omitted if an ad- jective is used with the ablative. This ablative answers the question How ? In what manner ? Galba (cum) magna diligentia laborat, Galba works with great i?idustry EXERCISE 169. What uses of the ablative do you discover in the follow- ing passage and what question does each answer ? The day after the battle we retreated with all our forces. The roads were deep with mud and the men were weary with fighting. To make matters worse, aviators attacked cur crowded ranks with bombs. The machines flew low, but with such speed that we could not hit them. At last with a sigh of relief we entered a forest so thick with trees that we were well protected by the branches. Many wretched refugees with their wives and children sought shelter there. A ROMAN SPOON LESSON XIX Multum in parvo — Much in little PAST AND FUTURE INDICATIVE OF SUM • THE PREPOSITION E OR EX 170. Past and Future Indicative of sum. The past^ and the future indicative of the irregular verb sum are conjugated as follows : PAST INDICATIVE 1. e'ram, I-zvas era'mus, we-were 2. dx2i%^ you-ivere era.' tis, j/o?i-were 3. e'rat, /le-, she-^ or it-was e'rant, they-zvere FUTURE INDICATIVE 1 . e'ro, I-shall-be e'rimus, we-shall-be 2. d ns, yo?i-zvill-be d ntis, yoji-zvill-be 3. e'rit, he-, she-, or it-will-be e'runt, they-will-be 171. Preposition eor ex, Latin has two prepositions mean- ing from, with the ablative : a or ab and e or ex. Vir ab castris properat 1 . 1 . r yt/ie man hastens from the camp Vir ex castris properat j But a or ab means /n?;/ij the outside of, and e or tn from the inside of. Note the diagram : with the e or ex Place abl. a or ab with the abl. Note. Write e before consonants only, ex before either vowels or consonants. ^ Also called the imperfect. 55 56 PAST AND FUTURE INDICATIVE OF SUM PUERI SEXTUS ET QUINTUS First learn the special vocabulary, page 363 172. Sextus. Quo, Quinte, properas ? Cur arma nova et telum longum portas ? QuiNTUs. Ad castra proxima propero, Sexte, cum viris et pueris oppidi nostri. Cur in armis non es ? Cur terrae nostrae tuum auxilium n5n das ? S. Romanus sum. Po- pulo Romana bellum sem- per gratum est. Sed in nostra oppido non erat fama belli. Quis, Quinte, bellum parat? Eritne no- vum bellum cum Gallis ? Q. Non cum Gallis. Germani, semper inimici Romanis, bellum magna diligentia parant. Ex silvis Germaniae copias suas con- vocant. Mox viae, Sexte, erunt crebrae equis et viris, et agri Romani proximi Ger- maniae in periculo erunt. QUO, QUINTE PROPERAS? Scd nostra victoria erit. 173. I. The Germans fight with long spears. 2. Soon we- shall-be outside-of the Roman camp. 3. Shall-you-be with Sextus ? We-shall. 4. The perils of -our forces were many. 174. Derivation. Give the meaning of the following English words and tell to what Latin words they are related : insulate conservation longevity agriculture elaborate sinecure navigable servile virile depopulate LESSON XX Nil desperandum — There's no such word as faiP PAST INDICATIVE ACTIVE OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION 175. Formation of Tenses. Instead of using auxiliary verbs, like was, shall, will, etc., to express differences in tense, Latin adds to the verb stem certain elements that have the force of auxiliary verbs. These are called tense signs. 176. The tense sign of the past is -ba-, which is added to the present stem. The past consists, therefore, of three parts : :sENT Stem Tense Sign Personal voca- ba- m calling- was- I a. Note that the Latin verb is translated from right to left, so that English J was calli?ig is in Latin voca'bam, calling-was- 1. Vl*l, Inflection of Past Indicative Active. The personal end- ings of the past are the same as those of the present, except that -m is used instead of -o in the first person singular. SINGULAR 1. voca'bam, I-was-calling or I-called 2. voca'bas, yoic-were-calling or yotc-called 3. voca'bat, he-^ she-, it-was-calling or he-, she-, it-called PLURAL 1. vocaba'mus, we-were-calling or we-called 2. vocaba'tis, you-were-calling ox you-called 3. voca'bant, they-were-c ailing or they-callcd ^ From Horace, a Roman poet. Literally, In nothing must it be despaired. 57 58 PAST INDICATIVE ACTIVE, FIRST CONJUGATION a. Note that the inflection above is somewhat like that of eram (§ 170), the past tense of sum, and that the long a of the tense sign -ba- is shortened before final -m, -t, and -nt. A long vowel is regularly shortened before nt and final -m or -t. Learn this rule now. 178. Meaning of Past Tense. The Latin past tense has two uses. a. It may represent an action as going on in past time and not yet completed, and is then translated by the English past progressive : as, vocabam, I was calling. For this reason this tense is often called the imperfect. b. It usually describes a past situation, and is then translated by the English past : as, vocabam, / ca//ec^. For this reason this tense is often called the past descriptive. EXERCISES 179. Inflect in the past indicative active the verbs given in § 161. 180. I. Narras, narrabas, paramus, parabamus. 2. Pugnatis, portabat, occupant, dabam. 3. Occupabatis, navigatis', laborabas, habitant. 4. Datis, pugnabam, properatis, occupabamus. BRITANNIA First learn the special vocabulary, page 364, and locate on the map, page 49, the countries mentioned in the story. 181. Britannia, terra Britannorum, est insula magna. Britanni erant barbari et in silvis magnis et oppidis parvis habitabant. Britannia est prbxima Galliae et Britanni erant amici Gallorum. In longis bellis Gallorum et Roman5rum Britanni sociis suis auxilium saepe dabant. lam nota popul5 5 Romano erat Britannia. Sed amicitia Britannorum et Gallo- rum populo Romano grata non erat. Itaque Roman! copias convocabant et arma sua et magnam copiam frumenti PAST INDICATIVE ACTIVE, FIRST CONJUGATION 5^ parabant. Magna cum diligentia laborabant. Turn cum multis viris ad insulam Britanniam navigabant. Insula erat crebra 10 silvis et viae non bonae erant. Itaque Romani in periculo saepe erant. Britanni ex castris suls properabant et cum Romanis pugnabant. Sed vict5ria Romanorum erat, et Romani c5piis suis multa oppida Britann5rum occupabant. BRITANNI ERANT BARBARI 182. I. The Romans were-fighting in the forest with the savage Britons. 2. The Britons carried grain to the camp with-their horses. 3. Your friendship will-be known to-the- Romans. 4. Because-of-the-rumor ^ of-war the Britons were already calling-together their forces. 5. The Romans sailed through the deep waters with great danger. I. Ablative of cause, § 165. LESSON XXI MontanI semper liberi — Mountaineers are always free ^ FUTURE INDICATIVE ACTIVE OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION 183. Formation of Future Indicative Active. The tense sign of the future in the first conjugation is -bi-. This is added to the present stem and followed by the personal endings. Present Stem Tense Sign Personal Ending voca- bi- t call- will- he 184. Inflection of Future Indicative Active. The first person singular ends in -bo, the i of the tense sign disappearing. In the third person plural -bi- becomes -bu-. 1. voca'bo, I-shall-call voca'bimus, we-shall-call 2. voca'bis, yon-will-call voca'bitis, yoiL-will-call 3. voca'bit, he-, she-, it-will-call voca'bunt, they-will-call a. Note that the inflection is somewhat like that of ero (§ 170), the future of sum. EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, page 364 185. I. Quis fabulam insulae^ Britanniae narrabit .? 2. Cur, mi fill, Britanni erant miseri .? 3. Bellis crebris Britanni erant miseri. 4. Erantne orae insulae^ altae^? Altae erant. 5. Britanni Gallis, sociis suis, auxilium saepe dant. 6. Itaque R5mani magnis cum copiis ad oras altas insulae navigabunt. 1 Motto of the state of West Virginia. The verb io be is omitted in this motto, as in many others. 60 FUTURE INDICATIVE ACTIVE 6i 7. lam Romani barbaros multis proeliis ^ superabunt. 8. Magna erunt praemia victdriae. 9. Turn insula erit Romanorum. I. Genitive. 2. Predicate adjective, nominative plural. 3. Ablative of means. 186. I. The shore of-the-island, nearest to-Gaul, is high. 2. We-shall-fight with the hostile savages ^ in the great forests. 3. Our friends will-be wretched because-of-the-dangers ^ of-the- battle. 4. You-will-conquer the Britons, O Romans, with-your long spears.^ 5. Soon (iam) the Romans will give great rewards to their allies. Ablative of accompaniment. 2. Ablative of cause. 3. Ablative of means. 187. Inflect in the future indicative active the verbs given in 8 161. ORAE BRITANNIAE ERANT ALTAE LESSON XXII Virtus praemium est optimum — Virtue is the best prize ^ PRESENT, PAST, AND FUTURE INDICATIVE ACTIVE OF THE SECOND CONJUGATION 188. Formation of Present, Past, and Future Indicative Active. Verbs having the infinitive termination -ere, such as mone're, belong to the Second Conjugation. 189. The present, past, and future of the second conjuga- tion, as of the first, are formed on the present stem. 190. The present stem of the second conjugation ends in -e (§ 155). This characteristic vowel appears in every form of the present, past, and future. 191. The same personal endings and the same tense signs are used as in the first conjugation. 192. Inflection of Present, Past, and Future Indicative Active. The inflection below shows the present, past, and future indicative active of vo'co (/ call) of the first conjuga- tion and of mo'neo (/ advise or warn) of the second. Review the forms of vo'co and learn the corresponding tenses of mo'neo. vo'co, voca're (pres. stem voca-), call PRESENT 1. vo'co, I-call voca'mus, we-call 2 . vo'cas, yoti-call voca'tis, yoit-call 3. vo'cat, he-, she-, it-calls vo'cant, they-call J From Plautus, a writer of Latin plays. O2 PRESENT, PAST, AND FUTURE INDICATIVE 63 PAST (Imperfect) 1 . voca'bam, I-zvas-calling or I-called 2. wocdJhSiS, yoii-were-calli7ig or yoti-called 3. voca'bat, he-^ she-, it-w as-calling or he-, she-, it-called 1 . vocaba'mus, zve-were-calling or zve-called 2. vocaba'tis, yoic-zve re-calling or yon-called 3. voca'bant, they-ivere-calling or they-called FUTURE 1 . voca'bo, I-shall-call voca'bimus, we-shall-call 2. vocdihis, you-will-call woca'hitis, yo?i-will-eall 3. voca'bit, he-, she-, it-will-call voca'bunt, they-will-call mo'neo, mone're (pres. stem mone-), advise PRESENT 1. mo'neo, I-advise ' mone'mus, tve-advise 2. mo'nes, yoii-adz'ise mon^'tis, yon-advise 3. mo'net, he-, she-, it-advises mo'nent, they-advise PAST (Imperfect) 1. mone^bam, I-zvas-advising or I- advised 2. mone'bas, you-we7'e-advisi7ig or yon-advised 3. mone'bat, he-, she-, it-zvas-advising or he-, she-, it-advised 1. moneba'mus, zve-zvcre-advising or zve-advised 2 . moneba'tis, yon-zvere-advising or yon-advised 3. mone'bant, they-zvere-advising or they-advised FUTURE 1. mone'bo, I-shall-advise mone'bimus, zve-shall-advise 2. mone'bis, yon-zvill-advise mone'hitis, yo?i-zvill-advise 3. mone'bit, he-zvill-advise mone'bunt, they-will-advise 64 SHORTENING OF VOWELS 193. Nearly all regular verbs ending in -eo belong to the Second Conjugation. 194. Shortening of Vowels. Attention has been called to the shortening of long vowels in certain forms. The following rules are of general application : 1. A long vowel is shortened before another vowel. Thus, mone-6 becomes mone-6. 2. A long vowel is shortened before nt and nd, before final -m or -t, and, except in words of one syllable, before final -1 or -r. Thus, vocant, vocandus, vocabam, vocabat, monet. EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, page 364 195. Like moneo, inflect the present, past, and future indicative of Derivatives habeo, habe're, have habit teneo, tene're, hold^ keep tenacious timeo, time're, fear timid video, vide' re, see vision, evident 196. I. Tenetis, vocabitis, habebant. 2. Videbunt, mone- bamus, narrabat. 3. Habebo, times, vocatis. 4. Videsne altas oras insulae ? 5. Numquam, Romani, sine auxilio sociorum nostr5rum praemia vict5riae tenebimus. MY FIRST REMEMBRANCE OF GRAMMAR IS MY STUDY OF THE LATIN GRAM- MAR, "WHICH GAVE ME, AS FAR AS I NOW CAN SEE, WHATEVER KNOWL- EDGE I POSSESS OF THE STRUCTURE OF LANGUAGE. LYMAN ABBOTT LESSON XXIII Lupus in fabula — The wolf in the story ^ LATIN ORDER OF WORDS 197. Order of Words in English and Latin Compared. In English, words are arranged in a fairly fixed order, and this order cannot be changed, as a rule, without changing or destroy- ing the meaning of the sentence. 198. In Latin the office of the words in a sentence is shown by their forms (§ 39), and their position is much more free. Still there are general rules of order, which should be carefully observed. The rules already given in the preceding lessons are here summarized for review. flf. The subject generally stands first, the verb last. But, to avoid obscurity, est, is, and other forms of the verb ito be usually stand, as in English, between the subject and a noun or adjective in the predicate. Note. In connected narrative each succeeding sentence begins with the word or words that link it most closely to the sentence preceding. For example, in " The Rhine was the frontier of Germany. Caesar built a bridge across this river," the order of words in Latin would be " The Rhine was the frontier of Germany. Across this lii'er Cassar a bridge built." Observe that the first words of the second sentence, "Across this river," link it to the sentence preceding and are therefore placed before the subject, " Caesar." h. The indirect object may either precede or follow the direct object. C. The vocative case rarely stands first. d. An adjective may either precede or follow its noun (cf. § 199). e. The possessive adjective regularly follows its noun. /. Adverbs normally stand directly before the words they modify. ^ From Terence, a writer of Latin comedies. The expression applies to an unexpected and unwelcome appearance ; cf. " Speak of the devil." 65 66 LATIN ORDER OF WORDS 199. Words are made emphatic by placing them in unusual positions. Thus we have seen that possessive adjectives, which regularly follow their nouns, are made emphatic by placing them before their nouns (§ 137) ; and any adjective or other modifier is made emphatic by separating it from the word to which it belongs. Observe the following sentences: Caesar agros pulchros Gallonim occupat C2iQS,2iX pulchros Gallorum agros occupat In the first sentence pulchros is not emphatic. In the second it has been made so by separating it from its noun agros. The order of words, therefore, in a Latin sentence tells the eyes of the reader as much about the emphasis as his ears tell him when he hears a man speak. If you do not note the order, you will often fail to get the sense. EXERCISES 200. Derivation. What Latin derivatives can you find in the following paragraph ? Give the meaning of each derivative and the Latin word from which it is derived. Britain, because of its insular character, was not occupied by the Romans for many years. Its inhabitants were a great multitude, barbarous in their habits of life, very belligerent, and not slow to fight for their liberties. Then, too, the visible and the invisible perils of navigation in the open sea, though not insuperable, made the Romans timid. Third Review, Lessons XVI-XXIII, §§ 743-748 o c ti ^ X rt « ^ ■^ ^ w *-• <+-! *-* O a; !2 o rt d ■-2 X c "^ m 'o B S3 ^ a M < (U 2 c5 ^ "^ (U H rG (U 13 pC w < 2 o % i^^ 1? u^ \ ) SB C3 5 ^ o 1 2i o < o Pi w 11 1 X H 6 c ^ ^ gr&. •c ^ , 1? o c w ex rt =3 ?? « g -5 rt o o ^ Pi c3 CX LESSON XXIV Quandoque bonus dormitat Homerus — Even good Homer sometimes nods i THE DEMONSTRATIVE IS, EAy ID 201. Definition of a Demonstrative. A demonstrative is a word that points out an object, as, t/iis, that, these, those. Sometimes these words are pronouns : as, Do you hear these f Sometimes they are adjectives : as, Do yoti hear these men f In the former case they are called demonstrative pronouns, in the latter demojistrative adjectives. 202. Agreement of Latin Demonstratives. Demonstrative pronouns agree in gender and number with the nouns to which they refer, but their case is determined by the way they are used. Demonstrative adjectives, like other adjectives, agree w^ith their nouns in gender, number, and case. 203. Demonstrative is, ea, id. The demonstrative most used is is (masculine), ea (feminine), id (neuter), meaning this or that in the singular and these or tJiose in the plural. It is declined as follows : Masc. Fem. Neut. NOM. is ea id Gen. eius eius eius DAT. ei ei ei Ace. eum eam id Abl. eo ea eo Masc Fem. Neut. ei (ii) eae ea eorum earum eorum eis (iis) eis (iis) eis (iis) eos eas ea eis (iis) eis (iis) eis (iis) 1 From Horace. The meaning is that even the best make mistakes. Of similar sentiment are his words " Vitiis nemo sine nascitur," no one is born without faults. 67 68 THE DEMONSTRATIVE IS, EA, ID The genitive singular eius is pronounced ek'ytis. The plural forms with two i's are pronounced as one syllable. Hence, pronounce ii as i and iis as is. 204. Position of Demonstrative Adjectives. Demonstrative adjectives, being emphatic, normally precede their nouns : as, Ad earn insulam navigat, he is sailing to this (or that) island 205. Demonstratives used as Personal Pronouns. Latin de- monstratives are frequently used for the personal pronouns of the third person, he^ she, it, or (plural) they. Is, as a personal pronoun, has the following meanings : NoM. is, he ; ea, she ; id, it Gen. eius, of him, his ; eius, of her, her, hers ; eius, of it, its DAT. ei, to or for him ; ei, to or for her', ei, to or for it Ace. eum, him ; eam, her ; id, it Abl. eo, with, from, etc., him ; ea, with, from, etc., her ; eo, with, from, etc., it NoM. ei or ii, eae, ea, they Gen. eorum, earum, eorum, of them, their DAT. eis or iis, eis or iis, eis or iis, to or for them Ace. eos, eas, ea, them Abl. eis or iis, eis or iis, eis or iis, with, from, etc., them EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, page 364 206. I . Quis ea c5nsilia Romanorum iam nuntiabat t Bonus amicus Britannorum. 2. Quo ei Roman! navigabunt .? Ad insulam ei Romani navigabunt. 3. Quid in eam insulam por- tabunt } Multos viros et equ5s et magnam copiam frumenti in eam insulam portabunt. 4. Pugnabuntne Britanni cum R5- manis } Mox pugnabunt, sed eos non superabunt. 5 . Amantne POSSESSIVE OF THE THIRD PERSON 69 Britanni insulam suam ? Amant. 6. Ilabentne Britanni socios ? Nunc Galli sunt socii eorum, sed auxilium Gallorum eos num- quam servabit. 7. lam {soon) magnam victoriam Roman! nun- tiabunt. 8. Iniuriae Britannorum erunt magnae et vita^ eorum erit semper misera. I . Observe that vita is translated lives. The plural of vita is not used except in the sense of biographies, as, vitae magnorum virorum, lives of great men. 207. I. He-sees him, her, it, them. 2. This plan, that Hfe, these boys. 3. P'or-those rewards, with that friend, the rumor of-that battle. 4. The story of -those wrongs, for-that life, those girls. LESSON XXV Aurea mediocritas — The golden mean ^ THE POSSESSIVE OF THE THIRD PERSON 208. We learned in § 135 that the possessive of the third person, suus, -a, -um, his, her, its, their, is reflexive and is used when the subject is the possessor : as, Britanni insulam suam amant, the Britons love their islafid . 209. When his, her, its, their do not refer to the subject, but to other persons or things, we translate his, her, its by eius {of him ^ of her, of it), and their by eorum {of them) for mas- culine or neuter possessors and earum for feminine possessors. Galba sees his (own) danger, Galba periculum suum videt Galba sees his danger (not his own), Galba periculum eius videt The men see their (own) danger, viri periculum suum vident The 7nen see their danger (not their own), viri periculum eorum (earum) vident 1 From Horace, the noted lyric poet. ;o POSSESSIVE OF THE THIRD PERSON EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, page 365 210. I . Regina amicos suos servabat. 2. Regina amicos eius ^ servabat. 3. Roman! finitimos suos servabunt. 4. Romani finitimos eorum servabunt. 5. Ei barbari copiis suis muros altos et latos eorum tenebant. 6. Is Gallus Romanes non timebat, sed eis iniurias suas narrabat. 7. Amatisne patriam vestram ? Clara oppida et latos agros eius amamus. 8. German! victorias eorum nuntiabunt. 9. Non sine praemio auxilium reginae dabis. I. Do not forget that eius, being masculine, feminine, or neuter, may mean his, her, or its. Usually the context will show which meaning to use. 211. I. That slave will-save his {his own) life. 2. That slave will-save his {not his own) life. 3. Those girls were-holding their {their oivn) prizes. 4. Those savages will-fear their {their own) neighbors. 5. They love their queen and see her danger. THE ROMAN FORUM AT ITS WESTERN END On the left are three columns of the temple of Vespasian and the arch of Septimius Severus. On the right are the ruins of the temple of Saturn. The canvas near the foot of the arch covers an excavation where were found the alleged tomb of Romulus and the oldest Latin inscription LESSON XXVI Formosa facies muta commendatio est — A pleasing countenance is a silent recommendation i THE PRESENT INDICATIVE ACTIVE OF THE THIRD CONJUGATION 212. Verbs having the infinitive termination -ere belong to the Third Conjugation : as, rego, re'gere {nile), present stem rege- (cf. § 155). 213. The present indicative active of rego is inflected as follows : Personal Endings Personal Endings 1. re'go, I-nile -0 re'gimus, we-nde -mus 2. re'gis, yoti-rnle -s re'gitis, yotc-ride -tis 3. re'git, ke-y she-, it-ndes -t re'gunt, they-mle -nt a. Note that the final -e of the present stem disappears in the first person singular, becomes -u- in the third person plural and -i- else- \vhere. The inflection is much like that of ero, the future of sum. EXERCISES 214. Like rego, re'gere, inflect the present indicative active of dico, di'cere, speak, say; and duco, du'cere, lead. 215. Derivation. From the verb duco many English words are derived. Define the following : ductile induce produce adduce duke introduce reduce deduce ^ From Publilius Syrus, a writer whose short and witty sayings were memo- rized in the Roman schools. 72 PRESENT INDICATIVE OF REGO MAGISTER ET DISCIPULIi First learn the special vocabulary, page 365 216. Magister. Saepe, discipuli mei, de Roma dicimus, sed ubi est Roma ? DiscipulI. Roma, magister, est in Italia, clara patria Romanorum. M. Habetisne tabulam {a map) Italiae ? D. Tabulam bonam Italiae in libris nostris habemus. M. Estne Italia lata? D. Lata Italia non est. Longa est. M. Quid libri vestri de viis Romanis narrant } D. R5mani multas et longas vias habebant. Eae viae per Italiam, Galliam, Germaniam patebant. Nota erat Appia via.^ De ea libri saepe dicunt. M. Eratne Roma semper magna } D. N5n semper. Per multos ann5s Roma erat parva et finitimi eius erant inimici. Sed populus Romanus eos multis proeliis superabat. Tum in {against) barbards Roman! copias suas ducunt et denique multas terras regunt. M. Optime {well done), discipuli. Aliquando {some day) a patria nostra ad Italiam navigabitis et oras pulchras et insulas eius et muros altos Romae videbitis. I . Teacher and Pupils. 2. See page 86. WE SHOULD HAVE SCANT CAPITAL TO TRADE ON WERE WE TO THROW AWAY THE WISDOM W^E HAVE INHERITED AND SEEK OUR FORTUNE WITH THE SLENDER STOCK WE OURSELVES HAVE ACCUMULATED. THIS, IT SEEMS TO ME, IS THE REAL, THE PREVALENT ARGUMENT FOR HOLD- ING EVERY MAN W^ CAN TO THE INTIMATE STUDY OF THE ANCIENT CLASSICS. — WOODROW WILSON Personal Endings I. auMio, I-hear -0 2. au'dis, you-hca}' -s LESSON XXVII Cum gran5 salis — With a grain of salt ^ THE PRESENT INDICATIVE ACTIVE OF THE FOURTH CONJUGATION 217. Verbs having the infinitive termination -ire belong to the Fourth Conjugation : as, audio, audi're {hear), present stem audi- (cf. § 155). 218. The present indicative active of audio, audi're, is inflected as follows : Personal Endings audi'mus, we-hear -mus audi'tis, yott-hear -tis 3. auMit, he-, she-, it-hears -t au'diunt, they-hear -nt a. Note that i, the characteristic vowel, is always long except where long vowels are regularly shortened (cf. § 194). In the third person plural u is inserted between the stem and the personal ending: as, audi-u-nt. EXERCISES 219. Like audio, audire, inflect the present indicative active of venio, venire, come, and munio, vc^umx^, fortify, 220. I. Nuntiabunt, venitis, habebat, munis. 2. Videbatis, audimus, timebit, veniunt. 3. Dabit, tenebunt, munitis, naviga- bas. 4. Audit, timebatis, narrant, habebimus. 5. Properabunt, venimus, parabas, milniunt. ^ From PHny. An expression used to indicate that the real facts have been exaggerated : as, " That story must be taken ciim grand satis.'''' 73 74 PRESENT INDICATIVE OF AUDIO DE CASTRIS ROMANIS First learn the special vocabulary, page 365 221 . Videtisne castra Romana ? Castra sunt magna, et quattuor (/ ^ w ^ ^ .1-1 [-1 d o 3 •£ '^ w ^ r C f^ ^^ o 3 o 'a, M ^-s a, U 3 p OJ u << 0^ Ji 3 rt '^ 2 a, p r^ :h <+H B J^ o o <5 4) U ^ ^ ,a cu w fl> ^ fi bo c c 0) T1 hJ Cj M (U o Oh < •S 5 02 3 o u 6 3 o P4 O 1^'' ^P^ •§. d 1 P^ o 3 w g 01 H S g CO H « u o «J u o X o ^H <+^ X D O ;h o 2 H o (U in C c 03 a Q o ^ >< <: o M •s c ^ w G B u o a, g 3 o g (i) pL, 4J < ^^ C/2 . aj > hn H 2:. i-t C3 c/^ bX) 0) ri M-l ^ L; t. o OJ O -M 03 3 H .2 o U G ^ M-4 H ^3 C Xi 03 B o fl) 1) c rC -t-" o w c rt fan Cfl D - ^ bO C ;zi < LESSON LI Da dextram misero — Lend a hand i THE PERFECT INFINITIVE PASSIVE AND THE FUTURE INFINITIVE ACTIVE • PREPOSITIONS 354. As the perfect infinitive passive and the future infinitive active are also formed from the participial stem, they are most easily learned at this point. 355. Perfect Infinitive Passive. The perfect infinitive passive is formed by adding esse to the past participle : as, vocatus esse, to have been called. Similarly in the other conjugations v^e have monitus esse, to have been advised\ rectus esse, to have been nded\ auditus esse, to have been heard, 356. Future Infinitive Active. The future infinitive active of voco is vocatu'rus esse, to be about to call. This is formed by adding -urus esse to the participial stem. Similarly in the other conjugations we have monitu'rus esse, to be about to advise ; rectu'rus esse, to be about to nde ; auditu'rus esse, to be aboiLt to hear, 357. We have now completed the infinitive, active and pas- sive. The synopsis of the infinitives of voco is as follows : ACTIVE PASSIVE Pres. voca're, to call voca'ri, to be called Perf. vocavis'se, to have called voca'tus esse, to have been called FuT. vocatu'rus esse, to be about (Rare and hence omitted) to call ^ From Vergil. Literally, Give your right {hand) to an unfortunate {man). 127 128 INFINITIVES • PREPOSITIONS a. The infinitives of the other conjugations are similarly formed; but do not forget the peculiar formation of the present infinitive passive in the third conjugation (§285). 358. Prepositions. We learned in § 77 that only the accusa- tive and ablative are used with prepositions. Those prepo- sitions which we have had before are here summarized and three more added. fl. Prepositions expressing ablative relations (from, with, in, etc.) govern the ablative case. Learn the following list : a or ab,from, by e or ex, out from, out of cum, with in, i7i or on de, down from, concerning, about pro, in behalf of, for sine, without b. Prepositions not expressing ablative relations must govern the accusative. Among these are ad, to, towards - per, through ante, before, in front of post, after in, into, to, against trans, across There are many others; but learn the list above of prepositions taking the ablative, and use the accusative after all others. EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, page 368 359. I. Imperium Romanum Germanis qui trans Rhenum habitabant non gratum erat. 2. Itaque per multos annos Ger- man! Romanes ab regnis suis prohibuerunt. 3. Firmis et^ veris animis pro patria fortiter pugnaverunt. 4. Regna Ger- manorum longe trans Rhenum patebant. 5. German! copias integras ex silvis oppidisque evocabant. 6. Numerus virorum erat magnus et animi eorum bello studebant. 7. Sed fortuna belli erat iniqua Germanis ac Romanis victoriam dedit. 8. Antea CONJUGATION OF POSSUM 129 German! fuerant liberi, sed post victoriam Romanam multi in magnas silvas fugerunt. 9. Multi rapti sunt atque in Italiam missi sunt. 10. Quam misera erat fortuna e5rum captivorum ! I. What are the three Latin words for andl 360. I . The Roman power did not formerly extend across the Rhine. 2. When you are in the realm of the Germans, you will see great forests. 3. The nature of the place was certainly unfavorable for the battle. 4. They will fight bravely and many will give their lives ^ for their country .^ 5 . After the unfavorable battle grain was provided and many fresh troops were called out. I. Singular. 2. Not the dative. 361. Give the infinitives, active and passive, of the following verbs : paco, habeo, teneo, ago, gero, capio, iacio, audio, munio. LESSON LII Dulce et decdrum est pro patria mori — Sw,eet and fitting it is to die for one's country 1 THE CONJUGATION OF POSSUM 362. Possum, / a7n able^ I can, is a compound of the adjec- tive potis, able, and sum, / am. It is inflected in the indicative and infinitive as follows : Principal Parts : possum, posse, potui, INDICATIVE MOOD Present possum, / am able, I can pos'sumus, zve are able, zve can potes, yoiL are able, yo'u can potes'tis, yo7c are able, yon can potest, he is able, he can possunt, they are able, they can 1 From one of the Odes of Horace, Rome's greatest lyric poet. 130 CONJUGATION OF POSSUM Past po'teram, I was able, I could \ potera'mus, zve ivere able, we etc. could) etc. Future po'tero, / shall be able ; etc. pote'rimus, zve shall be able ; etc. Perfect po'tui, / have been able, I potu'imus, we have been able, conld', etc. we coidd\ etc. Past Perfect potu'eram, / had been able ; potuera'mus, we had been able ; etc. etc. Future Perfect ^^XW^xh,! shall have been able \ potue'rimus, zve shall have etc. beeti able ; etc. INFINITIVE MOOD Present Perfect posse, to be able potuis'se, to have been able a. This verb has no imperative and no future infinitive. The per- fect infinitive, as in all verbs, is formed by adding -isse to the perfect stem (§ 332). EXERCISES DE MUCIO SCAEVOLA First learn the special vocabulary, page 369 363. Olim Porsenna, qui regnum Etruscorum 1 turn obtinebat, cum Romanis de imperio Italiae pugnavit et R5mam magnis copiis oppugnavit. lam Roman! inopia frumenti laborabant^ et magnopere perterrebantur. Erat in numer5 Roman5rum egregius iuvenis ^ Mucius Scaevola.^ Is 5 timidos animos eorum confirmavit atque dixit : "In castra INFINITIVE USED AS IN ENGLISH 131 Etruscorum procedam et Porsennam interficiam. Itaque patriam periculo liberabo." Fortiter neg5tium suscepit, sed visus captusque est. Turn ante Porsennam productus est. I. Etrusci, -orum, m., the Etj^uscans, neighbors of the Romans to the north and their most powerful enemies in the early years of the city. 2. Used here in the sense of suffer. 3. Youth. 4. The English pronuncia- tion is Sev'o-la. 364. I. They had held the sovereignty across the Rhine for (per) many years. 2. Because of the scarcity of grain the men had not advanced. 3. That matter had been undertaken by Mucius. 4. The captives had been led before your camp. 5. After the battle a large supply of money was found there. LESSON LIII Possunt quia posse videntur — They can because they think they can 1 THE INFINITIVE USED AS IN ENGLISH 365. Nature of the Infinitive. The uses of the infinitive are much the same in Latin as in English. Being a verbal noun it is used sometimes as a verb and sometimes as a noun. As a verb, it has tense and voice, may govern a case, and may be modified by an adverb. As a noun, it may have the con- struction of a noun. For example, in To cross the marsh qnickly was difficnlt^ the infinitive to cross is a noun, for it is the subject of was ; but it is also a verb, for it takes an object {jnarsh) and is modified by an adverb {quickly). 366. Infinitive Clause as Object. In English, verbs of com- manding, wishing, forbidding, and the like may be followed by a clause consisting of a noun or pronoun in the objective ^ From Vergil. Literally, They are able becatise they seem {think themselves) to be able. 132 INFINITIVE USED AS IN ENGLISH case and an infinitive : as, the slave commmided the men to flee. The same construction is used in Latin. Servus viros fugere iussit, the slave commanded the men to flee Eos fabulam audire cupit, he wishes them to hear the story Eum dicere vetat, he forbids him to speak 367 . Rule for the Infinitive Object Clause. The verbs iubed, command; cvpio, wish; veto, forbid, and the like are ofteji followed by an infinitive clause as object, 368 . Rule for Subject of Infinitive. The subject of the infi7iitive is in the accusative, 369. Complementary Infinitive. In English, and also in Latin, an infinitive without a subject may be added to many verbs as an adverbial modifier to complete their meaning. Such verbs are called verbs of i7icomplete predication, and the added infinitive is called a complementary inflnitive. Among such verbs are the following : incipio, / begin possum, I am able, I can propero, I hastefi studeo, I am eager Fugere incipiunt, they begin to flee Oppidum capere properat, he hastens to take the town Non pugnare potes, you are not able toflght or you canHflght Eum invenire studeo, I am eager to flnd hifn 370. Infinitive as Noun. In English, and also in Latin, the infinitive is often a pure noun, being used as the subject of a sentence or as a predicate noun : as, Videre est credere, seeing {to see) is believing {to believe) Vincere est gratum, to co?iquer is pleasing a. An infinitive used as a noun is neuter singular, as is shown in the sentence above by gratum, a neuter adjective in agreement with vincere, the subject. INFINITIVE USED AS IN ENGLISH 33 EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, page 369 371. I. Vincere Romanes erat gratum inimicis finitimis. 2. Mucius Porsennam interficere studebat. 3. Romani eum suscipere id negotium cupiverunt. 4. Populus eum in castra inimica procedere non vetuit. 5. Romani imperium Italiae obtinere inceperunt. 6. Inopia frumenti Romani diu resistere non poterant. 7. Porsenna Mucium prdduci iussit. 8. Porsen- nam interficere erat officium pOblicum veri R5mani. 372. I. To possess power was pleasing to Dentatus. 2. The ambassadors were eager to give him ^ money. 3. But they could not persuade himx.^ 4. They began to speak, but Dentatus com- manded them to depart. 5. He wished them to see an example of a true Roman. 6. Therefore he did not desire them to give him the money. 7. Dentatus forbade them to seek his friend- ship with money .^ I. Indirect object. 2. What case? See § 224. 3. Ablative of means. THE ROMAN FORUM, A.D. 400 Note the Capitoline Hill with its two summits in the background LESSON LIV Oleum et operam perdidi — I have wasted time and labor i WORD FORMATION 373. One of the most important of the Latin prefixes is in-. We have already learned something of its use with verbs. It is then the same as the preposition in, and has the same mean- ings of iriy on, into, against, and has the same force in related English words : as, Latin induce, lead into ; English indnce, meaning to lead one into some course of action. 374. But there is another prefix in-, identical in form but of a different origin, which may be combined with an adjective or an adverb. This in- negatives the word to which it is attached : thus, firmus, firm or strong, but infirmus, infirm or iveak. The same prefix is similarly used in English : as, iii- secure, in-sincere, in-valid, etc. In English the prefix often changes its form to tin-, as in unsafe, tcnmoved, etc. This in- is never used as a Latin preposition, but only as a prefix. 375. Latin prefixes before a consonant may change their final consonant to a similar letter or one more easily pronounced. This is called assimilation. Thus, in- + maturus = immaturus, immature ; in- + mortalis = immortalis, immortal', con- + rectio = correctio, correction. Compare also such English words as impossible (in- + possum), irresponsible (in- -f responded), illiberal (in- + liberalis), etc. 376. Another important point is that Latin simple verbs having a short a in the first syllable followed by a single con- sonant (as in capio) generally change a to i in the present, and 1 From Plautus. Literally, I have wasted oil (i.e. lamp oil) and labor. 134 136 WORD FORMATION to e in the past participle, when the simple verb is compounded with a prefix. So in- + capio becomes incipio in the present and inceptus in the past participle. The same change in spelling follows in English ; from capio we have capture^ but incipio gives us incipienty and inceptus, mceptio7i. So recipio gives us recipienty recipCy and receptus, reception^ receptive, EXERCISES 377. Derivation. Name ten English words in the composition of which the prefix in- is used, and state the force of the prefix. 378. Give the synopsis, active and passive, of iacio, cupio, iubeo, vasto. DE MUCIO SCAEVOLA (Concluded) First learn the special vocabulary, page 369 379. Porsenna in mediis castris sedebat et magnopere per- terrebatur, nam suum periculum ex animo agere non poterat. Spectavit Mucium et dixit : '' Vitam meam petere, Romane, parabas. Meo iudicio sine auxilio sociorum id negotium non suscepisti. Narra malum c5nsilium ac conserva vitam tuam. 5 Si non ita facies, igni ^ cremaberis." ^ Mucius respondit : " Non vitam sed patriam conservare est officium Romanum. Poenas tuas minime timeo. Vitam Romanam rapere potes, sed animo ^ Romano nocere non potes." Tum statim dex- tram ^ medio igni,^ qui n5n longe aberat, iniecit,^ nee dolore'' 10 superabatur. Post id factum egregium Porsenna vetuit eum interfici et iussit eum ad Romanes remitti. Postea Mucius appellatus est Scaevola.^ I. By fire. 2. cremo, -are, burn^ consume. 3. Why dative? See § 224. 4. dextra, -ae, f., right hand. 5. medio igni, into the midst of a fire. 6. iniecit, he thrust. 7. By the pain, 8. Scaevola, left-handed. LESSON LV In Deo speramus — In God we trust i SENTENCES AND CLAUSES • RELATIVE PRONOUNS 380. Sentences and Clauses. Sentences are simple, com- po?indy or complex, 381. A simple sentence makes but one statement, and has but one subject and one predicate : as, Columbus discovered America 382. A compo7ind sentence contains two or more independent statements : as, Columbus discovered America | and \ he thereby won i7ni7iortal fame 383. A complex sentence contains one independent state- ment and one or more dependent statements : as, Wheft Columbus discovered America | he won immortal fame 384. The separate statements in a compound or complex sentence are called clauses. An independent statement is called a main clause ; a dependent statement, a subordinate clause. 385. Subordinate clauses may be used as nouns, adjectives, or adverbs. Hence we have noiui clauses, adjective clauses, and adverb clauses, 386. Relative Pronouns. Examine the following sentences : 1. This is the wounded soldier. 2. This is the soldier who has been wounded. 3. This is the soldier, and the soldier has beefi zvounded. 1 Motto of Brown University. 138 RELATIVE PRONOUNS Number i is a simple sentence. Number 2 is complex, the adjective wotmded in number i being represented in number 2 by the subordinate adjective clause who has been wounded. The word who is a pronoun, taking the place of soldier, as shown by number 3, and it also connects the subordinate adjec- tive clause who has been wotmded with the noun soldier. A pronoun that connects an adjective clause with a noun or pro- noun is called a relative pronotm, and the noun or pronoun is called its antecedent. In English the relative pronouns are whoy whose, whom, which, what, that. 387. Declension of Relative Pronoun qui. The relative pro- noun in Latin is qui, quae, quod. It is declined as follows : Masc. Fem. Neut. NOM. qui quae quod Gen. cuius cuius cuius DAT. cui cui cui Ace. quern quam quod Abl. quo qua quo Masc Fem. Neut. qui quae quae quorum quarum quorum quibus quibus quibus quos quas quae quibus quibus quibus a. Review the declension of is, § 203, and note the similarity in the endings. The forms qui, quae, and quibus are the only forms showing new endings. Note. The genitive cuius is pronounced coo' y 00s ^ and the dative cui is pronounced kwee. 388. Translation. NOM. Gen. DAT. Ace. Abl. The relative qui is translated as follows : Masc. and Fem. who, that of whom, whose to or for whom whom, that Neut. which, what, that of zvhich, of what, whose to or for which, to or for what which, what, that from, etc., zvhom from, etc., which or what RELATIVE PRONOUNS 139 389. Agreement of Relative Pronoun. Note the following sentences : Puer quern vides est Marcus, the boy whom you see is Mark Puella quam vides est Lesbia, the girl whom you see is Lesbia The relatives quern and quam agree with their antecedents puer and puella in gender and number, but not in case. The antecedents are nominatives, subjects of est, and the relatives are accusatives, objects of vides. The rule for the agreement of the relative is, therefore, as follows : 390. Rule for Agreement of Relative Pronoun. The rela- tive agrees with its antecedent in gender and number^ but its case is determijied by its use in its ow7z clause. EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, page 370 391. I. Mucius, qui a Porsenna in iudicium vocatus est, animum verum habebat. 2. Roma, quam Porsenna expugnare cupiebat, inopia friamenti laborabat. 3. Vir cuius vita pro patria datur egregiam famam obtinebit. 4. Porsenna, quem Mucius interficere studebat, magnopere perterritus est. 5. Factum quo Mucius vitam suam conservare potuit a multis poetis narratum est. 6. Quid de Mucio putas } Vir clarus meo iudicio erat Mucius. 7. Cur appellatus est Scaevola .? 392. I. Afterwards the camp was moved from that unfavor- able place. 2. Only a few hurled their spears, the rest imme- diately fled. 3. The baggage which was captured was placed in our camp. 4. Will he begin to send back the grain which they have found.? I don't think so. 5. He will command the troops which he has summoned to move the baggage across the Rhine. LESSON LVI lacta est alea — The die is cast^ INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS AND ADJECTIVES • THE ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE 393. Interrogatives in English, Interrogative pronouns and adjectives are used in asking questions. In English the inter- rogative pronouns are who f which ? and zvhat ? Which and what are used also as interrogative adjectives. Who is your friefid ? {Who, interrogative pronoun) What friends have you ? (What, interrogative adjective) 394. Interrogatives in Latin. The Latin interrogative pro- noun is quis (who f), quid (what ?). It is declined in the singular as follows : Masc. and Fem. Neut. NoM. quis, zvho ? q^id, what f which ? Gen. cuius, zvhose ? cuius, whose? DAT. cui, to or for whom ? cui, to or for which or what ? Ace. quern, zvhom ? quid, what ? which ? Abl. quo, from, etc., zvhom ? quo, from, etc., which or zvhatf The plural forms are the same as those of the relative (§ 387). Quis est amicus tuus, who is your friend^ Qui sunt amici tui, who are your friends ? 395. The Latin interrogative adjective is qui (or quis), quae, quod. It is declined like the relative (§ 387). Quos libros habes, what books have you ? 1 Words of Julius Caesar when he crossed the river Rubicon, the boundary of his province, with an armed force. This act amounted to a declaration of war against the Roman government. 140 ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE 141 396. Ablative Absolute. In English a noun with a participle attached is often used to make a phrase grammatically inde- pendent of the main clause : as, The tow7i haviiig been captiired'X , .. //7// With the town captured J The independent phrase is called the absolute construction. The noun is in the nominative case, and is called the nomi- native absolute. 397. In Latin a noun with attached participle in the absolute construction is put in the ablative, and the construction is called the ablative absolute : as, Oppido capto, legatus fugit a. The ablative absolute denotes the circumstances accompanying the action of the main verb, a fundamental ablative relation often expressed in English by the preposition with. Note the second form in § 396 : With the town captured^ the lieutenant fled. 398. There is no present participle " being " in Latin. In consequence we often have two nouns, or a noun and an adjec- tive, in the ablative absolute with no participle : as, filia regina, his daughter being queen pueris tardis, the boys being slow 399. Translation of Ablative Absolute. The absolute con- struction, rather rare in English, is very common in Latin, and is often best translated by a clause introduced by when, after, since, though, etc. Use the form of clause that will best express the thought. Note the following translations of oppido capto, legatus fugit : , . j.^ 1.1 y ( the toivn was captured, the when, since, after, although, eic.\ ,. ^f ^ L lieutenant fled 142 ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE 400. Rule for Ablative Absolute. The ablative of a noun and a participle^ a nouri and an adjective^ or two nouns may be used in the absolute construction to denote attendant circumstances. EXERCISES 401. I. Castris motis, crebra tela nostris^ nocere non potue- runt. 2. E5 loco occupato, reliquae copiae periculo liberatae sunt. 3. Agris vastatis et equis raptis, inopia frumenti mox laborabimus. 4. Sociis nostris interfectis, a quibus auxilium petemus ? 5. Eo proelio facta, pauci procedere studebant. 6. Qu5rum ^ erat imperium Italiae ? Imperium Italiae erat Romanorum. 7. Qui Germanos copias integras ducere trans Rhenum vetuerunt ? RomanL 8. Quibus bona regina pecuniam dari iussit? Miseris captivis. 9. Legato in iudicium vocato, populus bellum geri non cupivit. I. Why dative? See § 224. 2. Predicate genitive of possession, § 150. 402. I. After the battle was fought,^ to what famous place did they wish the lieutenant to move the camp ? 2. How far away was the camp which you saw? 3. Did the battle rage^ a long time ? I think so. 4. Whose money did you find ? Galba's. 5. After the town had been stormed, did not the people suffer^ the penalty due the state*? 6. Who can tell the story of Dentatus ? I can. I. Not pugno. 2. Literally, was it fought, the word battle not being ex- pressed. See § 259, note 3. 3. do, -are. 4. Due the state ^ publicus, -a, -um. Seventh Review, Lessons XLIX-LVI, §§ 768-773 r/i ."S X) j3 c 4!> c rt H t— 1 e >^ C/] 2i rt 0) rt (i> at (1) CL. w > ;J y5 Q •— > 3 ^ 6 «4-H d o Xi G o be trt S n ro n >-> > e (U Vh rt J3 w s -R rt tJ (l> ^ 3 T3 PS H H o e C ^ 2 "i n +j (1) OS c < (U 'o U X >-. TTf) H .s OJ V|-l T3 TD +-' TJ X! (U w <1J o ^ C (]> 3 v^ t ^ a; i) C/3 J2 ^ 2 ^ n3 w ^ w 03 « 1 )-i Xi OT 6 H CX 0) s o 'u 4:: < ,C1 D 13 J3 rt H H 'bb SECOND HALF YEAR Classes should have reached at least this point ai: the beginning of the second half year. This is suggested not as a maximum, however, but as a minimum. Go as far beyond it as you can consistently with good work, so as to have more time for the reading of the stories at the end of the book before the close of the year. LESSON LVII Salus populi suprema lex esto — The safety of the people shall be the supreme law ^ THE THIRD DECLENSION • CONSONANT STEMS 403. Nouns that end in -is in the genitive singular are of the Third Declension. They may be masculine, feminine, or neuter. classes" of nouns in the third declension 404. Nouns of the third declension are divided into two classes, known as co7isonant stems and i-stems, a. The stem is the body of a word to which the terminations are added. When the stem ends in a consonant, the stem is the same as the base. In vowel stems the stem is formed by adding the stem vowel to the base : thus, the base of hostis, enemy ^ is host-, and the stem is host -f i = hosti-. Consonant stems and i-stems differ some- what in declension, so the distinction is an important one. 1 Motto of the state of Missouri, quoted from a famous code of Roman laws. '43 144 THIRD DECLENSION, CONSONANT STEMS CONSONANT STEMS, MASCULINES AND FEMININES 405. Masculines and feminines are declined alike. The nominative is often the same as the base or nearly so. Often it is formed by adding -s to the base. In that case the added -s causes various changes in spelling. Always learn the geni- tive along with the nominative, for the genitive gives the key to all the other forms. consul, M., consul legio, F., legion pater, m., father (base consul-) (base legion-) (base patr-) . Iermina TIONS NoM. con^sul le'gio pa'ter Gen. con'sulis legio'nis pa'tris -is DAT. con'suli legio'ni pa'tri -i Ace. con'sulem legio'nem pa'trem -em Abl. con'sule legio'ne pa'tre -e NoM. con'sules legio'nes pa'tres -es Gen. con^sulum legio'num pa'trum -um DAT. consu'libus legio'nibus pa'tribus -ibus Ace. con'sules legio'nes pa'tres -es Abl. consu'libus legi5'nibus pa'tribus -ibus princeps, m., chief miles, M., soldier rex, M., king (base princip- i) (base milit- 1) (base reg-) NoM. prin'ceps miles rex -s Gen. prin'cipis mi'litis regis -is DAT. prin^cipi mi'liti regi -i Ace. prin'cipem mi'litem regem -em Abl. prin'cipe mi'lite rege -e ^ An i in the last syllable of the base is often changed in the nominative to e : as, princeps, base princip- ; miles, base milit-. THIRD DECLENSION, CONSONANT STEMS 145 NOM. prin'cipes mi'lites reges -es Gen. prin^cipum mi'litum regum -um DAT. princi'pibus mili'tibus re 'gibus -ibus Ace. prin'cipes mi'lites reges -es Abl. princi'pibus mili'tibus re 'gibus -ibus a. The nominative case termination s combines with a final c or g of the base and makes x : thus, reg + s gives rex, ^ing ; and due + s gives dux, leader. A final d or t is dropped before s : thus, lapid -f s gives lapis, stone ; milet + s gives miles, soldier. b. The base or stem is found by dropping -is in the genitive singular. c. Review § 108 and apply the rules to this declension. EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, page 370 406. I. Si milites regis oppidum nostrum oppugnabunt, ab legionibus Romanis vincentur. 2. Cum tela nostra iacere inci- piemus, pauci resistent ; reliqui statim fugient. 3. Milites nostri a patre consulis ducebantur. 4. Multis interfectis, rex principes regni legates ^ misit et pacem petiit. 5. Legatis auditis, pax regi data est. 6. Pater c5nsulis iussit regem in suum regnum discedere nee iniuriam agris nostris facere. 7. Rex, qui legiones nostras magnopere timuit, imperio^ Romano paruit et statim discessit. 8. Numquam postea bellum cum legionibus nostris gerere poterit. I. In apposition with principes. 2. Why dative.? See § 224. 407. I. The consul commanded the soldiers to move the camp quickly from that unfavorable place. 2. The legions could not fight bravely there. 3. The king, who was eager to make peace, sent ambassadors. 4. After peace had been made,^ the chiefs forbade the king's father to call out the legions. I. Ablative absolute. LESSON LVIII Si quaeris peninsulam amoenam, circumspice — If you are seeking a charming peninsula, look about you i THE THIRD DECLENSION, CONSONANT STEMS (Continued) 408. Neuter Consonant Stems. There are many neuter con- sonant stems. The nominative singular generally differs from the base. Thus, bases in -in- have final -en in the nominative, and bases in -er- or -or- generally have -us. flumen, n., river tempus, N., time caput, N., head (base flumin-) (base tempor-) (base capit-) Termina- tions NOM. flu'men tem'pus ca'put Gex. flu'minis tem^poris. ca'pitis -is DAT. flu'mini tem'pori ca'piti -i Ace. flu'men tem'pus ca'put Abl. flu^mine tem'pore ca^pite -e NOM. flu'mina tem'pora ca'pita -a Gen. flu'minum tem'porum ca'pitum -um DAT. flami'nibus tempo^ribus capi'tibus -ibus Ace. flu'mina tem'pora ca'pita -a Abl. flumi'nibus tempo'ribus capi'tibus -ibus a. These neuter nouns, like all other neuters, have the nominative and accusative alike, which in the plural end in -a (§ io8. a). b. Some neuters of this class have passed into English without change : as, acumen, omen, specimen. A few have kept the Latin form also in the plural : as, genus, plural genera ; stamen, plural stamens and stamina, with a difference in meaning. Note, too, the plurals viscera and capita. 1 Motto of the state of Michigan. 146 THIRD DECLENSION, CONSONANT STEMS 147 MARCUS ET QUTNTUS First learn the special vocabulary, page 370 409. QuiNTUS. Quid audivisti, Marce, de magno bello quod consul noster in Germania nunc gerit ? Diu patria in periculis mediis fuit et timidi animi perterreri incipiunt. Marcus. Bona fama venit. Consul magnas copias Ger- manorum crebris proeliis superavit atque eos trans flumen Rhenum egit. Rex Germanorum, vir barbarus et inimicus, in silvas fugit. Et ^ mater et soror eius, quae in castris Germanis erant, captae sunt. Q. Certe ea fama, si vera est, grata populo Romano erit. Quo modo (Jiow) de victoria audivisti ? M. Et pater et f rater meus cum legionibus pugnant. Hodie^ litteras^ a patre accepimus. Q. Certe animum meum c5nfirmavisti. Sed tempus fugit. Vale.4 I. et . . . et, hotJi . . . ^n(f. 2. Today. 3. litterae, -arum, f., leifer. 4. Good-by. 410. I. When kings ruled the Romans, the times were evil. 2. Rome, the capital of Italy, has a well-known river. 3. After the king was killed,^ both his son and his brother begged for peace. 4. Did not the Romans capture both his mother and his sister.? 2 I think so. 5. After the ambassadors had been received,^ the chiefs who were eager for war^ fled. I. Ablative absolute. 2. See § 251. 3. What case.'' See § 223. LESSON LIX Cedant arma togae — Let arms yield to peace * ROMULUS ET REMUS First learn the special vocabulary, page 371. Decline all the nouns, adjec- tives, and pronouns in the story, and give the principal parts of all the verbs. 411. Romulus et Remus erant filii Martis/ dei belli. Eorum mater erat Rhea Silvia, filia Numitoris,^ qui rex Albanorum^ antea fuerat, sed a malo fratre Amulio pulsus erat. Itaque Amulius, qui regnum Albanorum tum obtinebat, pueros magnopere timuit et eos interficere consilium cepit. 5 Rhea vitam fili5rum suorum conservare studebat, sed rex iussit. servum eos in flumen deicere. Imperid regis autem servus n5n paruit, sed pueros in area lignea^ posuit, quae aqua^ fluminis sine periculo vehi^ poterat. Mox pueri ad ripam fluminis vecti sunt.^ Ibi lupa/ quae non longe aberat, 10 pueros audivit atque curavit.^ Postea pastor^ benignus^^ eos invenit et in casam parvam portavit. Post longum tempus Romulus et Remus, qui viri nunc erant, et malum regem interfecerunt et regnum Numitori reddiderunt. Tum auxilio soci5rum suorum novum oppidum 1 5 ad {near) flumen posuerunt. Eius fluminis nomen est Tiberis.ii Eius oppidi nomen est R5ma. Roma posita est in eo loco ubi (where) Romulus et Remus inventi erant. I. Mars, genitive Martis. 2. Numitor, brother of Amulius, was the dethroned king of Alba, at that time the largest town in Latium. 3. Albani, -6rum, M., the Albans. 4. in area lignea, in a wooden chest. 5. Abla- tive of means. 6. veho, -ere, carry. 7. lupa, -ae, f., wolf. 8. euro, -are, care for. 9. pastor, -6'ris, m., shepherd, i o. benignus, -a, -um, kind. ii.Tiberis, the Tiber. ^ Motto of the state of Wyoming. Literally, Let arms yield to the toga. The toga, the dress of the civilian, was a sign of peace. 148 LESSON LX Virtute et armis — By valor and arms * THE THIRD DECLENSION, /-STEMS, MASCULINES AND FEMININES 412. Masculine and feminine i-stems are declined alike. As distinguished from consonant stems, they have -ium in the genitive plural and -is or -es in the accusative plural. caedes, f., slaughter (stem caedi-, base caed-) NoM. caedes caedes Gex. caedis cae'dium DAT. caedi caeMibus Ace. caedem caedis, -es Abl. caede caeMibus hostis, M., enemy (stem hosti-, base host-) hostis hostes hostis hos^tium hosti hos'tibus hostem hostis, -es hoste hos^tibus urbs. F., city cohors, F., cohort (stem urbi -, base urb-) (stem cohort!- -, base cohort-) NOM. urbs urbes co'hors cohor'tes Gex. urbis ur'bium cohor'tis cohor'tium DAT. urbi ur'bibus cohor'ti cohor'tibus Ace. urbem urbis, -es cohor'tem cohor'tis, -€S Abl. urbe ur'bibus cohor'te cohor'tibus c. A few nouns have either -i or -e in the ablative singular : as, civis (abl. civi or cive), ignis (abl. igni or igne), navis (abl. navi or nave). 6. A number of Latin and Greek nouns ending in -is or -x have passed into English without change and form their plural in -es : as, analysis, analyses ; appendix, appendices ; axis, axes ; basis, bases ; crisis, crises ; hypothesis, hypotheses ; index, indices ; oasis, oases ; paren- thesis, parentheses ; thesis, theses ; vertex, vertices. 1 MoUo of the University of Mississippi. 149 I50 THIRD DECLENSION, /-STEMS 413. Masculine and feminine i-stems include the following : a. Nouns in -es or -is with the same number of syllables in the genitive as in the nominative. Thus caedes, caedis, is an i-stem, but miles, militis, is a con- sonant stem. b. Nouns of more than one syllable in -ns or -rs: as, cliens, cohors. c. Nouns of one syllable in -s or -x preceded by a consonant: as, urbs, arx. ROMAN! ET SABInI First learn the special vocabulary, p. 37 1 414. Erant in urbe nova multi viri, sed mulieres paucae. Itaque Romulus spectacula ^ publica comparavit et Sabmos,^ finitimos suos, invitavit.^ ' Magnus numerus Sabinorum cum filiabus ad spectacula Romana venerunt. Tum signo dato^ Roman! filias Sabinorum rapuerunt. Statim Sabini cohortes 5 ad bellum evocaverunt, et iam caedes misera non longe aberat. Sed mulieres, filiae Sabinorum, quas Romani in matrimonium duxerant, in medium proelium properaverunt et bellum prohibuerunt. I . spectaculum, -i, n., spectacle, game. 2. Sabini, -orum, m., the Sabmes^ the nearest neighbors of Rome, 3. invito, -are, invite. 4. Ablative absolute. 415. I. The king had been driven from his realm by his wicked brother. 2. Where did Romulus build the new city I 3. After the city was built,^ whose daughters did the Romans marry .? 4. The neighbors commanded the Romans to give back the women, but could not persuade them.^ 5. The cohorts of the enemy were thrown down from the rampart with great slaughter.^ I. Ablative absolute. 2. What case? See § 224. 3. What construction.'' See § 168. MULIERES I3ELLUM PROHIBUERUNT LESSON LXI Deus ditat — God enriches^ THE THIRD DECLENSION, /-STEMS, NEUTERS 416. Neuter i-stems end in -e, -al, or -ar in the nominative singular, in -i in the ablative singular, and have an -1- in every form of the plural. They are declined as follows : mare, n., sea animal, n., animal calcar, n., spur (stem marl-, (stem animali-. (stem calcari-, base mar-) base animal-) base calcar-) Termina- tions NOM. ma're an'imal cal'car Gen. ma'ris anima'lis calca'ris -is DAT. ma^ri anima'li calca'ri -i Ace. maVe an'imal cal'car Abl. ma'ri anima'li calca'ri -i NOM. ma'ria anima'lia calca'ria -ia r^pv anima'lium anima'libus calca'rium calca'ribus -ium vjrn..N . DAT. ma'ribus JlUllX -ibus Acc. ma'ria anima'lia calca'ria -ia Abl.' ma'ribus anima'libus calca'ribus -ibus fl. In the nominative and accusative singular the final -i of the stem is either dropped or changed to -e. EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, page 371 417. Equites Roman! calcaria magna gerebant et equi eorum erant pulchra animalia. 2. Ora Galliae maribus et insulis con- tinetur. 3. Gallia multas civitates et multas linguas habet. 1 Motto of the state of Arizona, whose wealth consists of minerals. 152 TftiRD DECLENSION, /-STEMS 153 4. Principes civitatis, qui bello semper studebant, legates ad Romanos remitti vetuerunt. 5. Vidistine animalia magna quae in media mari habitant? Pauca vidi. 6. Num calcaria quae eques gerit equ5 nocebunt ? Non nocebunt. 7. Barbari copias suas trans flumen duxerunt, sed legatus iussitcohortes castris^ contineri. 8. Linguae Latinae magna diligentia studemus. 9. Ponite castra celeriter, hostes impedimenta iam ceperunt. I. Latin, by cajjip^ ablative of means. 418. I. Do their horsemen wear spurs? I think so. 2. If the danger is great, we can keep the soldiers in camp.^ 3. Wc saw many large animals in the forests of Germany. 4. To sail through the deep seas is pleasing to sailors.^ 5. The Romans found savage peoples and strange^ languages in those states. I. Compare § 417. 7. 2. See § 130. 3. novus, -a, -um. THE TIBER AT THE FOOT OF THE AVENTINE LESSON LXII Nil sine numine — Nothing without divine guidance ^ THE THIRD DECLENSION, IRREGULAR NOUNS 419. A few nouns of the third declension are somewhat irregular in inflection. Among these are the following : homo, M., man vis, F., force iter, N., march NOM. ho'mo vis iter Gen. ho'minis vis {rare) iti'neris DAT. ho'mini vi {rare) iti'neri Ace. ho'minem vim iter Abl. ho'mine vi iti'nere NOM. ho'mines vi'res iti'nera Gen. ho'minum vi'rium iti^nerum DAT. homi'nibus vi'ribus itine'ribus Ace. ho'mines vi^ris, -es iti'nera Abl. homi'nibus vi'ribus itine'ribus a. The accusative plural viris may be distinguished from the dative and ablative plural viris (from vir) by the length of the i in the first syllable. EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, page 372 DE BRUTO PRfMO CONSULE 420. dim Romani a regibus regebantur, sed post multos ann5s reges vi et armis pulsi sunt atque consulibus imperium commissum est. Primus consul erat Brutus, quem egregia virtute populus amabat. Tamen erant in urbe quidam^ mali 1 Motto of the state of Colorado. 154 156 THIRD DECLENSION, IRREGULAR NOUNS homines qui imperio consulis inimici erant ac reges reduci cupiebant. In eorum numero erant filii Bruti. Itaque Brutus filios suos in iudicium vocavit et iussit eos interfici. Quid de eo exemplo virtutis Romanae putas ? I. quidam, soine^ certain. 421. I. The men who were in the boat were overcome by the violence of the sea. 2. A few who were saved will march to the nearest city. 3. After the battle had begun,^ our soldiers by their great valor quickly conquered the remainder of the enemy .2 4. Nevertheless, the enemy did not flee, but led their forces back into camp. I. Ablative absolute. 2. Latin idiom, the remaming eneitiy. ORPHEUS AND EURYDICE LESSON LXIII lustitia omnibus — Justice to all ^ ORPHEUS ET EURYDICE First learn the special vocabulary, page 372 422. Poetae multas fabulas de Orpheo, sacro vate,^ narrant. Eum etiam animalia et arbores^ libenter^ audiebant. Orpheus puellam pulchram, Eurydicen/ in matrimonium duxerat, sed mors earn rapuit et Orpheus vir miser rehctus est. Turn Orpheus dolorem^ suum continere non poterat et ausus est 5 ad inferds^ descendereJ Ibi Plutonem,^ regem inferorum, petiit et dixit : " Cur, Pluto, earn iniuriam misero viro fecisti ? Certe non aequum est Eurydicen mprti dari. Earn reducere studeo." Turn dulcissime^ cecinit^^ et etiam Plia- toni persuasit. Tamen Pluto eum spectare Eurydicen vetuit 10 et dixit, *' Si in eo loco eam spectabis, postea eam videbis numquam." lam salus non longe aberat. Sed Orpheus resistere non potuit et Eurydicen spectavit. Statim magna vi Eurydice rapta est et numquam est reddita. I. vates, -is, m. and f., bard^ inspired singer. 1. arbor, -oris, f., tree. 3. Gladly. 4. Eu-ryd'i-ce. This is the accusative case. 5. dolor, -oris, m., grief. 6. inferi, -orum, m., shades., lower world. 7. descendo, -ere, descend. 8. Pluto, -onis, M., Pluto. 9. Very sweetly. 10. Perfect of cano, -ere, siiig. 423. Answer the following questions in Latin : 1 . Qui de Orpheo fabulas narrant ? 2. Quam puellam Orpheus in matrimonium duxit ? 3. Cur mala erat fortuna Orphei ? 4. Quid Orpheus facere studuit ? 5. Quid Pluto vetuit? 6. Num Orpheus puellam servare potuit ? ^ Motto of the District of Columbia. 157 LESSON LXIV Alis volat propriis — She flies with her own wings ^ WORD FORMATION 424. Selecting appropriate prefixes from § 341, write a list of English derivatives from the following verbs. Define the deriva- tives, looking them up in the English dictionary if necessary. puto ag5 habeo moves paro pello capio pugno teneo 425. Latin Suffixes. Many Latin words are formed from others by means of suffixes. Thus : civis, citizen civitas, state advenio, come to adventus, arrival capio, take captivus, captive aequus, level aequo, make level liber J free lihert&s, freedom magnus, great magnitude, greatness pecus, cattle pecunia, wealth vir, man virtus, maftliness, courage We see, too, that by the use of suffixes different parts of speech are derived from each other, such as verbs from nouns, nouns from verbs, nouns from adjectives, etc. Some of the suffixes are readily recognized and have a uniform and easily defined meaning. We shall study some of the more important ones later on (§§ 626-629). A knowledge of prefixes and suffixes will greatly increase your Latin and English vocabu- lary, as it will enable you to grasp the meaning of many words without consulting a dictionary. 1 Motto of the state of Oregon. 158 WORD FORMATION 159 426. English Suffixes. Suffixes are equally important in Eng- lish. Many of them are of Latin origin and have the same meaning as in Latin. As an illustration of the part that suffixes play in the making of English words, note the following com- binations oi port-^ 'carry,' from Latin porto : • porter portly portage portal portable Using prefixes as well, we get a much larger number : as, comport unexportable importation comportable exportation importer deport exporter reimport deportable reexport report deportation import reportable deportment importable unreportable export important , reporter exportable unimportant etc. Eighth Review, Lessons LVII-LXIV, §§ 774-777 A ROMAN STREET SCENE LESSON LXV. Te Deum laudamus — We praise Thee, O God ADJECTIVES OF THE TfflRD DECLENSION, THREE ENDINGS 427. All adjectives are either of the first and second declen- sions (like bonus, pulcher, liber) or of the third declension. 428. Nearly all adjectives of the third declension have i-stems and are declined like nouns with i-stems (§ 412). 429. Classes of Adjectives. Adjectives of the third declen- sion are classified as follows : Class I. Adjectives of three endings — a different form in the nominative for each gender. Class II. Adjectives of two endings — the nominative of the masculine and feminine alike, the neuter different. Class III. Adjectives of one ending — the nominative mas- culine, feminine, and neuter all alike. 430. Adjectives of the third declension in -er have three endings ; those in -is have two ; the others have one. CLASS I 431. Adjectives of three endings are declined as follows : acer, acris, acre (stem acri-, base acr-), sharp, keen, eager Fem. Neut. acres acria acrium acrium acribus acribus 160 Masc. Fem. Neut. Masc. NOM. acer acris acre acres Gen. acris acris acris acrium DAT. acri acri acri acribus Ace. acrem acrem acre acris, -€ Abl. acri acri acri acribus ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION i6l EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, page 372 432. I. Romani acre proelium cum copiis pedestribus eques- tribusque hostium facient. 2. Proelio commisso equites nostri copias equestres hostium in fugam dare cupient. 3. Hostes magna virtute pugnabunt, tamen vincentur. 4. Mulieres puellae- que, quae proelium spectant, aut capientur aut salutem fuga petent. 5. Castra nostra in aequo loco posita sunt. 6. Firmum praesidium ante castra locatum erat. 7. Copiae pedestres per silvas magnis itineribus^ reductae erant. 8. Homines eius civi- tatis bona tela habebant et vallum magna vi oppugnaverunt. I. magna i\,m%xa.,fo?ced marches. 433. I. The sailors of Britain are not timid, and do not fear death. 2. But with eager hearts they dare to sail even through the midst of the perils of the sea. 3. Leaving safety behind/ they put the enemy to flight. 4. The spurs which the cavalry forces wore 2 were sharp. 5. The men had swift horses, and sought safety in flight.^ 6. Either kill the captive or let him go.^ I. Ablative absolute. 2. gero, -ere. 3. Latin, by flight. 4. Imperative of dimitto, -ere. 434. Derivation. Define the following English words and give the Latin word to which each is related : dislocate dependent disintegrate dispute prohibition project legation temporal amplify official minimize invincible LESSON LXVI Christo et Bcclesiae — For Christ and the Church ^ ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION, TWO ENDINGS CLASS II 435. Adjectives of two endings are declined as follows : omnis, omne (stem omni-, base omn-), every, all^ M. AND F. Neut. M. AND F. Neut. NOM. omnis omne omnes omnia Gen. omnis omnis omnium omnium DAT. omni omni omnibus omnibus Acc. omnem omne omnis, -es omnia Abl. omni omni omnibus omnibus EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, page 373 436. I. Brutus, primus consul, suos filios in iudicium voca- vit. 2. Brutus eos ad certam mortem duci iussit. 3. Filii consulis in^ salutem communem consilia facere inceperant. 4. Itaque coacti sunt grave supplicium dare. 5. BrOtus erat certus amicus patriae et omnia ^ pr5 bon5 publico faciebat. 6. Etiam Romanis id grave supplicium non gratum erat. 7. Non omnes Bruto similes esse possunt. 8. Romani omnibus terris multa exempla virtutis verae dederunt. I. Against. 2. Adjective used as a noun. This usage is very common. ^ Motto of Harvard University. 2 Omnis is usually translated ez'ery in the singular and all in the plural. 162 ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION 163 437. I. The languages of Gaul and of Italy were not at all similar. 2. The wars which the Romans waged with the Gauls were long and severe. 3. The fortune of war is not always sure. 4. All men are compelled to defend the common safety, or the country cannot be preserved. 5 . Our courageous soldiers with their swift horses will keep^ the violence of the enemy from our towns. I. prohibeo, -ere. LESSON LXVII Pares cum paribtis facillime congregantur — Birds of a feather flock together 1 ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION, ONE ENDING CLASS III 438. Adjectives of one ending are declined as follows : par (stem pari-, base par-), equal M. AND F. Neut. M. AND F. Neut. NOM. par par pares paria Gen. paris paris parium parium DAT. pari pari paribus paribus Ace. parem par paris, -es paria Abl. pari pari paribus paribus a. Some adjectives of one ending have -e in the ablative singular. 6. Adjectives declined like par do not always end in -r, but have various other endings, such as -x, -ns, -es, etc. The final letter of the base is shown by the genitive : as, felix, felicis ; amens, amentis ; etc. ^ Literally, Equals most easily assemble with equals. A Latin proverb, quoted by Cicero in his well-known essay on old age. l64 ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION MIDAS, THE KING OF THE GOLDEN TOUCHY First learn the special vocabulary, page 373 439. Olim erat rex cuius nomen erat Midas. Ei deus Bacchus erat amicus et dixerat : " Tibi,^ rex, beneficium dare studeo. Id quod maxime petis, tibi dabo." Sed sapientia regis par bonae fortunae non erat et respondit, '* Cupia omnia quae corpore meo tangam^ in aurum^ mu- 5 tari."^ Statim rex accepit donum^ quod petiverat. Saxum^ tangit et saxum in aurum solidum ^ mutatur. Turn arborem ^ tangit, et arbor est similis auro. Rex gaudet ^ et deo gratias agit. Sed cum cibum ^^ et aquam tangit, et cibus et aqua in aurum miitantur. Magnopere perterritus Midas mortem 10 certam timuit et deum vocavit : *' Serva, serva, Bacche. Da auxilium misero. Donum^ tuum non est beneficium, sed grave supplicium.'* Bacchus audivit et iussit eum in flumine corpus suum lavere.^^ Rex paruit et hberatus est. Etiam nunc harena^ eius fluminis est aurea.^^ 15 I. tibi, to you. 2. Future of tango, -€re, touch. 3. aurum, -i, n., gold. 4. muto, -are, change. 5. donum, -i, ^.^gift. 6. saxum, -i, n., stone. 7. soli- dus, -a, -um, .f^//V/. 8. arbor, -oris, f., /r^^. g. gaudeOj -ere, rejoice. 10. cibus, -i, M.,/ood. 1 1 . lavo, -ere, wash. 1 2. harena, -ae, f., sand. 1 3. aureus, -a, -um, golden. 440. Give the principal parts of all the familiar verbs used in § 439. Decline the nouns aqua, beneficium, rex, nomen, mors, corpus. Decline the adjectives certus, similis. 1 Read '* The Golden Touch " in Hawthorne's " The V^onder-Book." ROMAN SILVER CUPS LESSON LXVIII Excelsior — Higher ^ REGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES • THE COMPARATIVE WITH QUAM 441. Comparison of Adjectives in English. In English, adjec- tives regularly change their form to express quality in different degrees. This is called comparison. There are three degrees of comparison : the positive^ the comparative, and the super- lative. The usual way of comparing an adjective is by using the suffix -er for the comparative and -est for the superla- tive : as, positive highy comparative higher, superlative highest. Sometimes we use the adverbs more and most : as, positive ** beautiful, comparative more beautiftd, superlative viost beautifid. 442. Comparison of Adjectives in Latin. In Latin, as in EngHsh, adjectives are regularly compared by adding suffixes. From the base of the positive the comparative is formed by adding -ior, masculine and feminine, and -ius, neuter ; the superlative, by adding -issimus, -issima, -issimum. Thus, altus (base alt-), high^ and gravis (base grav-), heavy, are compared as follows : altus, -a, -um, altior, altius, altissimus, -a, -um, high higher highest gravis, grave, gravior, gravius, gravissimus, -a, -um, heavy heavier heaviest 443. Adjectives in -er form the comparative regularly, but the superlative is formed by adding -rimus, -rima, -rimum to the nominative masculine of the positive. Thus, acer (base acr-), ^ Motto of the state of New York. 165 i66 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES sharp ; pulcher (base pulchr-), pretty ; and liber (base liber-), free^ have the following comparative and superlative forms : acer, acris, acre, acrior, acrius, acerrimus, -a, sharp sharper -um, sharpest pulcher, pulchra, pul- pulchrior, pulchrius, pulcherrimus, -a, chrum, pretty prettier -um, prettiest liber, libera, liberum, liberior, liberius, liberrimus, -a, free freer -um., freest 444. The superlative is often translated by very : as, altissi- mus, very high. 445. Comparative with quam. In English two objects are compared by the use of a comparative followed by the con- junction than : 2iSy the ditch is wider than the wall. In this sentence ditch is nominative, subject of is ; and ^vall is also nominative, subject of is understood. That is to say, the two objects compared are in the same case. In Latin the word for tha7i is quam and the usage is the same. Thus the sentence above becomes fossa est latior quam murus. 446 . Rule for Comparative with quam, lit comparisons with quam the two objects compared are in the same case, EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, page 373 447. I. Consul est aequior quam rex. 2. Supplicium regis erat gravissimum. 3. Equus est celerior quam homo. 4. Sed equus n5n est omnium animalium celerrimum.^ 5. Virtus Scae- volae, qui ignem et mortem non timebat, erat clarissima. 6. Quis erat fortior quam Theseus, qui pueros puellasque patriae serva- vit ? 7. Viae Romanae erant longissimae et per multas terras patebant. 8. Iter quod per silvas ducebat erat difficile. 9. Castra DECLENSION OF COMPARATIVES 167 in loco iniquissimo posita erant. 10. Id iter erat brevius et facilius. 1 1 . Mare est altius quam flumen. I. Neuter, agreeing with animal understood. 448. I. The wall of that town was very high. 2. Galba's horse is more beautiful and swifter than mine. 3. Those spears are very sharp. 4. That route was longer and more difficult. 5. The longest rivers are not always the deepest. 6. The fire which the goddess gave to the queen was very sacred. 449. Compare the adjectives brevis, fortis, notus, gravis, creber, miser, gratus, longus, tardus, integer. LESSON LXIX Silent leges inter arma — Laws are silent amid arms 1 DECLENSION OF COMPARATIVES • THE ABLATIVE OF THE MEASURE OF DIFFERENCE 450. Declension of Comparatives. Comparatives are adjec- tives of the third declension. They are of two endings (§ 429) and are declined as follows : altior, higher Neut. Masc. and Fem. Neut. altius altiores altiora altioris altiorum altiorum altiori altioribus altioribus altius altiores altiora altiore altioribus altioribus 451. Ablative of Measure of Difference. In the sentence Sextus is a foot taller than Julia the word foot expresses the measure of difference in height between Sextus and Julia. 1 From Cicero, the greatest Roman orator. M Asc. AND Fem. NOM. altior Gex. alti5ris DAT. altiori Ace. alti5rem Abl. altiore 1 68 DECLENSION OF COMPARATIVES The Latin form of expression would be Sextiis is taller by a foot than Julia, Sextus est longior pede quam lulia, and the ablative pede is called the ablative of the measure of difference. 452. Rule for Ablative of Measure of Difference. With comparatives and words implying compariso7i the abla- tive is used to denote the measure of difference. a. The neuter ablatives multo, by much\ nihilo, by nothing-, and paulo, by a little, are very common in this construction. EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, page 373 453. I. Corpus hominis est multo levins quam corpus equi. 2. Inter ea oppida iter est nihilo facilius. 3. Puellae sunt paul5 breviores quam pueri. 4. Mea poena est multo gravior quam tua. 5. C5piae pedestres erant nihilo fortiores quam copiae equestres. 6. Nihil gratius quam fabulam de virtute Dentati audivimus. 7. Estne tua soror brevior quam mea ? Longior pede ea est. 8. Animalia vidimus quae multo tardiora sunt quam equi. 9. Urbe expugnata, filia pulcherrima reginae inter ignes et arma relicta est. 10. Oppidum vestrum ab eo loco magno spati5 abest. 454. I. The marches which the commander made were neither very long nor very swift. 2. The commander thanked the bravest legion most of all. 3. Your spears are no ^ longer and no lighter than mine. 4. Between the Gauls and the Germans very frequent wars were waged. 5. That river is no 1 wider, but a foot ^ deeper. 6. Nothing is more beautiful than Rome, the capital of Italy. 7. We are a long distance ^ from Italy. I. Ablative of measure of difference. 2. Latin, distant by a great space. 455. Decline the comparatives occurring in § 453. LESSON LXX Lux et Veritas — Light and truth ^ IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES • THE DECLENSION OF PLUS 456. Irregular Comparison of Adjectives. Some adjectives in English have irregular comparison : as, good, better, best ; mtcchy more, most. So some Latin adjectives are compared irregularly. Among these are the following : POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE bonus, -a, -um, good melior, melius optimus, -a, -um magnus, -a, -um, great maior, mains maximus, -a, -um mains, -a, -um, bad peior, peins pessimns, -a, -um multus, -a, -um, much , plus plurimus, -a, -um parvus, -a, -um, small minor, minus minimus, -a, -um 457. The following adjectives, with regular comparative, form the superlative by adding -limns to the base of the positive : POSITIVE facilis, -e, easy difficilis, -e, hard similis, -e, like dissimilis, -e, tinlike COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE facilior, -ins facillimus, -a, -um difiicilior, -ins difiicillimus, -a, -um similior, -ins simillimus, -a, -um dissimilior, -ins dissimillimus, -a, -um 458. Declension of plus. Plus, more, in the singular is a neuter noun. The plural {more, many, several) is used as an adjective. It is declined as follows : 1 Motto of Yale University, the University of Indiana, the University of North Carolina, and the University of Montana. 169 i;o IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES SINGULAR PLURAL Neut. Noun Masc. and Fem. Adj. Neut. Adj. NoM. plus plures plura Gen. pluris plurium plurium DAT. pluribus pluribus Ace. plus pluris, -es plura Abl. plure pluribus pluribus. EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, page 374 459. I. Reliqui hostes, qui proelium committere audebant, copiis nostris non pares erant atque in maximam silvam fuge- runt. 2. Libertas est multo melior quam servitus. 3. Nihil peius quam servitus esse potest. 4. Leges quibus^ paremus sunt legibus^ Romanls non dissimillimae. 5. Dux vetuit plures captivos dimitti. 6. Linguae Galliae et Britanniae erant simil- limae. 7. Fortes mulieres difficillimum iter aut pericula plurima silvarum non timuerunt. 8. Rex pessimus ampliorem pecuniam petiit, sed populus plus dare non potuit. 9. Minores principes civitatis maximam auctoritatem non habebant. 10. Agris^ igni vastatis, dux oppida maxima oppugnare incepit. 1. What case? See § 224. 2. Dative, § 130. 3. Ablative absolute. 460. Among the Romans the consuls had the greatest authority. 2. After the kings ^ were driven out, greater liberty was given to the people. 3. The smallest states often have the bravest men and the best women. 4. The shortest route was much more difficult than the longest. 5. After that time the captives feared either certain death or the worst slavery. 6. Your laws and your languages are very different.^ I . Ablative absolute. 2. Latin, different by much. LESSON LXXI Omnia praeclara rara — All the best things are rare ^ FORMATION AND COMPARISON OF ADVERBS 461. Formation of Adverbs. An adverb is a word that modifies a verb, an adjective, or another adverb, and gener- ally answers the question How ? Where ? When ? Why ? To what extent f 462 . Rule for Adverbs. Adverbs modify verbs, adjec- tives, and other adverbs. 463. Adverbs are generally derived from . adjectives. In English they usually end in -ly : as, adjective brave, adverb bravely, Latin adverbs, too, have certain endings. They are compared, but not declined. 464. Adverbs derived from adjectives of the first and second declensions are formed by adding -e to the base of the adjective. Adj. latus, wide pulcher, beaiitifid llher, free Adv. late, widely pulchre, beantifidly libere, freely 465. Adverbs derived from adjectives of the third declension are generally formed by adding -iter to the base of the adjective. Adj. acer, shar/> celer, swift brevis, brie/ Adv. acriter, sharply celeriter, swiftly breviter, briefly 466. Comparison of Adverbs. Adverbs are compared like the adjectives from which they are derived, except that the comparative ends in -ius and the superlative in -e. ^ From Cicero, Rome's foremost man of letters. 171 172 FORMATION AND COMPARISON OF ADVERBS POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVl late, widely latius latissime pulchre, beautiftdly pulchrius pulcherrime libere, freely liberius liberrime acriter, sharply acrius acerrime similiter, similarly similius simillime 467. Using the regular terminations, form adverbs from the following adjectives, and compare them : longus brevis altus gravis celer tardus similis malus levis fortis EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, page 374 468. I. Dux tardissime processit quod nihil de natura loci cognoverat. 2. Tum iussit equites celerrime discedere et homines ex proximo oppido rapere. 3. Post breve tempus equites septem ^ homines ceperunt et eos ad ducem adduxerunt. 4. Dux cupivit captives narrare omnia quae cognoverant. 5. Is captivis dixit: " Dicite liberrime, homines. Si ita non facietis, gravissimum supplicium dabitis." 6. Tamen sep- tem captivi nihil responderunt et certam mortem fortissime exspectaverunt. I. Count seven in Latin; see § 283. 469. I. When that plan ^ became known, their ^ allies quickly deserted the city and sought safety in flight.^ 2. The com- mander had been very severely wounded by a spear. 3. The soldiers advanced more slowly because they were waiting for fresh troops. 4. The captives were quickly brought to the com- mander. 5. He wished to learn the nature of the place. 6. A few ^ being lightly wounded, the rest did not advance farther. I. Ablative absolute. 2. Not suus. 3. Latin, by flight. LESSON LXXII Salus populi — The safety of the people ^ FORMATION AND COMPARISON OF ADVERBS (Concluded) 470. Case Forms used as Adverbs. The accusative or the ablative neuter singular of some adjectives is used adverbially. Thus the comparative adverb in -ius is really the accusative neuter singular of the comparative adjective. Other examples are the following : facile, easily, accusative of facilis, easy plurimum, very much, accusative of plurimus, most primum, first, accusative of primus, first primo, at first, ablative of ^xvams, first 471. The following adverbs are formed irregularly and have irregular comparison : bene, well melius, better optime, best diu, long (time) diutius, longer diutissime, longest magnopere, greatly magis, more maxime, most saepe, ofte7t saepius, oftener saepissime, ofte7iest a. Note the difference in meaning between diu, long in time, and longe, long in space. 472. In English, adverbs and adjectives are often compared by means of more and most. So some Latin adverbs and adjec- tives are compared by means of magis, more, and maxime, most : as, idoneus, suitable ; magis idoneus, more suitable ; maxime idoneus, most suitable, a. The Latin comparative sometimes means ^uite or somewhat, and the superlative is often best translated by very or exceedingly. 1 Motto of the University of Missouri. 173 1/4 FORMATION AND COMPARISON OF ADVERBS COLLOQUIUM — DUO DISCIPULI First learn the special vocabulary, page 374 473. Primus. Habesne multas fabulas in tuo libro ? Secundus. Plurimas fabulas habeo. Omnes fabulae sunt bonae ; sed optima fabula, meo iudicio, est fabula de Theseo. Quam facile et bene pericula maxima superavit ! P. Certe facta These! sunt notissima, tamen fabula Manli, viri clarissimi, meum animum magis tenet. Is Romam a Gallis qui muros ascenderant servavit. Facta Manli sunt maiora quam facta These! . S. Minime ita put5. Quid autem de Scaevola dicam ? Nonne eius virtus multo magis egregia ? P. Id est verum, nam is ignem mortemque non timebat. Tamen Dentatus maiora negotia, primo in bell5 deinde in pace, suscepit ac saepius patriam servavit. Itaque Dentatus erat maior quam Scaevola. S. lam de quattuor viris famae n5tissimis diximus. Primus ^ erat Theseus, secundus erat Manlius, tertius erat Scaevola, quartus erat Dentatus. De Bruto autem, primo consule, non diximus. Sed de omnibus dicere non possumus. Diutius manere non possum. Frater meus me ^ exspectat et villa nostra magno spatio absum. I. Learn the ordinal numerals, yfrj-/, second, third, fourth^ as they appear here. 2. Me. 474. Derivation. Using prefixes previously studied (§§ 341, 373> 374) and such suffixes as appear in § 426, and any others you know, make a list of at least twenty-five English derivatives from the verbs navigo, timeo, sedeo, vinco, facio. Ninth Review, Lessons LXV-LXXII, §§ 778-782 "^ ^ 2 rt n1 ^ S^s XI < Ss .^ r^ ^ £2 3 JD Cfl aJ 1? e .s (1) o ^ "C en .ii rt O -Q S| C •S^ U O ^1 % 03 ^ ^ ^? < pa ^';;; 43 < ^ >> C -^^ f ."ti I.K r; H c &. -1 43 < < 1" o O e be c 1 c3« ID O 03 J3 o 2 ^1 % ^-' , ^ Cfl c < ;s ° rt ^ o C rt ^ < O D 3 O S ^ ■*-' ^ § 6 ^ XJ C4 . < H W) c (U C V 43 ^ -H H C C3 3 bJC o _ TJ a> s s s c j2 u tJ o (U 2i ^ 5 w)^ i-i > 9J H p. G LESSON LXXIII Ad maiorem Dei gloriam — To the greater glory of God^ THE FOURTH DECLENSION 475. Nouns that end in -us in the genitive singular are of the Fourth Declension. 476. Nouns of the fourth declension are either masculine or neuter. The nominative singular of masculine nouns ends in -us ; of neuters, in -u. a. Feminines, by exception, are domus, ^ouse ; manus, /lan^^ ; and a few others. 477. Nouns of the fourth declension are declined as follows : adventus, m., arrival cornu, n., horn (base advent-) (base corn-) Terminations MASC. NEUT. NOM. adventus cornu -us -u Gen. adventus cornus -us -us DAT. adventui (-u) cornu -Ui (-U) -u Ace. adventum cornu -um -u Abl. adventu cornu -u -u NOM. adventus cornua -us -ua Gen. adventuum cornuum -uum -uum DAT. adventibus cornibus -ibus -ibus Ace. adventus cornua -us -ua Abl. adventibus cornibus -ibus -ibus a. The base is found, as in other declensions, by dropping the ending of the genitive singular. b, Cornu is the only neuter in common use. 1 Motto of the Jesuits. 175 176 FOURTH DECLENSION 478. EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, page 374 I. Ante adventum Caesaris equitatus hostium magna celeritate acerrimum impetum in castra fecit. 2. Continere exer- citum a proelio difficile erat. 3. Post adventum suum Caesar iussit legiones ex castris educi. 4. A dextro cornu equitatum Ro- manum, a sinistro cornu equitatum sociorum posuit. 5. Signo dato, proelium commissum est. 6. Diii et acriter in eo loco pugnatum est.^ 7. Denique multis^ interfectis et vulneratis, hostes fugere inceperunt ad castra quae trans flumen posita •erant. 8. Hac victoria cognita, civitates proximae, primum minores, deinde eae quae plurimum poterant, pacem petierunt. I. See § 259, note 3. 2. Adjective used as a noun, ablative absolute. 479. I. After Caesar's arrival ^ was known, the cavalry fought well. 2 First on the right wing, then on the left, the signal was given. 3. The swiftness of our attack terrified the army- most of all. 4. Lesbia remained a little ^ longer,^ because she was expecting her sister. 5. The farmer held the animal by the horn. 6. He very easily led it to the shore. I. Ablative absolute. 2. Ablative of measure of difference. 3. Why not longius ? OFFERING A SACRIFICE LESSON LXXIV In lumine tuo videbimus lumen — In thy light we shall see light ^ EXPRESSIONS OF PLACE 480. Regular Expressions of Place. The place to which^ the place from which^ and the place at or in which are regularly expressed by prepositions with their proper cases. From this general principle we deduce the following rules : 481 . Rule for Accusative of Place to Which. The place to which is expressed by ad or in with the accusative^ and aiiswers the question Whither} Galba ad casam properat, Galba hastejis to his cottage 482. Rule for Ablative of Place from Which. The place from which is expressed by a or ah, de, e or ex, with the ablative, ajid answers the question Whence "> (Cf. § 295.) Galba a casa properat, Galba hastens from his cottage 483 . Rule for Ablative of Place at or in Which.^ The place at or in which is expressed by the ablative with in, ajid answers the question Where ? Galba in casa habitat, Galba lives i7i his cottage 484. Important Exceptions. Names of towns and small islands, domus, home,^ and rus, country, omit the preposition in expressions of place. Galba Athenas properat, Galba hastens to Athens Galba Athenis properat, Galba hastens from Athefis 1 Motto of Columbia University. 2 This is often called the locative ablative (from loCMS, ptace). ^ When domus means house, the preposition is used. 177 178 EXPRESSIONS OF PLACE Galba Athenis habitat, Galba lives at (or in) Athens Galba domum properat, Galba hastens home Galba rus properat, Galba hastens to the country Galba domo properat, Galba hastens from home Galba rure properat, Galba hastens from the cou?itry a. Names of countries, like Germania, Italia, etc., do not come under these exceptions. With them prepositions must be used. 485. Locative Case. Names of towns and small islands that are singular and belong to the first or second declension express the place at which by the so-called locative case. This is like the genitive singular in form. Other locatives are domi,i at home, and ruri, in the country. Galba Romae habitat, Galba lives at Rome Galba Corinthi habitat, Galba lives at Corinth Galba domi habitat, Galba lives at home Galba ruri habitat, Galba lives in the country a. When the name of the town is plural, there is no special locative form and the ablative must be used (§ 483). Galba Athenis habitat, Galba lives at Athens EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, page 375 486. I. Num^ f rater tuus iter in Galliam cum exercitu Caesaris fecit.? 2. Minime. Frater meus domi mansit. 3. Ubi est domus tua } 4. Antea ruri habitabamus, nunc in urbe domum habemus. 5. Habitasne Romae? 6. Non Romae sed Athenis ^ habito, quae urbs est in Graecia. Mox ab Italia navi- gabo et domum celerrime contendam. Nonne cupis Athenas, urbem Minervae, navigare ? 7. Cupi5, sed non possum. Officia publica me^ prohibent. Meliora tempora exspecto. 1 For the declension of domus see § 813. iiiiiiii i iiiiiiiiiiiiiitiiitiiiii uu ii u ii h iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii u iiiiiiiiiiiiiii u ii u ii i iii ii iiiiiiiiiiiii u iiiiiiiiiiiii u iiiiii mi iiiiiiiiii m FIFTH DECLENSION 179 Turn in navem ascendam atque primum Athenas, deinde ad reliquas urbes claras, quae magn5 spatio absunt, contendam. I. See § 251. 2. Athenae, -arum, f., Athens. 3. Me. 487. I. The cavalry was on the right wing, the infantry on the left. 2. Ambassadors of the king hastened to Rome and thanked ^ the consul. 3. In the country we saw an ample supply of grain. 4. The men who were the most powerful remained at Rome. 5. They were waiting for the arrival of a ship. 6. When an attack 2 had been made on the city, the consul fled from Rome into the country. I. gratias agere, followed by the dative. 2. Ablative absolute. LESSON LXXV Regnant populi — The peoples rule ^ THE FIFTH DECLENSION • THE ABLATIVE OF TIME 488. Fifth Declension. Nouns that end in -ei in the genitive singular are of the Fifth Declension. The nominative singular ends in -es. 489. Nouns of the fifth declension are feminine, except dies, day^ which is usually masculine. 490. Nouns of the fifth declension are declined as follows : ^ -^ n ■"■•> ~~i» \ - ' /> - •> *» Termina- tions NOM. dies dies res res -es -erum Gen. diei dierum rei rerum -ei -es DAT. diei diebus rei rebus -ei -ebus Ace. diem dies rem res -em -es Abl. die diebus re rebus -e -ebus 1 Motto of the state of Arkansas. 1 80 ABLATIVE OF TIME a. The vowel e which appears in every form is regularly long. But it is shortened in the ending -ei after a consonant, as in r6i ; and before -m in the accusative singular, as in diem. (Cf. § 194. 2.) b. Only dies and res are declined throughout. Other nouns of this declension lack all or a part of the plural. c. What do the abbreviations a. m. and p. m. stand for ? (Cf. p. 292 .) 491. Declension shown by Genitive. The key to the declen- sion of a noun is the ending of its genitive singular. Review the five distinctive genitive endings given below. Declension Genitive Ending I -ae II -i III -is IV -fls V . -li 492. Ablative of Time When. The ablative relation of at, m, or on (§65) may refer to time as well as to place : as, at noon, in snmmer, on the first day. The ablative expressing this relation is called the ablative of time, 493 . Rule for Ablative of Time When. The time when or within which anything happens is expressed by the ablative without a prepositioft, a. Occasionally the preposition in is found. Compare the English The next day we started and On the next day we started. EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, page 375 494. I. Hieme dies sunt multo breviores quam aestate. 2. Prima luce agricolae laborare inceperunt. 3. Populus oppi- dum nocte reliquit quod diiitius manere timuit. 4. Hieme Romae habitamus, aestate riari. 5. Omnes res quas homines GENDER IN THE THIRD DECLENSION l8l pessimi fecerant clariores erant quam lux. 6. Proximo ^ anno in Italia domi eram. 7. Eis rebus cognitis, omnes paulo acrius contendere inceperunt. 8. Dux iussit legidnem primam media nocte discedere. 9. E5 die vidimus multos ignes qui agros hostium vastabant. 10. Ignes magno spatio aberant. I. Last. It may also mean next if the sense demands that translation. 495. I. Galba, who lives in the country, is a remarkable example of industry. 2. For he begins to work at daylight. 3. Neither does he leave the fields before night. 4. In summer he works longer-^ than in winter. 5. But even at that time many things claim ^ his attention. 6. And he does not often sit^ idly at home. I. Not longius. 2. animum tenere, claitn attention. 3. sedere, sit idly. LESSON LXXVI Est modus in rebus — There is a proper measure in things^ GENDER IN THE THIRD DECLENSION • WORD FORMATION 496. Gender in Third Declension. In all the declensions except the third the gender of nouns is easy to determine. In the third, however, the rules for gender are numerous and present many exceptions. The subject has therefore been postponed to prevent confusion during the learning of the case forms. We take it up at this point, confining it to a few rules that are of great practical service and have few exceptions. 1 From Horace, the great lyric poet. The sentiment teaches the value of the golden mean. One of the sayings of one of the seven sages of Greece was, " Nothing too much." The Latin equivalent, ne quid nimis^ quoted from Terence, will be found on the title-page of this book. 1 82 WORD FORMATION a. Masculine are most nouns in -or and -es (genitive -itis). h. Feminine are most nouns in -do, -i6, -tas, -us, and in -s preceded by a consonant. (i) Exception: masculine are dens, a toothy and mons, a mountain, pons, a bridge, and fons, a fountain. c. Neuter are most nouns in -e, -al, -ar, -n, -fis. 497. Word Formation. To the prefixes that you have learned (a, ab, ad, con-, de, e, ex, in, in-, pro, re-, trans) we now add four more : inter, per, prae, and sub. Two of these, inter and per, you have already learned as prepositions. a. Inter, between or among, also used as a preposition with the accusative: as, intermitto, send between or among, hence interrupt, suspend \ English derivatives, i?itermission, intermittent', intericio (inter + iacio, throw'), throw between ; English derivatives, interject, interjectio7i, etc. &. Per, through, also used as a preposition with the accusative : as, permitto, seiid through, hence give leave, permit ; English deriva- tives, permission, permissible, etc. As a prefix per often has the force of through a7id through, thoroughly : as, terreo, frightejt ; perterreo, frighten thoroughly ; moveo, permoveo ; etc. C. Prae, before, also used as a preposition with the ablative, but more common as a prefix : as, praemitto, sejtd ahead. In English this prefix usually appears as pre-, as in the word prefix itself, which means to fix or fasten before or in front. Compare also such words as predict (prae + dico), prepare (prae -f paro), precede (prae + cedo, move), preoccupy (prae + occupQ), etc. d. Sub, tmder, also used as a preposition, generally with the abla- tive : as, submitto, send under, hence yield, submit ; English deriva- tives, submissio7i, submissive, etc. The prefix also takes the form sue-, suf, sug-, sup; and sus-, as in suc-cumb, suffer, sug-gest, sup-port, sus-tain. Look up these words in the English dictionary and note the force of the prefix and the meaning of the root word. THE NINE IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES 183 EXERCISES 498. Derivation. What should you judge to be the meaning of inter + venio, per + venio, prae + venio, sub + venio ? 499. Derivation. With venio as the root word, write a Hst of twenty-five EngHsh derivatives, using prefixes and suffixes, and define each derivative. 500. With the aid of the rules in § 496 give the gender of the following nouns : mare aestas animal mors nomen legio pedes virtus corpus 501. Give the rules for gender in the five declensions. See §§ 86, 97, 496, 476, 489. LESSON LXXVII Non omnia possumus omnes — We cannot all do all things ^ THE NINE IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES 502. Nine adjectives of the first and second declensions have the genitive singular in -ius and the dative in -i in all genders. The rest of the singular and all the plural forms are regular. Learn the meaning of each : alius, alia, aliud, other ^ another (of solus, -a, -um, alone several) totus, -a, -um, all, whole, e7itire alter, altera, alterum, the one, the uUus, -a, -um, any other (of two) unus, -a, -um, one, alone ; (in the neuter, neutra, neutrum, neither plural) only (of two) uter, utra, utrum, which ? (of nuUus, -a, -um, none, no two) 1 From Lucilius, a famous writer of Latin satire. 1 84 THE NINE IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES 503. Declension of nullus and alius. Masc. Fem. Neut. Masc. Fem. Neut. NOM. nullus nulla nullum alius alia aliud Gen. nulli'us nulli'us nulli'us ali'us ali'us ali'us DAT. nulli nulli nulli alii alii alii Ace. nullum nullam nullum alium aliam aliud Abl. nullo nulla nullo alio alia alio The plural is regular. 504. Alius and alter are frequently used in pairs as follows : alius . . . alius, one . . . another alter, the one the other alii, some . . . others alter alii . alteri . . . alteri, the one party . . . the other party alter iubet, alter paret, the ojie commands^ the other obeys alii terram, alii aquam amant, some love the land, others the water 505. Alius repeated in another case expresses briefly a double statement. alius aliud petit, one seeks one thing, another another (literally, another seeks another thing) alii aliam urbem occupant, some seize one city, others another (lit- erally, others seize another city) EXERCISES 506. I . Utra domus est Caesaris t Neutra domus est Caesaris. 2. Ea civitas nee ulli leg! ^ nee ulli imperio^ parebit. 3. Exer- citus duo cornua habet ; alterum appellatur dextrum, alterum sinistrum. 4. Alii alias res portabant. 5. Alii hieme, alii aestate acrius laborant. 6. Galli soli impetum e5rum prohibere non poterant. 7. Alius aliam rem spectavit. 8. Alii equi sunt celeres, alii tardi. 9. Omnia in iino loco locata erant. I. Why dative? See § 224. CLASSES OF PRONOUNS 185 507. I. Some horses are slower than others. 2. The king had seized the sovereignty of the entire island. 3. Some live on one street, others on another. 4. At night we could see many fires ; some were large, others small. 5. At daylight neither commander was at home. 6. At no time of the year have I seen any ships in that sea. 7. You can make that journey without any danger. LESSON LXXVIII Nee teeum possum vivere, nee sine te — I can live neither with you nor without you ^ CLASSES OF PRONOUNS • PERSONAL AND REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS 508. Classes of Pronouns. The classes of pronouns are the same in Latin as in English. a. Personal pronouns, which show the person speaking, spoken to, or spoken of: as, ego, /; tu, you. (Cf. § 509,) b. Possessive pronouns, which denote possession : as, mens, pty ; tuus, your\ suus, his^ her^ its, their -^ etc. (Cf. § 133.) c. Reflexive pronouns, used in the predicate to refer back to the subject: as, se vidit, he saw himself. (Cf. § 511.) d. Intensive pronouns, used to emphasize a noun or pronoun : as, ipse id vidi, I myself saw if. (Cf. § 516.) e. Demonstrative pronouns, which point out persons or things : as, is, this, that. (Cf. § 203.) /. Relative pronouns, which connect a subordinate adjective clause with an antecedent : as, qui, who. (Cf. § 386.) g. Interrogative pronouns, which ask a question : as, quis ? who ? (Cf. §394.) h. Indefinite pronouns, which point out indefinitely : as, aliquis, someone, anyone-, quidam, some, certain ones; etc. (Cf. § 528.) 1 From Martial, a Roman poet, famous for his epigrams. 1 86 PERSONAL PRONOUNS 509. Personal Pronouns. The personal pronouns of the first person are ego, /, and nos, we ; of the second person, tu, thou or yon^ and vos, ye or you. They are decHned as follows : SINGULAR First Person Second Person NOM. ego, / tu, yon Gen. mei, of me tui, of you DAT. mihi, to ox for me tibi, to ox for you, Ace. me, me te, you Ap.l. me, ivith^from^ etc ., me PLURAL te, zvith, from, etc., you, NoM. nos, we vos, you. Gen. nostrum or nostri, of us vestrum or vestri, of you DAT. nobis, to ox for us vobis, to ox for you Ace. nos, us vos, you Abl. nobis, with, from, etc., us vobis, tc///^, from, etc., ji'^?/ a. The nominatives, ego, tu, nos, vos, are used only to express emphasis or contrast. 510. The personal pronoun of the third person {he, she, it, they, etc.) is regularly expressed by the demonstrative pronoun is, ea, id (§ 205). 511. Reflexive Pronouns. The reflexives of the first person {myself, ourselves) and of the second person {yourself, your- selves) are expressed by the forms of ego and tu : as, video me, / see myself videmus nos, we see ourselves vides te, you see yourself videtis vos, you see yourselves 512. The reflexive pronoun of the third person {himself herself, itself themselves) has a special form, declined alike in the singular and plural. REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS 187 SINGULAR AND PLURAL NoM. lacking CiEs. sui, of himself , herself, itself, themselves DAT. sibi, to ox for himself herself itself themselves Ace. se or sese, himself herself itself themselves Abl. se or sese, zvith, from, etc., himself herself, itself themselves EXAMPLES Puer se videt, the boy sees himself Puella se videt, the girl sees herself Animal se videt, the animal sees itself li se vident, they see themselves 513. Enclitic Use of cum. The preposition cum, when used with the ablatives me, te, se, nobis, vobis, is Joined to them : as, mecum, voith me ; nobis'cum, zvith ns ; etc. Cum is likewise joined to quo, qua, and quibus, the ablative forms of the relative and interrogative : as, Vir quocum puer venit, the f?uin with whom the boy is coming Quibuscum bellum gerunt, with lahom do they carry o?i war ? EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, page 375 514. I. Mea patria est mihi nota, et tua patria est tibi nota. 2. Vestri amici sunt nobis grati, et nostri amici sunt vobis grati. 3. Legati pacem amicitiamque sibi et sociis suis petierunt. 4. Si tu 1 arma capies, ego ^ regnum tuum occupabo. 5 . Uter vestrum est civis Romanus .? Neuter nostrum. 6. Quibus ^ rebus cog- nitis, multi sese in fugam dederunt. 7. Timore servitutis com- motae, multae mulieres sese interfecerunt. 8. Qudcum imperator iter faciet ? Mecum. I. Personal pronouns in the nominative are emphatic. 2. These. The relative is often used at the beginning of a sentence with the force of a demonstrative. 1 88 INTENSIVE PRONOUN IPSE 515. I. You cannot see yourself. 2. The queen is pleasing to herself, but not to her kingdom. 3. The general, alarmed by your arrival, fled.^ 4. You will suffer ^ punishment on that day, but not I.^ 5. Many things alarmed us, but most of all the fear of the cavalry. I. Latin, gave hiinself into flight. 2. Latin, give. 3. The pronouns you and /, being emphatic, must be expressed. LESSON LXXIX Nil sine magno vita lab5re dedit mortalibus — Life has given nothing to mortals without great labor ^ THE INTENSIVE PRONOUN IPSE • THE DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUN IDEM 516. Intensive Pronoun ipse. The intensive ipse, ipsa, ipsum, is used both as a pronoun and as an adjective. It is usually an adjective and emphasizes the noun or pronoun with which it agrees, and is translated himself^ herself^ itself ^ my self ^ yourself^ etc.: as, Homo ipse venit, the man himself is coming Puella ipsa venit, the girl herself is coming Pueri ipsi veniunt, the boys themselves are coming Ego ipse venio, / myself am coming a. In English the pronouns himself ^tc. are used both intensively (as, Galba will come himself^ and reflexively (as, Galba will kill himself) ; in Latin the former would be translated by the adjective ipse, the latter by the pronoun se : Galba ipse veniet Galba se interficiet &. Ipse is sometimes translated by very : as, eo ipso die, on that very day. 1 From Horace. DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUN IDEM 189 517. The intensive pronoun ipse is declined like the nine irregular adjectives (§ 502). Masc. Fem. Ipse Ipsa ipsi'us NOM. Gen. DAT. ipsi Ace. ipsum Abl. ipso ipsi'us ipsi ipsam ipsa Neut. ipsum ipsi'us ipsi ipsum ipso Masc. Fem. Neut. Ipsi ipsae ipsa ipsorum ipsarum ipsorum ipsis ipsis ipsis ipsos ipsas ipsa ipsis ipsis ipsis 518. Demonstrative Pronoun idem. The demonstrative pro- noun idem, the same^ is a compound of is, and is declined as follows : Fem. e'adem eius'dem ei'dem ean'dem ea'dem NOM. Gen. DAT. Ace. Abl. Masc. idem eius'dem ei'dem eun'dem eo'dem Neut. idem eius'dem ei'dem idem eo'dem NOM Gen DAT Jii'd •|ei'( eor r iis'c ' [eis'i dem dem eorun'dem dem dem Ace. eos'dem iis'dem eis'dem Abl. eae'dem earun'dem iis'dem eis'dem eas'dem iis'dem eis'dem e'adem eorun'dem iis'dem eis'dem e'adem iis'dem eis'dem a. The forms iidem and iisdem are often spelled and pronounced with one i. &. The demonstrative idem is used both as a noun and as an adjective. c. idem is sometimes best rendered also^ at the same time : as, ego idem dixi, / also said. I90 DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS HIC, ISTE, ILLE EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, page 376 519. I. Ego et tu 1 eandem urbem incolimus. 2. Iter ipsum n5n timemus, sed aliis rebus commoti sumus. 3. Olim nos ipsi idem iter fecimus, sed alio tempore anni. 4. Roman! in maxi- mam spem adventu imperatoris adducti erant. 5. lam totam spem salutis deposuerunt, quod pars exercitus capta est et imperator ipse est in manibus hostium. 6. Tamen vos ipsi eos- dem saepissime vicistis. 7. Imperator sua manQ filiam servavit, sed se ipse ^ servare non potuit. I . Latin says I and you, notyou a7id I. 2. The intensive ipse here agrees with the subject, though in English the emphasis falls on the predicate. 520. I. The general himself gave a part of the army the right of way through the same kingdom. 2. After all hope^ of safety was left behind, the citizens themselves laid down their arms. 3. The same great fear seized ^ the hearts of all. I . Ablative absolute. 2. occupo, -are. LESSON LXXX Non sibi, sed suis — Not for herself, but for her own ^ THE DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS HIC, ISTE, ILLE 521. Use of hiCy istCj and ille. The demonstrative pronoun is, ea, id, makes no definite reference to place or time (§ 203) ; but hie (t/its, he) refers to a person or thing near the speaker, iste {that^ he) to a person or thing near the person addressed, and ille {that, he) to a person or thing remote from both. Amasne hunc equum, do you like this horse (of mine) .? Istum equum amo, sed ilium equum non amo, / like that horse (of yours), but that horse (yonder) / donH like 1 Motto of Tulane University. DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS NIC, ISTE, ILLE 19I 522. The demonstratives hie, iste, and ille are used both as pronouns and as adjectives. When used as adjectives, they regularly precede their nouns. 523. Declension of hic^ iste^ and ille. Hie is declined as lollov ^s : Masc. Fem. Neut. Masc. Fem. Neut. NOM. hie haec hoe hi hae haee Gex. huius huius huius horum harum horum DAT. huie huie huie his his his Acc. hune hane hoe hos has haec Abl. hoe hae hoe his his his a. Huius is pronounced hob^ymys^ and huie is pronounced hweek (one syllable). 524. The demonstrative pronouns iste, ista, istud, and ille, ilia, illud, except for the nominative and accusative singular neuter forms istud and illud, are declined like ipse, ipsa, ipsum. (See §517.) A GALLIC CHIEFTAIN ADDRESSES HIS FOLLOWERS First learn the special vocabulary, page 376 525. Ille fortis Gallorum princeps suos convocavit et hoc modo^ animos e5rum confirmavit : '' Vos, qui hos fines incolitis, in hunc locum convocavi,^ quod mecum debetis istos agr5s atque istas domos a manibus Romanis liberare. Hoc nobis non difficile erit, quod illi hostes has silvas, hos montes 5 timent. Si fortes erimus, dei ipsi nobis viam salutis demon- strabunt. Itaque deponite istum timorem. Magnam spem victoriae habeo. lam magnam partem exercitus Romani superavimus."2 I. Ablative of manner. 2. Translate by the present perfect (§ 312). 192 INDEFINITE PRONOUNS 526. I . Is that spear (of yours ^) heavy ? No, this spear (of mine ^) is Hght. 2. That spear of Mark's is much longer than mine. 3. You ought to show us the road that leads across this mountain. 4. That road which extends through our terri- tory is much shorter. 5. The very manner of life of those savages is not the same. I. English words in parentheses are not to be translated. LESSON LXXXI Labor omnia vincit — Labor conquers all things ^ INDEFINITE PRONOUNS 527. Indefinite pronouns do not, like demonstratives, point out definite persons or things, but refer to them indefinitely : as, someone^ anyone^ something, some, any, 528. Indefinite pronouns, like demonstratives, are used both as pronouns and as adjectives. The simple indefinite pronoun is quis, someone y anyone, and the indefinite adjective is qui, quae, quod, some, any? Far more common are the compounds aliquis, someone ; quisque, each 07ie ; and quidam, a certain one. The forms of these indefinites are as follows : I . Substantive forms : Masc. and Fem. Neut. aliquis, someone, anyone aliquid, something, anything quisque, each one, everyone quidque, each thing, everything Masc Fem. Neut. quidam, a certain quaedam, a certain quiddam, a certai7t man woman thing 1 Motto of the state of Oklahoma. 2 The indefinites quis and qui are the same in form and declension as the interrogatives (§§ 394, 395). INDEFINITE PRONOUNS 193 2. Adjective forms : Masc. Fem. Neut. aliqui aliqua aliquod, any quisque quaeque quodque, each quidam quaedam quoddam, a certain 529. Declension of Indefinites. Indefinites are declined, in general, like the interrogatives quis and qui. An m coming before a d is changed to n : as, quendam, not quemdam.^ EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, page '^jd 530. I. Hoc proeli5 facto, Galli suam quisque ^ domum pro- peraverunt. 2. Quidam homines, qui amici illius regis existi- mabantur, ab imperatore retenti sunt. 3. Est in vita cuiusque aliqua ad versa {ill) fortuna. 4. Aliquis debet tibi viam dem5n- strare. 5. Quisque nostrum illi forti militi aliquid dare debet. 6. Ego quendam ruri vidi qui per illos fines iter fecerat. I . In apposition with Galli. 531. I. If you see a certain Quintus at Rome, send him to me. 2. Even I said something to someone. 3. Some who were considered very brave did not retain their arms. 4. Each citizen ought to uphold the state and obey the laws.^ 5 . Certain cities are considered equal to Rome itself. I. Dative, § 224. Tenth Review. Lessons LXXIII-LXXXI, §§ 783-787 ^ The declension of the indefinites is given in § 831, but demands little special study. LESSON LXXXII Quot homines, tot sententiae — As many men, so many minds ^ CARDINAL NUMERALS AND THEIR DECLENSION 532. Cardinal Numerals. Cardinal numerals answer the ques- tion Hoiv many ? The first twelve cardinals are as follows : ^ I, unus 5, quinque g, novem 2, duo 6, sex JO, decern 3, tres ;-, septem ji, undecim 4, quattuor 8, octo J2, duodecim a. The word for loo is centum ; for 200, ducenti ; for 1000, mille. 533. Declension of Cardinals. Of the cardinals, only unus, duo, tres, the hundreds above one hundred, and mille used as a noun, are declined. 534. Unus, 07ie, is one of the nine irregular adjectives, and is declined like nullus (§ 503). 535. Learn the declension of duo, two^ and of tres, three. See § 824. 536. Mille, thotisajid, in the singular is an indeclinable adjective. In the plural it is a neuter noun, and is declined like the plural of mare : NoM. milia Gen. milium DAT. milibus Ace. milia Abl. milibus ^ From Terence, the famous writer of comedies. The motto means that every man has his opinion. 2 A fuller table of numerals is given in § 823. 194 CARDINAL NUMERALS 195 537. Ducenti, two hundred, and other hundreds above one hundred are dedined hke the plural of bonus : as, ducenti ducentae ducenta ducentorum ducentarum ducentorum ducentis ducentis ducentis etc. etc. etc. THE CONTEST OF THE HORATII AND THE CURIATII Try to translate this at sight 538. Olim Romani cum Albanis ^ helium gerebant. Erant in duobus exercitibus trigemini ^ fratres, tres Horatii in exer- citu Romano, tres Curiatii in exercitu Albano. Ducibus convocatis, quidam ex eis dixit : " Cur omnes nos pugnamus } Melius est paucos ^ pro omnibus contendere et reliqu5s ^ esse 5 SO-CALLED TOMB OF THE HORATII AND CURIATII CARDINAL NUMERALS 197 integros. Cur non iubemus tres Horati5s cum tribus Curia- tiis pugnare et hoc modo helium diiudicamus ^ ? " Hoc consilio omnibus^ persuasit, et pater ipse Horatiorum filiis fortibus suis nova arma dedit. Et Horatii et Curiatii certamini^ studebant et manus con- 10 serueruntJ Primo impetu tres Albani a tribus Romanis vulnerati sunt, duo Romani a tribus Albanis interfecti sunt, Onus Romanus integer erat. lam totus Albanorum exer- citus certam victoriam exspectabat. Romanus autem fugam simulavit ^ et illo modo tres vulneratos Albanos separavit.^ 1 5 Tum subita ^^ revertit ^^ et singulos ^ superavit atque inter- fecit. Postea Romani in ^^ Albanos multos annos imperium tenebant. I. Albani, -6rum, the Albans^ who lived near Rome. 2. Triplet. 3. paucos is the subject accusative of contendere, and reliquos of esse. The infinitive clauses are the subjects of est. 4. diiudico, -are, decide. 5. Why dative.? See § 224. 6. certamen, -inis, n., contest. 7. manus con- seruemnt, joined in a hand-to-hand struggle. 8. simulo, -are, pretend. 9. separo, -are, separate. 10. Suddenly. 11. reverto, -ere, turn back. 12. singuli, one at a tiine. 13. Over. VILLA OF A WEALTHY ROMAN LESSON LXXXIII Ense petit placidam sub libertate quietem — With the sword she seeks calm repose in freedom ^ ORDINAL NUMERALS • THE GENITIVE OF THE WHOLE, OR THE PARTITIVE GENITIVE 539. Ordinal Numerals. Ordinal numerals answer the ques- tion In what order ? The first twelve are as follows : first, primus, -a, -um seventh, septimus, -a, -um second, secundus, -a, -um eighth, octa'vus, -a, -um third, tertius, -a, -um ninth, nonus, -a, -um fourth^ quartus, -a, -um tenth, decimus, -a, -um fifth, quintus, -a, -um eieve?ith, undecimus, -a, -um sixth, sextus, -a, -um twelfth, duodecimus, -a, -um The ordinals are all declined like bonus. 540. Genitive of the Whole, or Partitive Genitive. In the sentence Of all these the Belgce are the bravest^ the phrase of all these represents the whole number of whom the Belgae are the bravest part. This sentence is expressed similarly in Latin : as, " Horum omnium fortissimi sunt Belgae and the genitive horum omnium is called the genitive of the whole, or the partitive genitive. 541. Rule for Genitive of the Whole. A genitive denot- ing the whole is used with words dejioting a part, and is k7town as the genitive of the whole, or the partitive genitive, ^ Motto of the state of Massachusetts. 198 GENITIVE OF THE WHOLE 199 542. Mille, singular, is an indeclinable adjective : as, mille milites, a thousand soldiers. Milia, plural, is a neuter noun, and is followed by the genitive : as, decern milia militum, ten thotisand soldiers (literally, ten thousands of soldiers). 543. Cardinal numbers, except milia, are followed by the ablative with ex or de, instead of the genitive : as, unus ex pueris, one of the boys. EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, page y]"] 544. Annus quattuor tempora ^ et duodecim menses ^ con- tinet. Aestas est omnium temporum gratissimum. Nunc mensis primus anni est lanuarius, sed antiquis ^ temporibus Martius* primus mensis existimabatur. Qua de causa Sep- tember erat septimus mensis antiqui^ anni, October erat s octavus mensis, November erat nonus mensis, December erat decimus mensis. Omnium mensium Februarius erat brevissimus. Urbs Roma plus quam mille annos permansit ^ et multa milia hominum habet. I. Here used in the sense of seasons. 2. mgnsis, -is, m., month. 3. antiquus, -a, -um, ancient. 4. March. 5. Present perfect, § 312. 545. The Romans had seven kings. The first king was Romulus, the second king was Numa, the third king was Tullus Hostilius, the fourth king was Ancus Marcius, the fifth king was Tarquinius Priscus, the sixth king was Servius Tullius, the seventh king was Tarquinius Superbus. Of all the kings Tarquinius Superbus was the worst. For this reason he was driven out by Brutus, the first consul. LESSON LXXXIV Civi et rei publicae — For the citizen and the commonwealth ^ THE ACCUSATIVE OF DURATION OF TIME OR EXTENT OF SPACE 546. The questions How long? and How far? are answered in English by an adverbial objective expressing duration of time or extent of space. This relation is similarly expressed in Latin by the Latin objective, or accusative : as, Gain sex dies pugnaverunt, the Gauls fought for six days Aqua centum pedes alta est, the water is a hundred feet deep 547 . Rule for Accusative of Duration or Extent. Dura- tio7i of time mtd extent of space are expressed by the accusative. 548. The accusative of time how long and the ablative of the time when or within which (§ 493) must be carefully distin- guished. Select what would be accusatives of time or space and ablatives of time in the following passage if it were in Latin : At midnight I went on deck. For many hours I had been tossing sleepless in my bunk. In the first place, the storm which began on Monday had now been raging for five days. Furthermore, in a few hours we should be in the channel ; only a few miles from safety, to be sure, but also in the most dangerous zone of our voyage. The night was clear, and once I thought I saw a periscope, but it was only a floating spar extending several feet above the water. I was distinctly nervous, and did not care to repeat my former experience when I spent forty-eight hours in a leaky boat, which we rowed forty-seven miles before we were saved. ^ Motto of the University of Oklahoma. 200 ACCUSATIVE OF DURATION OR EXTENT 201 CESAR IN GAUL First learn the special vocabulary, page 377 549. Caesar bellum in Gallia septem annos gessit. Primo anno Helvetios superavit, et eodem anno Germanos, qui magnum numerum hominum trans Rhenum traduxerant, ex Gallia expulit. Multos iam annos German! magnam partem Galliae obtinebant.^ Qua de causa principes Galliae legatos 5 ad Caesarem miserant et auxilium petierant. Legatis auditis, Caesar brevi tempore copias suas coegit. Magno itinere con- fecto, aciem instruxit et prima luce proelium cum Germanis commisit. Totum diem acriter pugnatum est. Caesar ipse a dextrd cornu aciem duxit. Denique post magnam caedem 10 Germani alii aliam in partem trans Rhenum fugam ceperunt. I . Translate as if past perfect. 550. I. The battle began at daylight and part of the army fought ain day. 2. That bridge is two hundred feet long. 3. The enemy's camp was twelve miles ^ distant. 4. Those mountains are three hundred feet high. 5. In a short time the queen had collected five thousand men. 6. That forest extended a great distance. I. Not omnis. 2. Latin, twelve thousands of paces. A GATE OF POMPEII (RESTORED) . LESSON LXXXV Amicitia nisi inter bonos esse non potest — Friendship cannot exist except between the good i THE ABLATIVE OF RESPECT • THE GENITIVE WITH ADJECTIVES 551. Ablative of Respect. Note the following sentences : Cives erant pauci numero, the citizens were few in number Marcus fratrem virtute superat, Mark excels his brother in valor The ablatives numero and virtute answer the question /;/ what respect? and are called ablatives of respect. 552. Rule for Ablative of Respect. The ablative is used to denote in what respect something is true. 553. Genitive with Adjectives. Compare the following sen- tences : Rex bellum cupit, the king desires war Rex belli cupidus est, the ki?ig is desirous of war The relation between the verb cupit and its direct object bellum is clearly similar to that between the adjective cupidus and its genitive belli. Genitives used as the object of the action or feeling implied in certain adjectives are therefore called objective genitives. 554. Rule for Genitive with Adjectives. The adjectives cupidus, desirous ; peritus, skilled ; imperitus, ignorant, and others of similar character are followed by the objective genitive, 1 From Cicero's famous essay on friendship. GENITIVE WITH ADJECTIVES 203 EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, page yJ^ 555. I. Aciem instruere non poterat, quod erat imperitus rei militaris. 2. Sapientia Minerva reliquass deas superabat. 3. Signo dato, legio decima, cupidior laudis quam vitae ipsius, procedere incepit. 4. Galli et Germani dissimillimi lingua ac legibus erant. 5. Ouidam ex principibus, quod pacis cupidi erant, legatos ad n5s miserunt. 6. Dux rei militaris peritus in loco iniqu5 non permanebit. 7. Servi libertatis cupidissimi alii aliam in partem fugerunt. 8. Quidam imperator, Galba nomine, timore commotus iter intermitti iussit. 9. Oppidum, nullo spatio intermisso, muro viginti ^ pedes alt5 defendebatur. 10. Cur in eadem libertate quam a patribus nostris accepimus permanere non possumus ? I. Twettty, 556. I. Few men were equal to Caesar either ^ in wisdom or in valor. 2. The men are unskilled in languages. 3. These ought not to sail to other lands. 4. Caesar was king in fact,^ but not in name. 5. Some work because they are desirous of praise, others because they are desirous of money. 6. The com- mander himself is skilled in the art of war. 7. He will not let several days elapse without good cause. I. Either , , , or, aut . . . aut. 2. res. ANCIENT COINS LESSON LXXXVI Non omnis moriar — I shall not wholly die ^ DEPONENT VERBS • THE GENITIVE OR ABLATIVE OF DESCRIPTION 557. Deponent Verbs. A deponent verb is one that is passive in form but active in meaning. 558. The principal parts of deponents are, of course, passive. hortor, hortari, hortatus sum, urge a, A few verbs are deponent in the perfect system only : as, audeo, audere, ausus sum, dare 559. Deponent verbs are conjugated in the passive : hortor, hortari, hortatus sum (urge), like vocor (§ 832) vereor, vereri, veritus sum (fear), like moneor (§ 833) sequor, sequi, secutus sum (follow), like regor (§ 834) patior, pati, passus sum (suffer), like capior (§836) partior, partiri, partitus sum (share), like audior (§ 835) 560. Besides having all the forms of the passive, deponent verbs have also the future active infinitive, the active participles, and a few other active forms which will be noted later .^ 561. Genitive or Ablative of Description. English and Latin employ similar expressions of quality or description. Thus we may say either Ccesar was a man of great courage or Ccesar was a man with great coicrage. Similarly in Latin we may use the genitive in the first case and the ablative in the second : as, Caesar erat vir magnae virtutis Caesar erat vir magna virtute 1 From Horace, the poet laureate of the Augustan age. 2 The complete synopsis of deponent verbs is given in § 837. 204 DEPONENT VERBS 205 562 . Rule for Genitive or Ablative of Description. The gejtitive or the ablative^ with a modifying adjective^ is used in expressions of quality or description, a. Numerical descriptions of measure are in the genitive, and descriptions of physical characteristics are usually in the ablative. fossa decern pedum, a ditch of teti feet^ or a ten-foot ditch puella parvis manibus, a girl with small hands C^SAR AND THE HELVETIANS First learn the special vocabulary, page 378 563. I. Helvetii, qui nee deos nee homines verebantur, magnum dolorem patiebantur quod ex omnibus partibus^ magnae altitiidinis montibus continebantur. 2. Qua de causa consilium ceperunt ex suis finibus cum omnibus c5piis excedere. 3. His rebus cognitis, Caesar, vir egregia virtute et rei militaris peritissimus, magnis itineribus in Galliam contendit. 4. Non passus est Helvetios iter per fines Romanos facere, sed pi Ores ^ dies eos secutus est. 5. Denique Helvetii, itinere intermisso, aciem instruxerunt. 6. Helvetii Romanis erant pares virtute, sed non armis. 7. Tum Caesar milites hortatus est, et, proeli5 commissd, magnam partem hostium interfecit. I. ex omnibus partibus, on all sides. 2. Several. 564. I. Caesar constructed ^ a ten-foot rampart.^ 2. The rampart was many miles ^ long. 3. Men of no wisdom suffer pain because they do not fear the laws. 4. One man urges one thing, another another.^ 5. But we shall follow Caesar's authority. 6. In height your mountains are not equal to ours. I. dilc5. 2. Latin, a ra7npart of ten feet. 3. Latin, many thousands of paces. 4. Translate the sentence by three Latin words. See § 505. LESSON LXXXVII Vox clamantis in deserto — The voice of one crying in the wilderness ^ PARTICIPLES 565. The nature of the participle has been already discussed (§ 344). Latin has four participles, the present and the future in the active voice, and the past and the future (also called the gen^ndive) in the passive voice .^ vocans, calling monens, advising regens, ruling audiens, hearing vocaturus, about to call moniturus, about to advise recturus, about to rule auditurus, about to hear ' vocatus, having been called monitus, having bee?i advised rectus, having been ruled auditus, having been heai'd ' vocandus, to be called monendus, to be advised regendus, to be ruled audiendus, to be heard XL Present Active Participle. Present Stem + -ns or -ens Future Active Participle. Parti- cipial Stem + -urus, -a, -um III. Past Passive Participle. Parti- cipial Stem + -us, -a, -um IV. Future Passive Participle or Ge- rundive. Present Stem-}- -ndus- or -endus, -a, -um 566. Declension of Participles. All participles ending in -us are declined like bonus (§ 120). Present participles are declined like adjectives of one ending ; see the declension of vocans, §817. 1 Motto of Dartmouth College. From the Latin translation of the Bible. 2 It is to be noted that Latin, unlike English, has no past active participle {having called) or present passive participle {being called). 206 USES OF PARTICIPLES 2o; 567. Past and Future Participles. We have made frequent use of the past passive participle as the last of the principal parts (§ 299), and in the formation of the perfect passive system (vocatus sum, etc.). We have also used it frequently in agree- ment with a noun in the ablative absolute (§ 400) : as, Gallis superatis, Caesar in Italiam contendit, after the Gauls had been overcome^ CcEsar hastened mto Italy The future active participle with esse makes the future active infinitive (§ 356): as, vocaturus esse, to be about to call. 568. Present Active Participle. The present active parti- ciple, as well as the past passive, is often used with a noun or pronoun in the ablative absolute. Caesare ducente, nihil timemus, Ccesar leading^ (or 7vhen Ccesar leads), we fear nothing 569. Participles of Deponent Verbs. Deponent verbs have four participles, of the same form as those of other verbs : as, hortans, urgifig hortaturus, about to urge hortatus, having urged hortandus, to be urged "^ But note that the past participle of deponents is active in mean- ing, and that only deponent verbs have an active past participle. Compare hortatus, having urged (active), from hortor, deponent vocatus, havi?ig been called (passive), from voco, not deponent 570. Give the participles of the following verbs : I)orto mitto muniS vereor iacio duGO moveo patior 1 The future passive participle, or gerundive, of deponent verbs is passive in meaning as well as in form. 2o8 USES or PARTICIPLES EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, page 378 571. I. Caesar sequens Helvetios nee nocte nee die iter intermisit. 2. Magnam multitudinem hostium fugientium inter- fecit et grave supplicium de captivis sumpsit. 3. Magnitiidine et altitudine illud flumen omnia alia superat. 4. In ^ e5 flumine imperator pontem mille pedum fecit. 5. His bellis confectis, imperator librum de re militari scripsit. 6. Ubi Lesbiam vidisti ? Lesbiam sedentem ante casam Galbae vidi. 7. Tertia hora ex- ploratores, qui praemissi erant, locum idoneum castris delege- runt. 8. III5 imperatore ducente, certissima esse victoria debet. 9. Dux tuus est celerior corpore quam animo. 10. Veriti fortunam pessimam, gratias deis iam egimus quod conservati eramus. I. Where we say "build a bridge over^^'' the Romans said "build a bridge />;," because bridges were often built of boats. 572. I. When our country calls,i we ought to take up arms. 2. The king, fearing the multitude, did not dare to send ahead spies. 3. After suffering ^ wrongs for many years, the allies were eager for war. 4. At the fourth hour suitable scouts were chosen and sent forward. 5. Caesar inflicted punishment on that king. 6. Many books have been written concerning the size of Rome. 7. After drawing up^ the line of battle, the commander waited for two hours. I. Express by the present participle in the ablative absolute. 2. Past participle. 3. Express by the past participle in the ablative absolute, and note that, as this participle is regularly passive in Latin, the voice of the English verb must be changed, and thus the English becomes after the line of battle had been drawn up. Never fail to change an English past par- ticiple from the active to the passive before translating, unless the Latin verb is deponent (cf. § 569). LESSON LXXXVIII Scientia sol mentis — Knowledge the sun of the mind ^ WORD FORMATION 573. Spelling of English Words in -ant and -ent. Many English nouns and adjectives ending in -aitt and -ent are derived from the Latin present participle, and have the same form as its base. Thus : Latin Verb Present Participle English Word occupo occupans, -antis occupant servo servans, -antis servant importo importans, -antis important studeo studens, -entis student ago agens, -entis agent contineo continens, -entis continent English words of this kind derived from Latin verbs of the first conjugation end m-a7it\ from verbs of other conjugations, in -ent, a. Exceptions to this rule are words of Latin origin that have come into English through the medium of Norman French, where the present participle of verbs of all conjugations ends regularly in -ant. Thus, from teneo (present participle tenens) the English derivative is not tenent, as we should expect, but tenant (cf. French tenant). 574. Nouns in -or denoting the Agent or Doer. Many Latin nouns denoting the agetit or doer are formed from Latin verbs by changing -us of the past participle to -or. These nouns have generally passed into English with no change of form. Thus : 1 Motto of Delaware College. 2C9 210 WORD FORMATION Verb Past Participle Latin Noun English Noun ago actus actor actor audio auditus auditor auditor capio captus captor captor invenio inventus inventor inventor libero liberatus liberator liberator moneo monitus monitor mo7iitor narro narratus narrator narrator navigo navigatus navigator navigator specto spectatus spectator spectator vinco victus victor victor The number of these nouns, both in Latin and EngHsh, is very great. Some of the Latin nouns have a feminine form in -trix : as, administratrix, victrix, etc. The same suffix is used in EngHsh : as, administrator^ m. ; administratrix y f. EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, page 378 575. I. Ramani bellum cum Albanis gerentes omnes n5n pugnaverunt. 2. Nam imperatores meUus consiUum docebant. 3. Tres fratres, virtutis magnae et rei mihtaris periti, utrimque {from each side) delecti sunt. 4. Apud duos exercitiis acerrime pugnatum est. 5 . Curiatiis interfectis, civitas Romana maiorem potestatem habuit. 6. Albani vero dolorem magnum passi sunt. 576. Derivation. Using prefixes previously studied (§ 497) and such suffixes as appear in § 426, and any others you know, make a list of at least twenty English derivatives from the verbs scribo, sumo, iacio, audio, pono. Eleventh Review. Lessons LXXXII-LXXXVIII, §§ 788-792 w «J 1> '^ -^ £ e 03 (U > c .5 1^ ^ 1-, (L) 5 -e ^ O ^-1 rC rC C *i ri 3 rt 3 bO o .5 *: • C 01 .S ^ ^ :n >, OS 8 I. ^5 VO M J. 0) rt me to come They urged J Verbs of this kind denote a purpose or desire that some- thing be done, and the infinitive expresses what that something is. But in Latin, as we have learned (§ 582), a purpose or desire is not expressed by the infinitive, but by the subjunctive. Compare the following English and Latin sentences : They urged me to come Hortabantur me ut venirem (lit. that I should come) 602 . Rule for Noun Clauses of Purpose. Verbs denoting a purpose or desire that something be done are followed by a subjunctive clause as object^ introduced by ut or ne. 603. The following common verbs are regularly followed by a noun clause with ut or ne and the subjunctive : hortor, urge impero, order (with the dative of the person ordered and a sub- junctive clause of the thing ordered) moneo, advise persuadeo, persuade (with the same construction as impero) peto, rogo, beg, ask postulo, demafid, require a. Remember that iubeo, order, takes the infinitive as in English (§ 367). Compare the following sentences: Iubeo eum venire, / order him to come ImperQ ei ut veniat, I give orders to him that he come NOUN CLAUSES OF PURPOSE 221 EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, page 379 604. I. Maxima legates hortatus est ut de re frumentaria providerent. 2. Imperator regi imperat ne sociis populi Romani noceat. 3. Galli, timore servitutis permoti, postula- verunt ut exercitus rei publicae ex finibus suis excederet. 4. PlOrimis vulneribus acceptis, quidam nobis persuasit ut fugam temptaremus. 5. Propter inopiam rei frumentariae imperator monuit ut castra in alium locum moverentur. 6. Petimus et hortamur ut nos ab iniuriis defendas. 7. Ad urbem tertia hora perveni, sed nemo me rogavit ut Qnum {even one) diem manerem. 8. Proximo die magna multitudo venit ut me consuleret et de condicionibus pacis quaereret. 9. His rebus gestis, legatus cum tribus legionibus relictus est ut de re fru- mentaria provideret. 605. I. Because of ^ your wounds I urge you not to try^ that long journey. 2. You asked him to look out^ for^ the grain supply, didn't you'^? Not at all. 3. Seek for the general and demand that he lead his forces out of my territory. 4. He ordered^ the captives not to attempt ^ flight. 5. The woman demanded that the money be found. I. The ablative of cause might be used, but the accusative with propter is more common. 2. Not infinitive. 3. de. 4. On this form of question, review §251. 5. What construction follows iubeo ? What impero 1 gladiators' helmets LESSON XCIII Dei sub numine viget — She flourishes under the will of God ^ THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF SUM AND POSSUM 606. Subjunctive of sum. The subjunctive of sum is inflected as follows; Present Past 1. sim simus 2. sis sitis 3. sit sint Perfect 1. fu'erim fue'rimus 2. fu'eris fue'ritis 3. fu'erit fu'erint 607. Subjunctive of possum. The subjunctive of possum is inflected as follows : essem esse'mus esses esse'tis esset essent Past Perfect fuis'sem fuisse'mus fuis'ses fuisse'tis fuis'set fuis'sent Present Past I. possim possi'mus possem posse'mus 2. possis possi'tis posses posse'tis 3. possit possint posset possent Perfect Past Perfect I. potu'erim potue'rimus potuis'sem potuisse'mus 2. potu'eris potue'ritis potuis'ses potuisse'tis 3. potu'erit potu'erint potuis'set potuis'sent a. Compare the perfect subjunctive with the future perfect indica- tive. Note that the past subjunctive may be formed by adding m to the present active infinitive (po§se + m), and the past perfect sub- junctive by adding m to the perfect active infinitive (potuisse + m). ^ Motto of Princeton University. SUBJUNCTIVE OF SUM AND POSSUM 223 EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, page 380 1, I. Si exercitus vester finibus nostris appropinquabit, magnam multitudinem mittemus quae iter vestrum vi et armis impediat. 2. Imperator reliquas copias produxit ne re fru- mentaria intercluderetur. 3. Hac oratione ^ habita,^ ne tardis- simi quidem rogant ut iniquae condiciones pacis accipiantur. 4. Caesar quidem tres legiones conscripserat ac postulaverat ut iter hostium maxime impediretur. 5. Antea ne eius quidem oratio civibus persuadere potuerat ut rem publicam conservare deberent. 6. Nunc vero nemd ausus est rogare ne legiones novae conscriberentur. 7. Caesar vallum longum perduxit ne aqua ab hostibus intercluderetur. 8. Tum suos,^ gravibus vul- neribus impedit5s, hortatus est ut sese in castris continerent. I. Ablative absolute. 2. orationem \\a^:^x^ = deliver an oration. 3. Possessive adjective used as a noun, his meft. 609. I. As winter ^ was approaching, he ordered ^ two cohorts to look out for a grain supply. 2. Someone urged the chief to make^ a speech. 3. He asked the citizens to hinder^ the march of the enemy. 4. He demanded of them (ab eis) that they shut the enemy off from the river. 5. Yet not even he could persuade the timid citizens to enroll^ new legions. I . Ablative absolute with present participle. 2. Write, with both iubeS and impero. 3. Not infinitive. FINGER RINGS WITH ENGRAVED SETTINGS LESSON XCIV Lux sit — Let there be light 1 THE PERFECT AND PAST PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE OF VOCO, MONEO, REGO, AND AUDIO 610. Inflection of Perfect Subjunctive. Learn the inflection of the following perfect subjunctives : Active " Passive CoNj. I voca'verim voca'tus (-a, -um) sim {§ 832) CoNj. II monu'erim mo'nitus (-a, -um) sim (§ 833) Coxj. Ill re'xerim rec'tus (-a, -um) sim (§ 834) Coxj. IV audi'verim audi'tus (-a, -um) sim (§ 835) 611. Inflection of Past Perfect Subjunctive. Learn the inflec- tion of the following past perfect subjunctives : Active Passive voca'tus (-a, -um) essem (§ 832) mo'nitus (-a, -um) essem (§ 833) rec'tus (-a, -um) essem (§ 834) audi'tus (-a, -um) essem (§ 835) a. Note that the formation and inflection of the perfect and past perfect subjunctive active are like fuerim and fuissem, the corre- sponding tenses of sum ; and that in the passive sim and essem take the place of sum and eram of the indicative passive. EXERCISES 612. Inflect the complete subjunctive, active and passive, of paco, moveo, rapio, mitto, munio. 1 Motto of the University of Washington. Compare the following verse in the Latin Bible : " Dixitque Deus : Fiat lux. Et facta est lux." 224 CONJ. I vocavis'sem CONJ. II monuis'sem CONJ. III rexis'sem CONJ. IV audivis'sem PERFECT AND PAST PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE 225 HERO ET LEANDER The story of Hero and Leander has been the subject of many poems, both ancient and modern. See Leigh Hunt, Tom Hood, Moore, Tennyson. First learn the special vocabulary, page 380 613. ludicio multorum poetarum nemo apud puellas Graecas ^ erat pulchrior quam Hero, sacerdos ^ templi ^ quod Sesti * positum est. Earn Leander, adulescens ^ nobilissimus, toto animo amavit et in matrimonium ducere cupivit, sed leges vetuerunt. Leander autem nee leges sacras nee deos 5 iniquos veritus est. Tamen ut amor ^ eius celaretur,^ Leander numquam die sed tantum ^ nocte venit ut earn videret. Nee sine summa difificultate erat hoc iter, nam mare angustum,^ Hellespontus nomine, ^^ inter Sestum et Abydum, urbem Leandri, interfluit.^^ Sed ne mare quidem eum intercludere 10 poterat. Omni^^ nocte Leander Hellespontum tranabat^^; omni nocte Herd in summa turri diligenter locabat lucer- nam^* quae adulescentem per aquas perduceret, . I. Graecus, -a, -um, Greek. 2. sacerdos, -otis, m. and f., priest or priestess. 3. templum, -i, n., temple. 4. Sestus, -i, f., Sestos, a city on the Hellespont at its narrowest point, opposite Aby'dos. The form Sesti is locative ; see § 485. 5. adulgscens, -entis, m., youth. 6. amor, -oris, m., love. 7. celo, -are, ^^?z^^^/. 8. Only. 9. angustus, -a, -um, ?z^rr^w. 10. Ab- lative of respect, § 552. 1 1. interfluo, -qxq^JIo'w betweeti. 12. omnis in the singular often means every. 13. trano, -are, swim across. The Hellespont at this point is about a mile wide, but there is a dangerous current. Byron's successful attempt to swim across is well known. 14, lucerna, -ae, F., lamp. 614. I . Many reasons urged Leander not to expose ^ himself to death. 2. Not even Hero could persuade him 2 not to attempt ^ that journey. 3. He asked her to put^ a lamp on top of the tower. 4. She listened^ attentively that she might save his life. 5. She ought to advise him to remain^ at home. I. committd. Not infinitive. 2. Dative. 3. Not infinitive. 4. audio. LESSON XCV Veritas v6s liberabit — The truth will set you free ^ SUBJUNCTIVE OF RESULT 615. Observe the following sentence : The danger was so great that all fled, periculum erat tantum ut omnes fugerent The principal clause names a cause, and the dependent clause states the result of this cause. In English the verb fled in the dependent clause is indicative, but in Latin this clause is introduced by ut {so that), and fugerent is subjunc- tive. This construction is called the subjunctive of result, 616 . Rule for Subjunctive of Result. Clauses of result are introduced by ut {^legative ut non) a7id have the verb in the subjunctive, 617. Result is sometimes expressed by a noun clause used as object : as, Periculum fecit ut omnes fugerent, the danger caused all to flee (literally, made so that allfled) 618 . Rule for Object Clauses of Result. Object clauses of result introduced by ut {negative ut non) are used after verbs of effecting or bringing about, 619. Purpose and Result Clauses Compared. Affirmative clauses of purpose and result are similar ; but a negative pur- pose clause is introduced by ne, while a negative result clause has ut non. ^ Motto of Johns Hopkins University. From the Latin Bible. 226 niii!imMTiiili,.M,iiiiiiiiiiiiii,,iiiiui,iiaiiiiiiiiiiliiliiliiiiiiiiliniiiiiiiniliiii[iiiiiiiiiiiniiiJiiiiiii\iiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiTi^^ HERO AND LEANDER Leander ! Leander ! Speak to me ! Speak to me ! Leander ! Leander ! Martin Schutze — Hero and Leander 228 SUBJUNCTIVE OF RESULT a. When tarn, ita, sic (all meaning so), talis {such), or tantus (j-^ great) appears in the main clause, the dependent clause denotes result. b. Do the following sentences, denote purpose or result ? Celeriter f ugit ne caperetur, he fled swiftly that he might not be taken Tarn celeriter fugit ut servaretur, he fled so swiftly that he was saved Celeriter fugit ut servaretur, he fled swiftly that he might be saved Tarn celeriter fugit ut non caperetur, he fled so swiftly that he was not taken HERO ET LEANDER (Conxluded) First learn the special vocabulary, page 380 620. Hac in condicione res diu permanebant. Sed nihil est certum homini,i nee ulla fortuna semper aequa. Olim tanta tempestas^ coorta est^ ut etiam maximae naves impetum maris sustinere n5n possent ac summa celeritate ad oras finitimas fugerent. Tamen Leander sua consuetildine ^ ad 5 oram prima nocte pervenit Ut iter faceret. Mare quidem erat turbidum,^ sed is lucem turris trans mare videre poterat ibique^ erat Hero ipsa. Itaque omni timore deposito adules- cens"^ nobilis vitam suam aquis commisit. Statim autem summis difficultatibus ita premebatur ut vi ipsa maris 10 superaretur. Interim Hero eum multas horas exspectabat. Tali timore commota est ut mens consistere non posset. Prima luce vero ad oram contendit ut eum quaereret. Denique diligenter quaerens corpus eius invenit. Eo viso^ sese in mare coniecit. 15 Nam dolor ipse f ecerat ^ ut puella miserrima mentem suam amitteret. I. Man is sure of nothing. 2. tempestas, -atis, f., storm. 3. coorior, -iri, deponent verb, rise. 4. According to his custom. 5. turbidus, -a, -um, stormy. 6. Two words, ibi + que. 7. adulescens, -entis, m., youth. 8. Ablative absolute. Translate, o?i seeing this. 9. Had caused. SUBJUNCTIVE OF RESULT 229 621. I. So great was the violence of the sea that no one dared to sail. 2. The timid sailors stood on the shore. 3. They warned him not to throw ^ himself into such a sea. 4. Leander was so hard pressed that he abandoned all hope of safety. 5. Hero, according to her custom, was w^aiting for him. 6. What caused 2 her to lose her mind.? I . Not infinitive. 2. Latin idiom, 7nade that she lost. LESSON XCVI Commune vinculum omnibus artibus — The common bond for all the arts ^ THE DATIVE WITH COMPOUNDS 622. The dative is the case of the indirect object (§58). Many intransitive verbs take an indirect object (§ 222), and some transitive verbs take both a direct object and an indirect object : as, Marcus puero telum dedit, Marcus gave a spear to the boy. Whether or not a verb will have an indirect object depends on its meaning. A number of verbs, some transitive and some intransitive, which in their simple form do not take an indirect object, have a meaning, when compounded with certain prepositions, that calls for one. This indirect object is called the dative with compo7inds. 623 . Rule for Dative with Compounds. Some verbs compounded with ad, ante, con, de, in, inter, ob, post, prae, pro, sub, and super take the dative of the indirect object. Transitive compounds may take both an accusative and a dative, 1 Motto of the University of Minnesota. 230 DATIVE WITH COMPOUNDS Potestas regi non deerat, power was not lacking to the king Caesar equitatui legatum praefecit, Ccesar placed the lieutenant in command of the cavalry a. Many verbs compounded with these prepositions do not take the dative, because their meaning forbids : as, Caesar copias ad montem produxit, Ccesar led forth the troops to the mountain EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, page 381 624. I. Consul optimos cives evocare incepit ut eis praemia ampla proponeret. 2. Magna multitudo convenerat ne amplus exercitus imperatori deesset. 3. Quern navibus senatus prae- ficiet ? Senatus virum summae virtutis deliget. 4. Barbari ita premebantur ut oppida reliqua incenderent. 5. Acie instructa, imperator iussit Marcum dextr5 cornu praeesse. 6. Pedites tantum numerum telorum coniecerunt ut pauci in muro con- sistere possent. 7. Consuetudine populi Romani et iure belli senatus debet illi imperatori imperare ut civitates inimicas pacet. 8. Altitudo valli fecit ut pauci vulnerarentur. 625. I. The senate ordered that the remaining captives be led away into slavery. 2. Heretofore, according to the law of war, the towns had been set on fire. 3. The senate assembled to place ^ someone in command of the infantry forces. 4. These things he set forth that money might not be lacking to the commonwealth. 5. Is not 2 your mind in command of your body^.? Yes. I. Express/Az^i? in co7n7nand hy one word. 2. See § 251 . 3. Not genitive. Twelfth Review. Lessons LXXXIX-XCVI, §§ 793-797 LESSON XCVII Civium in moribus rel publicae salus — In the character of its citizens lies the safety of the commonwealth i WORD FORMATION 626. Many abstract nouns are formed from adjectives by the suffixes -ia, -tia, -tas, -tudo. memor-ia, memory memor, mindful inop-ia, want ino^s, poor sapient-ia, wisdom sapiens, wise ajmci-tiBi, frie?idship . eimlc\xs, friendly celeri-tas, swiftness celer, swift liber-tas, freedom liber, free magni-tudo, greatness magnus, great alti-tudo, height altus, high 627. Adjectives denoting qtiality or state are formed from verbs by the suffix -idus. cup-idus, desirous cupere, desire t\m-\dMS^ fearful timere, fear €28. Adjectives denoting ///////^i-j are formed from nouns by the suffix -osus- (the EngHsh suffix -otis). pericul-osus, dangerous periculum, danger studi-osus, zealous studium, zeal 629. Adjectives denoting capability in a passive sense are formed from verbs by the suffixes -ilis and -bilis. fac-ilis, easy (able to be done) facere, do credi-bilis, credible (able to be believed) credere, believe ama-bilis, lovable amare, love 1 Motto of the University of Florida. 231 portable portare vulnerable vulnerare comparable comparare habitable habitare 232 HINTS ON SPELLING 630. Hints on Spelling. When in doubt as to whether an English word should end in -able or Able, remember that derivatives from Latin verbs of the first conjugation end in -able, those from other conjugations end in -ible. visible videre reducible reducere audible audire possible posse A few common words are exceptions : as, tenable, movable^ capable^ preventable. 631. Most English words ending in -tion or -sion are derived from Latin verbs. If the Latin past participle ends in -tus, use the suffix -tion ; if in -sus, use -sion. ENGLISH W^ORD LATIN PARTICIPLE exception exceptus contefition contentus monition monitus ascension ascensus admissiofi admissus sessio?i sessus EXERCISES 632. Derivation. From your knowledge of prefixes what should you judge to be the meaning of the following com- pounds of iacio, throw 1 adicio deicio inicio proicio subicio conicio eicio obicio reicio traicio 633. See how many English derivatives you can write from iacio and its compounds. LESSON XCVIII Litteris dedicata et omnibus artibus — Dedicated to letters and all the arts ^ ' THE IRREGULAR VERBS VOLO, NOLO, AND MALO 634. Learn the inflection of volo, zms/i ; nolo, l?e imzvilling ; and malo, prefer (§ 840), and note that the indicative and sub- junctive are inflected like rego except in the present indicative and the present and past subjunctive. These verbs have no passive voice. 635. Constructions with void, nolo, and malo. In Enghsh we say / zuis/i to write or / wish him to zvfite. In the first sentence / zvish is followed by the complerhentary infinitive to write ^ and the subject of the two verbs is the same. In the second, / zvish is followed by the object clause him to zvrite, and the subjects are different. Similarly, in Latin, volo, nolo, and malo are used with the complementary infinitive when the subject remains the same ; and with the infinitive with subject accusative when the subjects are different (§§ 367-369). Volo scribere, I zvish to zvrite Volo eum scribere, / zvish hifu to zurite EXERCISES First learn the special vocabulary, page 381 636. I. Potestas Caesari non deerat et malebat re^ esse rex quam nomine. 2. Hostes, cum primi ordines se ostendunt, ne consistunt quidem, sed in fines su5s se recipiunt. 3. Copiae enim quae praemissae erant ut impetum nostrum prohiberent 1 Motto of the University of Nebraska. 234 CONJUGATION OF VOLO, NOLO, MALO satis firmae n5n erant. 4. Has res legati proposuerant ut hae civitates in fidem 2 ac potestatem populi Romani venire vellent. 5. Oportuit Romanes urbem vallo fossaque circummunire ut fides ^ publica servaretur. 6. Ilia silva, quae ab flumine ad mare pertinet, multa genera animalium habet quae in aliis locis non videntur. 7. Nonne ilia legi5 cui filius tuus praeerat paravit omnia quae ad salutem civium pertinent? Paravit. 8. Tanta multitudo convenerat ut copia frumenti satis* non esset. I. re, in reality, ablative of respect, § 552. 2. in fidem, under the pro- tection. 3. fides publica, the promise given by the state. 4. The word satis may be an adverb, as in 3 ; or an adjective, as in 8 ; or a noun, as, satis supplied, enough {of) punishment \ satis facere, to give satis- faction ; etc. 637. I . The senate is not willing to give satisfaction ^ to our enemies. 2. We wish war rather than that kind of peace. 3. For it is necessary to keep the faith which we received from our fathers. 4. Display hope, citizens, and not fear. 5. Fortify ^ the city all about with walls and ditches. 6. For the senate does not wish us to withdraw without a battle. 7. But it wishes us to prepare all things that pertain to war. I. See § 636, note 4. 2. Fortify all about is expressed by one word. A ROMAN STOVE WITH HOT-WATER BOILER LESSON XCIX Vita hominum lux — Light, the life of men ^ VOCABULARY REVIEW • CONSTRUCTIONS WITH CUM 638. Review the word lists in §§ 732, 733, 737, 738. 639. Constructions with cum. The conjunction cum has three meanings : zvhen, since, and although, 640. Clauses introduced by cum are of four kinds : temporaly descriptive, causal, and concessive, 641. Cum meaning whe7i is temporal or descriptive,^ and is usually followed by the indicative if the tense is present or future, otherwise by the subjunctive. Veniam cum potero, I will come when I can Cum Romani se ostenderent, hostes fugerunt, when the Romans appeared (showed themselves), the enemy fled 642. Cum causal {since) and cum concessive {although) are followed by the subjunctive. Cum pacem peterent, Caesar in eos impetum non fecit, since they were seeking peace ^ Ccesar did not make an attack ofi them Cum primi ordines fugissent, tamen reliqui fortiter consistebant, though the first ranks had fled ^ yet the rest bravely stood their ground 1 Motto of the University of New Mexico. 2 A descriptive clause describes the circumstances under which the main action took place : as, The farmer found the jnoney when he tvas ploiving. It is, furthermore, implied that but for the circumstances stated, the action ex- pressed in the main clause would not have taken place. Thus, in the sen- tence above, if the farmer had not been plowing, he would not have found the money. 235 236 CONSTRUCTIONS WITH CUM 643 . Rule for Constructions with cum. Cum means when, since, or although, and takes thje subjtmctive except in a temporal or descriptive clause of present or future time, EXERCISES 644. I. Cum regina novas gratasque condiciones pacis pro- posuisset, ne socii quidem, qui inimici antea fuerant, arma ac frumentum dare nolebant. 2. Cum ^ via tam longa sit, tamen oportet pueros puellasque iter facere. 3. Cum^ aqua satis alta esset, nautae sine ulla difficultate ad insulam parvam naviga- verunt. 4. Cum naves omni genere convocatae essent, regina iussit servos copiam frumenti ex agris proximis ad oram maris portare. 5. Cum ordines nostri se ostenderent, hostes in oppi- dum se recipiebant. 6. Cum R5mani in fines Gallorum veni- rent, Galli magnopere comm5ti sunt. 7. Cum imperator legatds videt, rogat, " Cur, legati, venistis ? Quid quaeritis?" 8. Legati respondent, *' Volumus in fidem et potestatem populi Romani venire." I . cum = though. The concessive use of cum is often indicated by the presence of tamen in the main clause. 2, cum = since. 645. I. Since the money is not sufficient, why do you not demand more ? 2. Though you prepare all kinds of arms, you cannot overcome my allies. 3. When I was living at Rome, I often heard and saw famous Romans. 4. When you call me, I will hasten. 5. When the enemy appeared, we withdrew. GOLDEN FIBULA, OR BROOCH The Romans were famiHar with the principle of the modern safety pin LESSON C Medio tutissimus Ibis — In the middle course you will go safest^ VOCABULARY REVIEW • THE IRREGULAR VERB EO 646. Review the word lists in §§ 743, 744. 647. Irregular Verb eo. Learn the inflection of the irregular verb eo, go (§ 842), and the declension of the present participle iens,^^/;/^(§8i7). EXERCISES 648. Derivation. The irregular verb eo has a large number of compounds. Using your knowledge of prefixes, give the meaning of the following common words : adeo, exeo, ineo, redeo, transeo. 649. I. Cum^ exercitus re frumentaria premeretur, dux ad oppidum ire contendit. 2. Castris positis, nostri equites crebra proelia cum barbaris fecerunt, sed legiones sese in castris con- tinebant. 3. Germani cum magnis copiis ex finibus suis ierant ut agros meliores occuparent. 4. Multi Germanos ita timebant ut cum eis pugnare nollent et domum ire vellent. 5. Imperator, cum banc famam audivisset, dixit, '' Ite domum, si vultis, atque ego solus in hostes ibo." 6. Tum tanta virtus animos omnium occupavit ut man ere quam ire mallent. 7. Cum ad Galliam iremus, oram insulae Britanniae videre poteramus. 8. Sine ulla spe praemi aut victoriae et cum summo periculo pugnavi, ne amicitiam tuam amitterem. 9. Pueri miseri, qui per silvam euntes rapti erant, numquam postea visi sunt. I. cum causal. ^ From Ovid, a famous poet of the Augustan age. The words are often quoted to urge the value of moderation in all things. 237 238 CONJUGATION OF EO 650. I . The senate persuaded the general ^ not to go ^ to Britain. 2. Though we have toiled many days, yet you wish us to go home without any reward. 3. When you have plenty of money, I advise you to go^ to Rome. 4. Since you fear fre- quent wars, why do you not make peace.? 5. Go into battle with good arms if you wish to conquer. I . Not accusative. 2. Not infinitive. LESSON CI Lux et lex — Light and law ^ VOCABULARY REVIEW • INDIRECT STATEMENTS 651. Review the word lists in §§ 749, 750. 652. Indirect Statements in English. Direct statements are those which the speaker or writer makes himself or which are quoted in his exact language. Indirect statements are those reported in a different form of words from that used by the speaker or writer. Compare the following direct and indirect statements : r I . The Gauls are brave Direct statements \ 2. The Gauls we^-e brave [3. The Gauls will be brave Indirect statements ( i. He says that the Gauls are brave after a verb in J 2. He says that the Gauls were brave the present tense [ 3. He says that the Gauls will be brave Indirect statements {\. He said that the Gauls were brave after a verb in j 2. He said that the Gauls had been brave a past tense [3- -Sie said that the Gauls would be brave When an English direct statement becomes indirect, 1 Motto of the University of North Dakota. INDIRECT STATEMENTS 239 flf. The indirect statement becomes a dependent clause introduced by the conjunction that. b. The verb remains finite and its subject is in the nominative. c. The tenses of the verbs originally used are changed after the past tense, He said. 653. Indirect Statements in Latin. In Latin the direct and indirect statements above would be expressed as follows : ^. f I. Gain sunt fortes, the Gauls are brave ijirect state- I <2. Galli erant fortes, the Gauls were brave [3. Galli erunt fortes, the Gauls will be brave ' I. Dicit or Dixit Gallos esse fortis {he says or he said the Gauls to be brave) ^ Indirect state- J 2. Dicit or Dixit Gallos fuisse fortis (Jie says or he ments j said the Gauls to have been brave) ^ 3. Dicit or Dixit Gallos futiiros esse fortis {he says or he said the Gauls to be about to be brave) ^ Comparing these Latin indirect statements with the English in the preceding section, we observe three marked differences : a. There is no conjunction corresponding to that. h. The verb is in the infinitive and its subject is in the accusative. c. The tenses of the infinitive are not changed after a past tense of the principal verb. 654. Rule for Indirect Statements. When a direct statement becomes indirect^ the principal verb is changed to the infi^iitive and its subject nominative becomes sub- ject accusative of the i^tfinitive. 655. Tenses of Infinitive. When the sentences in §653 were changed from the direct to the indirect form of statement, sunt became esse, erant became fuisse, and erunt became futuros esse. 1 These parenthetical renderings are not inserted as translations, but merely to show the literal meaning of the Latin. 240 INDIRECT STATEMENTS 656 . Rule for Tenses of Infinitive in Indirect Statements. A present indicative of a direct statement becomes present infinitive of the indirect, a past indicative becomes per- fect infijiitive^ and a future indicative becomes future infinitive, 657 . Rule for Verbs followed by Indirect Statements. The accusative-with-infinitive constrziction in indirect statements is found after verbs of saying, telling, knowing, thinking, and perceiving. 658. Verbs regularly followed by indirect statements are a. Verbs of saying and telling : dico, dicere, dixi, dictus, say, tell nego, negare, negavi, negatus, deny, say not nuntio, nuntiare, nuntiavi, nuntiatus, announce respondeo, respondere, respond!, responsus, reply b. Verbs of knowing : cognosce, cognoscere, cognovi, cognitus, learn, (in the perfect) know scio, scire, scivi, scitus, know C. Verbs of thinking : existimo, existimare, existimavi, existimatus, t/ilnk, believe iudico, iudicare, iudicavi, iudicatus, yV/^^, decide puto, putare, putavi, putatus, reckon, think spero, sperare, speravi, speratus, hope d» Verbs of perceiving : audio, audire, audivi, auditus, hear sentio, sentire, sensi, stnsus, feel, perceive video, videre, vidi, visus, see intellegO, intellegere, intellexi, intell6ctus, under sta?id, perceive Most of these verbs you know. Learn the new ones, and use the list for reference. INDIRECT STATEMENTS 24i EXERCISES 659. I. Caesar per exploratores cognoverat hostes inopia friimenti premi. 2. R5mani audiverunt Helvetios proxima aestate ex finibus suis excessuros esse. 3. Legati cum per- venissent, responderunt fratrem regis exercitui praefuturum esse. 4. Principes Gallorum negabant se oppida sua incendisse. 5. Rex respondit pecuniam esse reginae.^ 6. Poetae existima- bant potestatem deorum esse maiorem quam dearum. 7. His rebus 2 cognitis, speravimus aliquem missurum esse navigium quod nos servaret.^ 8. Cum urbi appropinquaremus, intellexi- mus mediam partem altis et latis muris munitam esse. 9. Hac oratione^ habita, sensimus animum finitimorum esse nobis inimicum. I. reginae, predicate genitive of possessor (§ 150). 2. Ablative absolute (§ 40o)« 3« Subjunctive in a relative clause of purpose (§ 589). 660. Using five of the verbs in § 658, write five Latin sen- tences, each one containing an indirect statement. A STREET IN POMPEII The street is paved with blocks of lava. Note the stepping-stones for crossing the street in wet weather. Vesuvius looms in the distance LESSON CII Qui transtulit sustinet — He who transplanted sustains ^ VOCABULARY REVIEW • THE IRREGULAR VERB FERO 661. Review the word lists in §§ 755, 756. 662. Irregular Verb fero. Learn the inflection of fero, bear (§ 841). Its principal parts are very irregular, but the different tenses are formed on the three stems as usual. a. The verb fero has many compounds. One of these is infero in the idiom bellum infero, / ??iake war on, with the dative. Learn also the idiom graviter or moleste fero, / am annoyed^ followed by the accusarive and infinitive. EXERCISES 663. Derivation. Note the prefixes and give the meanings of the following compounds : ad'fero, con'fero, de'fero, in'ferd, trans'fero. Name ten English derivatives from these words. 664. Li. Mavis, non vultis, vis, nolumus. 2. Ut nolit, ne vellemus, nolite, mavultis. 3. It, imus, ut eant, eunt. 4. ¥tr} tulisse, ferent, tulerant. 5. Ut ferrent, latus esse, ne ferant. I . Die, diic, fac, and f er are the four short imperatives. Cf . p. 1 00, footnote. II. I. Roman! moleste ferebant illam civitatem sociis bellum inferre. 2. Exploratores nuntiaverunt summum montem cir- cummunitum esse et firmo praesidio teneri. 3. Caesar respon- dit senatum graviter ferre magnam multitudinem Germanorum in optimis partibus Galliae sedere. 4. Nos iudicamus vos n5bis bellum inferre non oportere. 5. Rex dixit memoria patrum 1 Motto of the state of Connecticut. 242 CONJUGATION OF FERO 243 Helvetios proelium cum Romanis commisisse et eos^ magna caede in fugam dedisse. 6. Cum impedimenta rapta essent, barbari impetum nostrorum diutius ferre non poterant. I. eOs refers to the Romans and is the object of dedisse. 665. I. We are annoyed that the Gauls are making war on our allies. 2. The king denied that his son had gone. 3. The captives hastened to go that they might observe ^ the battle. 4. When the towers had been moved ^ to the walls, all who bore arms were led out. I . specto, -are. 2. ago, -ere, egi, actus. LESSON cm Virtus omnibus rebus anteit — Virtue surpasses all things ^ VOCABULARY REVIEW • THE SUBJUNCTIVE IN INDIRECT QUESTIONS , 666. Review the word lists in §§ 762, 763. 667. Indirect Question Defined. When we report a question instead of asking it directly, we have an indirect question. Direct Question Indirect Question Who conquered the Gauls ? He asked who conquered the Gauls An indirect question is a noun clause and is usually the object of a verb of askings sayings knowings ox feeling. 668. Moods in Questions. In English, as the example shows, the indicative is used in both direct and indirect questions. 1 From Plautus, a dramatic poet. 244 INDIRECT QUESTIONS 669. In Latin, verbs in direct questions are in the indicative ; verbs in indirect questions are in the subjunctive. Direct Question Indirect Question Quis Gallos vicit ? Rogavit quis Gallos vinceret Who co?iqnered the Gauls ? He asked who conquered the Gauls Ubi est Roma ? Rogat ubi sit Roma Where is Rome 1 He asks where Rome is CL* Compare indirect questions and indirect statements. An indirect question is interrogative in form and has its verb in the subjunctive, as shown above. An indirect statement is introduced in English by the conjunction that^ and its verb in Latin is in the infinitive : as, He says that Ccesar conquered the Gauls^ dicit Caesarem Gallos vicisse. 670. Indirect questions are introduced by the same interroga- tive-words as direct questions. Whether is usually rendered by num. 671. Rule for Indirect Questions. In an i7idirect ques- tion the verb is iji the subjunctive, and its tense is deter- mined by the rule for the sequence of tenses (§ 595). I 672. IDIOMS memoria tenere, to remember (literally, to hold by memory) novis rgbus studere, to be eager for a revolution (literally, new things) in reliquum t^mi^yxs, for the future EXERCISES 673. I. Rex rogavit cur legati excessissent atque cur ad se non venissent. 2. Imperator, vir egregiae virtutis, amplas et inte- gras copias misit quae oppidum defenderent et cognoscerent quae esset natura loci. 3. Galli, qui semper novis rebus ^ stude- bant, quaesiverunt quid Roman! armis facere possent. 4. Moneo te ne in reliquum tempus petas quid agam. 5 . Tenetisne memoria INDIRECT QUESTIONS 245 quae sint publica officia cdnsulis ? 6. Omnibus rebus compara- tis, dux exspectavit^ quid hostes facerent. 7. Hi milites erant tarn timidi ut imperio ^ ducis parere non auderent.^ I. Why dative? See § 224. 2. Waited to see. 3. Why subjunctive? See § 616. 674. I. How far distant is the villa ? 2. He asks how far dis- tant the villa is. 3. Do you remember the story about Brutus? 4. They asked whether he remembered the story about Brutus. 5. Whither do you wish to go? 6. Do you know whither you wish to go .? Thirteenth Review. Lessons XCVII-CIII, §§ 798-803 lllllllllllllllllllilllHllillllllllllllilllllllillliilliiilllililllllllllllM^ A MUSICAL RECITAL The woman at the left is reciting a poem to the accompaniment of a lyre and two pipes. The pipes are fitted into a band across the piper's mouth, enabling him to blow on both pipes at the same time LESSON CIV Mens agitat molem — Mind moves the mass ^ VOCABULARY REVIEW • THE IRREGULAR VERB FIO 675. Review the word lists in §§ 768, 769. 676. Irregular Verb fid. Learn the inflection of fio, de made, happen (§ 843). In the present system this verb serves as the passive of facio. The rest of the passive of facio is regular. 677. IDIOMS Aliquem certiorem facio, / ifiform someone (literally, / 7nake some- one more certain), followed by an infinitive with subject accusative or by an indirect question. Certior fio, / am i?iformed (literally, / a?n made more certain), followed by the same construction as above, Helvetiis in animo est, the Helvetii intend (literally, it is in mind to the Helvetii), followed by the complementary infinitive. EXERCISES 678. I. Tua lingua intelleg5 te esse Galium, et certior f actus sum tibi in animo esse rationem nostram belli hostibus nuntiare. 2. Qua de causa te rapi iubeb5 ut supplicium publicum de te sumam. 3. Multa beneficia a populo Romano antea accepisti, itaque te rogo cur te gravissimam poenam dare non oporteat. 4. lOre^ belli te ad mortem duci statim oportet. 5. Magna parte impedimentorum relicta, hostes alii aliam in partem fuge- runt. 6. Sciebant nee quo irent nee quid facerent. 7. Explo- rator legatum certiorem fecit quae ^ copiae castra .obtinerent. I . In accordance with the right. 2. What forces, introducing an indirect question. 1 Motto of the University of Oregon. 246 CONJUGATION OF FIO 247 679. I. Don't you know why I am unwilling to undertake this business? 2. He asked why they were terrified. 3. He perceived why the camp had been moved. 4. Someone in- formed the senate that the town could not be taken. 5. We think that you will receive this state under ^ your protection. 6. He had been informed that the army had been led forward. 7. Do you know what the Helvetii intend to do ? I. in with the accusative. LESSON cv Litterae sine m5ribus vanae — Letters without morals are vain ^ VOCABULARY REVIEW • PREDICATE ACCUSATIVE DATIVE OF PURPOSE 680. Review the word lists in §§ 774, 775. 681. Predicate Accusative. In English, verbs of making, choosmg, calling, namijig, and the like may take two objects referring to the same person or thing. The first of these is the direct object, and the second completes the sense of the predicate, and is called the predicate objective or the objective attribute. The Romans made him consul The senate called the king friend 682. Similarly, in Latin, facio, make ; deligo, choose ; voco and appello, call, and the like may take two accusatives : the first, the direct object; the second, referring to the same person or thing, known as the predicate accusative. Romani eum consulem fecerunt, the Romans made him consul Senatus regem amicum appellavit, the senate called the king friend 1 Motto of the University of Pennsylvania. 248 PREDICATE ACCUSATIVE 683. When the verb is changed to the passive, both the accusatives become nominatives ; the direct object becoming the subject, and the predicate accusative the predicate nomi- native. Rex amicus a senatu appellatus est, the king was called friend by the senate a. Note that senatus, the subject of the active verb, becomes a senatu, ablative of agent, when the verb is changed to the passive. 684. Rule for Predicate Accusative. Verbs of making, choosing, calling, and the like may take a predicate accusa- tive along with the direct object. With the passive voice the two accusatives beco7ne nominatives, 685. Dative of Purpose. Observe the following sentence : Exploratores locum castris delegerunt, the scouts chose a place for a cainp Note that the dative castris expresses the purpose for which the place was intended. Such a dative is called the dative of purpose or end for which. It is often followed by a second dative denoting the person or thing affected : as, Hoc erat magno impedimento Gallis, this was {for) a great hindrance to the Gauls 686 . Rule for Dative of Purpose. The dative is used to denote the purpose or end for which, often with another dative denotijig the person or thing affected. 687. IDIOMS iniurias alicui inferre, to inflict ifijuries upon someone nihil posse, to have fio power praesidio civitati esse, to be a defense to the state DATIVE OF PURPOSE 249 688. I. Omnibus temporibus exercitus erat firmissimo prae- sidio civitati. 2. Legatus nos certidres fecit te consulem appellatum esse. 3. Rogavi cur senatus mihi iniurias intulisset. 4. Rex voluit vobis auxili5 esse, sed nihil poterat. 5. Certior factus eram tibi in animo esse domum sine me contendere. 6. Magno impedimento hostibus erit si hunc locum castris deli- gemus. 7. Scisne cur Romani urbem Romam appellaverint ? EXERCISE 689. I. Men like you are a great defense to any common- wealth. 2. The consul called the woman's sister queen of the island. 3. The new city was called Rome by Romulus. 4. It will be a great hindrance ^ to your safety if the citizens make you king. 5. The chiefs dared to inflict injuries upon the king because he had no power. 6. He asked where the horseman had left his spurs. I . Latin, for a great hindrance. LESSON CVI Crescit eundo — She grows as she goes ^ VOCABULARY REVIEW • THE GERUND AND GERUNDIVE 690. Review the word lists in §§ 778, 779. 691. Gerund. A verbal noun is the name of an action : as, Talking is useless. 692. English has many verbal nouns ending in -ing. When these are in the nominative case, they are expressed in Latin by the infinitive : as, Seeing is believing, videre est credere 693. When the English verbal noun is not a nominative, it is expressed in Latin by a verbal noun called a gerund. 1 Motto of the state of New Mexico. Literally, She grows by going. 250 GERUND AND GERUNDIVE 694. The Latin gerund is used only in the genitive, dative, accusative, and ablative singular, and is formed by adding -ndi, -ndo, -ndum, -ndo to the present stem : as. Gen. vocandi, of calling DAT. vocando, for calling Ace. vocandum, calling Abl. vocando, by callhig Learn the gerunds of the other model verbs, moneo, rego, capio, audio (§§ 833-836). Deponent verbs have the gerund of the active voice. 695. Uses of Gerund. The gerund has the construction of a noun ; but, being verbal in character, it may have an object : as, gerendo bellum, by waging war Here gerendo is ablative of means and bellum is its direct object. 696. Gerund denoting Purpose. The accusative of the gerund with ad, or the genitive of the gerund followed by causa {for the sake of), is often used to express purpose. Homines ad videndum venerunt, the men came for the purpose of seeing, to see (literally, for seeing) Homines videndi causa venerunt, the men came for the sake of seeing, to see 697. Gerundive. The future passive participle (§565) is called the gerundive when it takes the place of the gerund. The gerund, being a noun, may be used either alone or with an object ; but the gerundive, being an adjective, must agree with a noun. Observe the following sentences : 1 . Urbem videndi causa venerunt, they came to see the town 2. Urbis videndae causa venerunt, they came to see the town (liter- ally, they came for the sake of the town to be seen) In sentence i, we have the gerund videndi and its direct object urbem. In 2, we have the gerundive videndae in agreement with urbis. GERUND AND GERUNDIVE 251 Note that the sentences are translated alike. The gerund with a direct object must not be used except in the genitive or in the ablative without a preposition. Even then the gerundive construction is more common. SUMMARY OF IMPORTANT POINTS 1. The gerund is a noun. The gerundive is an adjective. 2. The gerund may stand alone or with an object. 3. The gerundive construction is more frequently used than the gerund with an object. 4. The gerund with an object may be used only in the genitive or in the ablative without a preposition. 5. The accusative of the gerund or gerundive after ad, or the genitive preceding causa, may be used to denote purpose. EXERCISES 698. I. Omnes mulieres orationem audiendi ^ causa manse- runt. 2. Omnes mulieres ad orationem audiendam ^ manserunt. 3. Fuga erat tam celeris ut nullum spatium ad novas copias cogendas daretur. 4. Multis vulneratis, reliqui adventum ducis exspectaverunt, minime diutius resistendi causa sed pacis petendae causa. 5. Spatium neque arma capiendi neque auxili petendi datum est. 6. Haec civitas, auctoritate et gratia regis adducta, copias pedestres ad iter nostrum prohibendum miserat. 7. Maximae res non exspectando sed agendo conficiuntur. I . Which of these expressions is gerund and which gerundive ? 699. I. You will make your death more certain by remain- ing among the Gauls. 2. He made the journey much ^ shorter by building ^ a bridge. 3. They sent ambassadors to seek ^ peace. 4. The cavalry battle was very severe, since ^ the place was un- favorable for fighting. 5. Caesar learned, by inquiring, what^ the nature of the island was. I. Latin, by much, ablative of measure of difference, § 452. 2. Use both the gerund and the gerundive construction. 3. Use the genitive with causa. 4. cum causal, § 642. 5. What kind of question? See § 671. LESSON CVII Disciplina praesidium civitatis — Training, the defense of the state^ VOCABULARY REVIEW • REVIEW OF AGREEMENT AND OF THE GENITIVE AND DATIVE 700. Review the word lists in §§ 783, 784. 701. The Four Agreements. 1. Agreement of the predicate noun and appositive (§§ 61, 104). 2. Agreement of the adjective, adjective pronoun, and participle (§§9T, 134). 3. Agreement of the verb with its subject (§ 48). 4. Agreement of the relative pronoun with its antecedent (§ 390). 702. The Genitive Case. 1. Genitive of the Possessor J ,* ,. . ; \' icf. As predicate (s 150). 2. Genitive of the Whole, or Partitive Genitive (§ 541). 3. Genitive with Adjectives (§ 554). 4. Genitive of Description (§ 562). 703. The Dative Case. ' a. With intransitive verbs, and with transi- tive verbs in connection with a direct object in the accusative (§ 58). d. With special intransitive verbs (§ 224). c. With verbs compounded with ad, ante, con, de, in, inter, ob, post, prae, pro, sub, and super (§ 623). 2. Dative with Adjectives (§ 130). 3. Dative of Purpose (§ 686). 1 Motto of the University of Texas. 252 I. The Indirect Object- REVIEW OF SYNTAX 253 EXERCISES 704. I. Fortissimi militum quos vidimus existimaverunt im- perium belli esse Caesaris imperatdris. 2. Socii, timore com- moti, quendam rei militaris peritissimum exercitui praefecerant. 3. Num senatus memoriam iniuriarum quas nobis intulisti deponere debet ? 4. Non virtus sed sapientia regi deerat. 5. Milites cum diiitius impetum sustinere non possent, alii aliam in partem fugerunt. 6. Acie instructa, imperator proelium a dextro cornu commisit. 7. Cum Romae essem, aliquis de- monstravit domum ubi ille incolebat. 8. Magna pars equitatus, hostes sequendi cupida, summa celeritate contendit. 9. Decima legio erat maximae virtutis. Qua de causa Caesar huic legioni maxime favebat. 705. I . Marcus is not desirous of living^ in the city. 2. Which of you is a Roman citizen ? Neither of us. 3. You alone could persuade me to hold 2 back the army. 4. Whom did the general place in command of the left wing ? 5 . A wall of great height was a strong defense^ to the town. 6. A certain man inflicted these injuries on me. 7. He was desirous of your friendship. I . Genitive of the gerund. 2. Not infinitive. 3. Dative of purpose. ROMAN LAMPS LESSON CVIII Studiis et rebus honestis — To pursuits and deeds that are honorable VOCABULARY REVIEW • REVIEW OF THE ACCUSATIVE AND ABLATIVE 706. Review the word lists in §§ 788, 789. 707. The Accusative Case. 1. The Accusative as Direct Object (§ 35). 2. The Predicate Accusative (§ 684). 3. The Accusative as Subject of an Infinitive (§ 368). 4. The Accusative of Duration or Extent (§ 547). 5. The Accusative denoting the Place to Which (§ 481). 708. The Ablative Case. I. Ablative rendered ivith (or by) : 1. Cause (§ 165). 2. Means (§ 166). 3. Accompaniment (§ 167). 4. Manner (§ 168). 5. Measure of Difference (§452). 6. Ablative Absolute (§ 400). 7. Description (§ 562). 8. Respect (§ 552). II. Ablative rendered /r^w (or by) : 1. Place from Which (§§ 295, 482). 2. Separation (§ 296). 3. Personal Agent with a Passive Verb (§ 261). III. Ablative rendered ifi (or at) : 1. Place at or in Which (§ 483). 2. Time When or within Which (§ 493). 1 Motto of the University of Vermont. 254 REVIEW OF SYNTAX 255 EXERCISES 709. I. Dux tres cohortes praemisit quae vallum fossamque duo milia passuum per eorum finis perdOcerent. 2. Aliquae civitates scripserunt se malle in fide populi Romani permanere. 3. Paucis praesidi5 castris relictis, barbari tertia hora aciem instruere inceperunt. 4. Plures dies iter intermissum est ut milites oppida hostium expugnarent. 5. Plurimum vero apud Gallos haec civitas et virtute et hominum numero poterat. 6. Ilia victoria nobis erat gratior quam omnes aliae. 7. Im- perator captivum rogavit qua de causa salutem fuga petisset. 8. Hoc proelio confecto, legatus suis laudem idoneam dedit quod summa virtute pugnaverant. 9. Rex cum a senatu amicus appellatus esset, tamen erat animo inimico. 710. I. The Gauls, meanwhile, seize the bridge that they may prevent^ our march. 2. On hearing this,^ Caesar hastened from Rome into Gaul with three legions. 3. The citizens in- formed ^ me that a certain man had called Caesar king. 4. Because of the greatness of the crowd no one could hear the oration. 5. Some towns are much larger than others. 6. The next day he w^ent home to see^ his son. I. Latin, keep us from the inarch. 2. Latin, these things having been heard^ ablative absolute. 3. Latin, inade more certain. 4. Why not infinitive .'' STEELYARDS FROM POMPEII These seem to have been a Roman invention. Nearly all the scales found at Pompeii are of this pattern LESSON CIX Ecce quam bonum — Behold how good ^ VOCABULARY REVIEW • REVIEW OF THE GERUND AND GERUNDIVE, THE INFINITIVE, AND THE SUBJUNCTIVE 711. Review the word lists in §§793, 794- 712. The Gerund and Gerundive. 1. The Gerund and its Construction (§§ 691-696). 2. The Gerundive and its Construction (§ 697). 713. Constructions of the Infinitive. I. The Infinitive used as in English : 1. As Subject or Predicate Nominative (§ 370). 2. As Object with Subject Accusative (§ 367). 3. Complementary Infinitive (§ 369). II. The Infinitive in Indirect Statements (§§ 654, 656, 657). 714. Constructions of the Subjunctive. 1. The Subjunctive of Purpose (§§ 588, 602). 2. The Subjunctive of Result (§§ 616, 618). 3. The Subjunctive with cum (§ 643). 4. The Subjunctive in Indirect Questions (§ 671). EXERCISES 715. I. Caesar ab exploratoribus certior f actus est Gall5s novis rebus studere. 2. Legati cum pervenissent, petebant ne Roman! oppidum suum incenderent. 3. Dux mihi imperavit ut cognoscerem quae ratio belli esset. 4. Nos quidem moleste ferimus socios nostros de re frumentaria non providisse. 5. Propter multitudinem telorum erat difificillimum in vallo consistere. 6. Tam acriter ab utraque parte pugnabatur ut 1 Motto of the University of the South. 256 REVIEW OF SYNTAX 257 multa milia hominum vulnerarentur. 7. Nonne copias integras praemittemus ad Romanos itinera intercludendos ? 8. Cum oppido^ media nocte appropinquaremus, tamen omnes cives n5s exspectabant. 9. Cum pacem iam petatis, has condiciones proponam. 10. Inopia aquae fecit ut nos omnes premeremur. I . Dative with appropinquaremus. 716. I. Such terror seized the hearts of all that not even the bravest were willing to remain. 2. He asked who was in command of the ships. ^ 3. He demanded that^ for the future the army should not be led through our territory. 4. Caesar built a bridge for the purpose^ of terrifying the Germans. 5. Someone said that you had been placed in command of the army.^ I. Not genitive. See § 623. 2. That . . . not, nS. 3. Use causa with the genitive of the gerund or gerundive. See § 696. LESSON CX lamque opus exegl — And now I have finished my work 1 VOCABULARY REVIEW • REVIEW OF WORD FORMATION 717. Review the word lists in §§ 798, 799. 718. Review of Prefixes. 1. Illustrate the force of each of the following prefixes by a Latin word (§§ 341, 497) : a (ab) de inter pro sub ad e (ex) per re- trans con- (com-, co-) in prae 2. What is meant by assimilation.? (§ 375.) 3. What changes in spelling occur in compounds of words like capio, facio, etc. .? (§ 376.) 1 From the closing lines of Ovid's great poem, the " Metamorphoses." 258 REVIEW OF WORD FORMATION 4. What is the force of in- (im-) when prefixed to an adjective or adverb ? Illustrate. (§ 374.) 719. Review of Suffixes. 1. What can you say in general about the use of suffixes in Latin and in English ? (§§425, 426.) 2. How are Latin nouns like rector, victor, etc. formed, and how are the corresponding English words derived.? (§ 574.) 3. By means of what suffixes are abstract nouns formed from adjectives ? Illustrate. (§ 626.) 4. Explain the force of the suffix in the following adjec- tives : cupidus, periculosus, facilis, credibilis. (§§627-629.) 720. Hints on Spelling. 1 . What generally determines whether an English word should end in -ant or -ent? Illustrate. (§ 573.) 2. What is the rule for the spelling of English words in -adle or -idle? in -tion or -sion? Illustrate. (§§ 630, 631.) THE GAULS IN SIGHT OF ROME OPTIONAL LESSONS OPTIONAL LESSON A Emollit mores nee sinit esse fer5s — She refines character and does not allow it to be untrained ^ THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF CHARACTERISTIC OR DESCRIPTION 721. A relative clause with its verb in the indicative states a fact concerning the antecedent : as, Caesar erat imperator qui Gallos superavit, Ccesar was the general who overcame the Gauls 722. A relative clause with its verb in the' subjunctive is often used to describe an antecedent. Such a clause is called a relative clause of characteristic or description : as, Quondam erat imperator qui Gallos superaret, once there was a general who overcame the Gauls a, A relative clause is descriptive when the antecedent is indefinite or general and the relative may be translated by the words of such a character that^ as in the following expressions : sunt qui sciant, there are some who know (i. e. of such a character that they know) quis est qui sciat, who is there who knows ? nemo est qui sciat, there is no one who knows tinus est qui sciat, he is the only one tvho knows 723 . Rule for Subjunctive of Characteristic. A relative clause with the subjunctive may be used to describe an antecedent. This is called the subjunctive of characteristic or description, 1 From Ovid. Motto of the University of South Carolina. 259 262 OPTIONAL LESSONS EXERCISES 730. I. Caesari omnia uno tempore erant agenda. 2. Signum proeli imperatori dandum erat. 3. Milites qui aberant ducibus convocandi erant. 4. Legiones quae pugnaturae erant Caesari hortandae erant. 5. His omnibus rebus confectis, acies erat instruenda. 6. Sed tarn breve erat tempus et tantus erat im- petus hostium ut magna pars harum rerum eis intermittenda esset. 7. E5 die erant qui putarent Romanes non victuros esse. 8. Quis est qui credat illud proelium non faciendum fuisse .? 9. Mox audituri sumus de aliis bellis quae a Romanis gesta sunt. 10. Longa itinera magno impediment© Romanis futura sunt. 731. I. Many things had to be done by Theseus to save^ the boys and girls of Greece. 2. That famous man intended to kill the Minotaur. 3. First a long journey to Crete had to be made by him. 4. Then help had to be given by some- one. 5. When he had arrived at^ Crete, he told the king's daughter what^ he intended to do. 6. Without much difficulty he persuaded her to give ^ him ^ aid. I. Not infinitive (§ 588). 2. ad. 3. An indirect question (§ 671). 4. Not infinitive (§ 602). 5. sibi. THE ROMANS STORM THE ENEMY'S STRONGHOLD ORIGINAL STORIES Study each of the following pictures. Where is the scene laid ? What objects do you see ? What characters are present ? What are they doing ? Attention to these details will give you the material for writing a short Latin story or, at least, for com- posing some disconnected sentences. The vocabulary below each picture will help you. I. In times ancient as well as service have saved the state when argentum, -i, n.^ silver aurum, -i, n.^ gold computo, -are, -avi, -atus, compute desum, -esse, -fui, -futurus, be lacking, w. dat. donum, -i, n., gift matrona, -ae,/!, matron, lady mensa, -ae,/, table ornamentum, -i, n., jewel modern, women by their patriotic men were ready to despair. patria, -ae,/, country, native land pecunia, -ae,/^, money periculum, -i, it., danger scriba, -ae, m., clerk sedeo, -ere, sedi, sessurus, sit ; ante mensam sedere, sit before a table sine, prep. w. abl., without summa, -ae,/i, sum total tabula, -ae,/, writing tablet ^63 264 ORIGINAL STORIES II. Roman women were famous for their devotion to their children, whom they valued far above beauty or personal adornment. ancilla, -ae,/!, maidservant anulus, -i, ^., ring arcula, -ae,/., jewel casket armilla, -ae,/i, bracelet aurum, -i, n., gold Cornelia, -ae,/., Cornelia, //le womati on the left educo, -are, -avi, -atus, train, bring up forma, -ae,/i, beauty Qaius, Gai, m.^ Gaius, the younge?- son of Cornelia gemma, -ae,/!, gem, jewel laudo, -are, -avi, -atus, praise liberi, -orum, rn. pi., children margarita, -ae,/, pearl matrona, -ae,/i, matron maxime, adv., most of all, especially mensa, -ae,,/, table optimus, -a, -um, best ornamentum, -i, //., ornament, jewel ostento, -are, -avi, -atus, display, show off preti5sus, -a, -um, expensive, fine rogo, -are, -avi, -atus, ask splendidus, -a, -um, glittering superbus, -a, -um, proud Tiberius, Tibe'ri, m., Tiberius, the older son of Cornelia vicina, -ae,/i, neighbor visits, -are, -avi, -atus, call on, go to see ORIGINAL STORIES 265 III. This picture is clearly of a religious character. The Romans were very faithful in their worship. The household gods comprised the Lares (the spirits of the ances- tors), the Pena'tes (the gods guarding the family stores), and the Genius (the guardian spirit of the master of the house). The family shrine was often a niche, containing images of the gods, with an altar before it. In the picture the niche is closed by a metal screen. The serpents painted on the wall are a symbol of the protecting divinities. Incense was burned to the gods; and wine, oil, and food were offered. Family worship was usually conducted by the father. He is not present in this case. Perhaps he is fighting with the Gauls, and is in danger of his life. absum, abesse, afui, afuttinis, be away, be absent adoro, -are, -avi, -atus, worship ampulla, -ae,/, bottle ante, prep. w. ace, before ara, -ae,/, altar COtidie, adv., daily cremo, -are, -avi, -atus, burn donum, -i, n., gift, offering educo, -are, -avi, -atus, train, edu- cate fumo, -are, , , smoke invocO, -are, -avi, -atus, invoke, call upon lararium, -i, «., household shrine Lares, -um, m. pL, the Lares matrona, -ae,/, matron, wife oleum, -i, n.., oil opto, -are, -avi, -atus, wish for, pray for pavimentum, -i, ;/., pavement, floor Penates, -ium, m. pL, the Pena'tes peristylum, -i, «., the peristyle, the ifiner cowt of a Romafi house sacrifico, -are, -avi, -atus, offer sacrifice sellula, -ae,/, low stool sto, -are, steti, staturus, stand trochus, -i, m., hoop tus, turis, n., incense 266 ORIGINAL STORIES IV. Among the Greek heroes none was more famous than Hercules. He went about destroying the huge and fierce monsters that laid waste the land. One of the most dangerous of these was an immense hydra, or water serpent, with seven heads. Cauda, -ae,/, tail clava, -ae,/i, club cupio, -ere, -ivi, -itus, desire, wish exspiro, -are, -avi, -atus, breathe out ferio, -ire, , , strike, hit flamma, -ae,/, flame, fire fortissimus, -a, -um, bravest fumus, -i, m.^ smoke Hercules, -is, m.^ Hercules heros, -ois, ace. heroa {a Creek noun), m.^ hero, demigod hydra, -slQ,/., hydra, water serpent monstrum, -i, n., monster neco, -are, -avi, -atus, kill peto, -ere, -ii, -itus, seek, attack rapio, -ere, -ui, -tus, seize saevus, -a, -um, savage timeo, -ere, -ui, , fear validissimus, -a, -um, strongest vasto, -are, -avi, -atus, lay waste, destroy vastus, -a, -um, huge, immense vulnero, -5re, -avi, -atus, wound ORIGINAL STORIES 267 7T?/rr>,l^ V. Among the most beautiful surviving works of ancient art are the Greek vases. Besides their grace of form, they are adorned with artistic designs and pictures drawn from legends of gods and heroes. Often, too, there are scenes from the classic drama. The colors used are chiefly black, red, and white. How absorbed the young Greek is in his painting ! Does the girl seem interested ? What do you think the artist will do with the vase after he has finished it t admiror, -ari, -atus sum, admire adulescens, -€ntis, ;//., youth albus, -a, -um, white artificium, artifi'ci, n.^ work of art ater, atra, atrum, black color, -oris, w., color eruditus, -^a, -um, skillful ianua, -ae,/!, door, doorway lapis, -idis, m., stone laudo, -are, -avi, -atus, praise murus, -i, m.^ wall patella, -ae,/!, saucer penicillus, -i, ///., paint brush pictor, -oris, m.^ artist, painter pictura, -ae,/i, picture pingo, -ere, pinxi, pictus, paint pocillum, -i, ;/., little cup ruber, -bra, -brum, red specto, -are, -avi, -atus, look at teneo, -ere, -ui, , hold the atten- tion of, interest vas, vasis, n.^ //. vasa, -orum, vase 268 ORIGINAL STORIES VI. Many stories are told about Daedalus (ded'a-Ius), the Athenian, famed for his skill as an inventor, artist, and builder. Once, accom- panied by his son Icarus (ik'a-rus), he visited the island of Crete and by his marvelous works won the king's favor. Later the king became angry with him and refused to let him leave the island. All the ships were seized and all the ports guarded. Longing for home, Daedalus and his son seemed without means of escape. But Daedalus had genius and a courage equal to any deed of daring. What did he do.? -, fall down ala, -ae,/., wing audax, -acis, bold avis, -is,/], bird cera, -ae,/., wax decido, -ere, decidi, desidero, -are, -avi, -atus, long for doceo, -ere, -ui, -tus, teach fuga, -ae,/, flight fugio, -ere, fugi, fugiturus, flee incipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus, begin intercludo, -ere, -clusi, -clusus, shut off, cut off iratus, -a, -um, angry ligo, -are, -avi, -atus, bind, tie liquefacio, -ere, , -factus, melt mare, -is, «., sea monitum, -i, «., advice opus, operis, n., work pareo, -ere, -ui, , obey, tv. dat. penna, -ae,/i, feather pono, -ere, posui, positus, put recuso, -are, -avi, -atus, refuse reditus, -us, m., return reperio, -ire, repperi, repertus, in- vent sol, solis, m.^ sun submergo, -ere, -mersi, -mersus, drown umerus, -i, m., shoulder volo, -are, -avi, -atiirus, fly ORIGINAL STORIES 269 VII. The Romans were devoted to their children and trained them very carefully. They taught them to be obedient and respectful, to have reverence for all things sacred, to be truthful and honorable, and to be courageous and self-reliant. Every Roman boy was destined to be a soldier, and so from earliest childhood he learned to despise danger and to regard cowardice as worse than death. ancilla, -ae,/., maidservant coUum, -i, w., neck columna, -ae,/, column domus, -us,/!, house fortis, forte, brave ignavia, -ae,/., cowardice ignavus, -a, -um, cowardly leo, -onis, m., lion ligo, -are, -avi, -atus, bind, tie ludo, -ere, -si, -sus, play manus, -us,/!, hand mater, -tris,/, mother pavimentum, -i, ?/., pavement quod, C091J., because restis, -is,/!, rope rideo, -ere, -si, -sus, laugh saevus, -a, -um, savage scutica, -ae,/!, whip sedeo, -ere, sedi, sessus, sit sto, -are, steti, staturus, stand timeo, -ere, -ui, , fear timor, -oris, m., fear verbero, -are, -avi, -atus, beat, whip virtus, -utis,/, courage 270 ORIGINAL STORIES VIII. This picture might be called "What happened at Lucia's Party." Lucia is having a party on the porch. Refreshments are being served by two maids. But the children in the adjoining room, drawn from their play by the tempting sights and smells, are getting nothing. What do you suppose they did about it .-* ancilla, -ae,/!, maidservant bibo, -ere, bibi, , drink callidus, -a, -um, crafty, sly celo, -are, -avi, -atus, hide, conceal cibus, -i, m.^ food conclave, -is, ;/., room conviva, -ae, m. andf.^ guest convivium, -i, /^., party convivor, -aii, -atus sum, give a party crustulum, -i, n.^ confectionery desidero, -are, -avi, -atus, long for edo, -ere, edi, esus, eat eripio, -ere, -ripui, -reptus, snatch away esuriens, -entis, hungry fructus, -us, m.^ fruit lateo, -ere, latui, , lie hid liberi, -orum, ;;/. //., children libum, -i, 71., cake mel, mellis, n., honey mensa, -a&,f.^ table occultus, -a, -um, hidden, secret panis, -is, m., bread poculum, -i,n., cup iwrticus, -us,/, porch post, /r^/. w. ace, behind sella, -ae,/!, chair vinum, -i, n., wine Virgo, -inis,/, young girl ORIGINAL STORIES 271 IX. Roman towns had many shops. These resembled our stalls or booths. They were open in front with the exception of a low wall forming the counter, and were closed at night by wooden shutters. The wares stood or hung about the shop or were placed on shelves within easy reach of the shopkeeper as he stood behind the counter. This is a provision shop. There are eatables of different kinds, and jars of wine. Do you see the sign ? What does it advertise } Give Latin names to the characters, and tell what they are doing or make up a story about them. Do not forget the donkey. altiles, -ium,///., poultry alveus, -i, m., trough amphora, -ae,/^, wine jar asinus, -i, m., donkey bibo, -ere, bibi, , drink caseus, -i, m., cheese cibaria, -6rum, n. />/., provisions defessus, -a, -um, weary edo, -ere, edi, esus, eat emo, -ere, emi, gmptus, buy farcimen, -inis, n., sausage funds, -ere, fu^, fusus, pour holus, -eris, n., vegetables insigne, -is, n., sign mensa, -slQ,/., table, counter oleum, -i, n., oil pendeo, -ere, pependi, , hang, be suspended poculum, -i, «., cup quies, -etis,/, rest recreo, -are, -avi, -atus, refresh eitio, -ire, -ivi, , be thirsty taberna, -ae,/i, shop tabemarius, -i, m., shopkeeper vend5, -ere, -didi, -ditus, sell vinum, -i, ;/., wine ^ llllllll ! 'I M ! m ii mmH !ll!lll' m il l lll l lll! ! l'I I IIIIII U III! l ll ! lll[i!lll l l niiiiiiiiminiimiiii THE RETURN OF PERSEPHONE From the painting by Sir Frederick Leighton. Used by permission of the Art Gallery Committee of the Corporation of Leeds. (See story of Ceres and Proserpina, page 275) SELECTIONS FOR SIGHT READING A BRITISH CHIEF URGES RESISTANCE TO THE ROMAN INVASION (after lesson xxiii) Est fama belli, Britanni, novi et magni. lam Roman! agros miserorum (jallorum tenent. lam oras Galliae proximas nostrae Insulae tenent. Nunc Britannia est in periculo. lam Roman! copias suas convocant. Mox ad insulam nostram navigabunt et oppida nostra occupabunt. Sed sumus Britann! ; Britann! nihil 5 {nothing) timent. Numquam Romams oppida nostra, filias nostras, filios nostros dabimus. Ad arma ! Ad arma ! Pugnabimus, pug- nabimus. Numquam l!ber! vir! erunt serv!. Superabimus Romanes et magna erunt praemia nostra. A FATHER'S LETTER TO HIS SON (after lesson xliii) Quam grata mihi {to me), Marce, erat epistula magistri tu! ! Nam magister d!ligentiam tuam laudat {praise) et dicit : '' Filius tuus est bonus et industrius. Numquam officium suum neglegit {neglect) et semper egregium exemplum tard!s dat." Mater ad te {you) librum pulchrum, praemium dlligentiae tuae, mox mittet. 5 Soror {sister) tua hodie {today) sex annos habet. Saepe rogat {ask) : " Ubi est f rater Marcus ? Diu afuit. Quando {when) revertet {return) ? " Vale. FABLE — THE LION'S SHARE (after lesson lxi) Animalia leo, equus, capra {goat), ovis {sheep), societatem faciunt. Multam praedam capiunt et in unum locum comportant. Tum in quattuor partes praedam dividunt. Praeda divlsa, leo dixit : '' Prima 273 2/4 SELECTIONS FOR SIGHT READING pars mea est, nam leo est rex animalium. Et mea est secunda pars — ' meis laboribus. Tertiam partem vindico (claim), nam magnam 5 famem habeo. Denique quartam partem rapiam et si quis (anyone) prohibebit, eum interficiam." ARrON'S GOOD FORTUNE (after lesson lxxx) ARION SAVED BY A DOLPHIN Ari^on, the noted singer, after an enthusiastic reception in foreign lands, embarks for home laden 7mth treasures Olim Arlon,^ vates^ notissimus, domo longissime aberat ac patriam petebat. Ei reges multarum terrarum praemia amplissima dederant. Arion omnes res quas acceperat in nave posuerat et domum secum portabat. lam navis in medio mari erat, neque uUa terra videri poterat. I. In English, A-rton. 2. vates, -is, m. and f., bard, singer. SELECTIONS FOR SIGHT READING 275 The crew conspire to drown him and seize his wealth Turn nautae, homines pessimi, barbarum consilium ceperunt atque inter S€ ^ dixerunt : " Certe hie vir ex manibus nostris num- quam dimittetur.^ Eum interficiemus et omnia quae habet nostra erunt." Deinde vatem corripiunt^ et in mare deiciunt. He is miraculously saved by a huge dolphin Arion totam spem salutis deposuerat et mortem certam exspec- 10 tavit. Sed del ipsi vitam eius conservaverunt. Nam subito ^ Arion in tergo ^ magni delphini ^ sedere visus est, qui ad oramx proximam eum celeriter vexit.'^ CERES AND PROSERPINA (after lesson lxxxviii) This is one of the most beautiful of the Greek myths. Proser'pina's abduction signifies the disappearance of vegetation in the autumn, when the vital forces of nature are drawn deep into the earth. Thus Pluto steals Proserpina. When vegetation reappears in the spring, Proserpina is restored to her mother. Read Tennyson's " Deme'ter and Perseph'one." Pluto ^ king of the lo7ver worlds falls in love with Proserpina and carries her down to his gloomy realm Vero, Venus,^ tua potestas est max4ma. Nam tO docuisti etiam Plutonem,® deum inferorum/*^ amare. OHm deus per insulam Siciham ^^ currum ^^ agebat. Ibi Proserpinam,^^ flHam pulcher- rimam Cereris,^* deae agriculturae,^^ vidit et adamavit.^^ Earn statim rapuit et equos hortatus e conspectu ^^ f ugit. 5 I. inter se, to each ^tker (literally, betzveen themselves). 2. Allcnved to escape. 3. corripio, -ere, seize. 4. Suddenly. 5. tergum, -i, n., back. 6. delphinus, -i, m., dolphin. 7. veho, -ere, ca^vy. 8. Venus, -eris, f., Venus, the goddess of love and beauty. 9. Pluto, -onis, m., Pluto, king of the lower world. 10. inferi, -orum, M., the shades, tlu lorver world. 11. Sicilia, -ae, Y., Sicily. 12. CUirus, -US, M., chariot. 13. Proserpina, -ae, f., Proser'pina, daughter of Ceres. 14. Ceres, -eris, F., Ceres, goddess of agriculture. 1 5. agricultura, -ae, f., ag7iculttire. 16. adamd, -hx^,fall in love with. 17, conspectus, -us, m., sight. 2/6 SELECTIONS FOR SIGHT READING Ceres ^ after a long search^ discovers where her daughter is. Then she goes to Jupiter and demands that her daughter be retunud Turn vero Ceres, gravi dolore ac timore commota, filiam diem noctemque sine fine petebat. Interim Pluto Proserpinam in matri- monium duxerat. lam dea erat reglna inferorum.^ Denique Ceres omnia cognoverat, et inlquo animo apud lovem ^ causam * ita dixit : " Filiam meam, quam per omnes terras mariaque pete- i o bam, invenl. Eam Pluto rapuit. Etiam nunc ea in manu eius est. Pluto mihi magnam iniuriam fecit. lube eum filiam meam reddere. Sume de eo gravissimum supplicium." Jupiter compromises the matter so that Proserpina spefids six months with her mother a?id six months with her husband luppiter respondit : " Ita, Ceres, dicere non debes. Hoc factum meo iudicio non est iniuria, sed certus {true) amor.* Sed tibi petenti 1 5 banc veniam^ dabo. Sex menses cuiusque anni Proserpina in regno Plutonis manebit atque sex menses tecum erit." Itaque hieme Proserpina est apud inferos,^ et aestate, inferis relictis, cum matre terram incolit. CINCINNATUS CALLED FROM THE PLOW (after lesson cv) The early Romans were devoted to agriculture Omnibus temporibus vita rustica^ summo auxilio virtuti ac fir- missimo praesidio civitati fuit.'^ Hanc rem etiam Romani credebant, et multi eorum villas habebant et agros manibus suis colebant* Cincinnatus was an example of this Jin e old type Apud hos erat Cincinnatus, vir bello egregius et agricola minime tardus. Olim cum quidam hostes urbi appropinquarent et iam multi 5 timidi salutem patriae desperare inciperent, mentes omnium ad Cincinnatum versae* sunt. I lie autem non in urbe sed ruri erat. I. See p. 275, n. 10. 2. lovem, accusative of luppiter, lovis, m., /«/// y} ,> i > , J BACULUS THE CENTURION 293 A Germa7i force ufiexpectedly attacks the camp. A panic ensues His absentibus et castris paene sine praesidio relictis, duo milia Germanorum improviso perveniunt et castra capere conantur. Ex^ omnibus partibus hostes castra circumveniunt. Vix Romani primum impetum sustinent et portas defendunt. Omnes perterriti sciunt neque quam in partem auxilium ferre neque quid facere debeant. 5 Nullls defensoribus in vallo visis, barbarl credunt nullum praesi- dium intus esse. Qua de causa acrius perrumpere conantur. Baculus to the 7'escue Baculus centurio, cum aeger esset, cum exercitu non profectus est, sed in praesidio relictus erat. lam ^ diem quintum cibo carue- rat. Clamore audlto, surgit et ex tabernaculo prodit. Videt hostes 10 imminere atque rem^ esse summo in discrimine. Capit arma a proximis atque in porta consistit. Consequuntur hunc centuriones eius cohortis quae in statione erat. Paulisper proelium sustinent. Relinquit* animus Baculum, gravibus acceptis vulneribus; vix per^ manus traditus servatur. Hoc spatio interposito, reliqui animis 15 confirmatis in munltionibus consistere audent speciemque defenso- rum praebent. Mox milites qui ex castris egress! erant reverterunt et German! trans Rhenum se receperunt. Ita virtu te Baculi castra et impedimenta conservata sunt. De rebus gest!s Bacul! hactenus. 20 I. ex omnibus partibus, on all sides. 2. lam . . . caruerat, already for Jive days he had gone withoict food \ on cib5 see § 296. 3. rem . . . discrimine, that the situation is extremely critical. 4. relinquit . . . Baculum, consciousness fails Bacillus or Baculus faints. 5. per manuS traditus, passed along from hand to hand. LATIN SONGS INTEGER VITAE The words are the first two stanzas of the twenty-second ode in Book T of the " Odes " of Horace (65-8 B.C.). The music is by Dr. F. F. Flemming (about 181 1). fe; i fe ¥ in - te - ger vi - tae see - le - ris - que Si - ve per Syr - tes i - ter aes - tu- 1 i j^ m I pu - rus Non e - get Mau - ris ia - cu-Hs, nee o - sas, Si - ve fac - tu - rus per in-hos-pi- m ^ J7 / i u m 221 •=1^ ar - cu, Nee ve - ne - na ta - lem Cau - ca - sum, vel tis gra - vi - da sa- quae lo - ca fa - bu- s 2 2 m 294 LATIN SONGS 295 • 7 ^ n git lo Fus - ce, pha - re Lam - bit Hy - das id^ 4=^ tra, pes. i 2 r 32: Fuscus, the man of life upright and pure Needeth nor javelin nor bow of Moor, Nor arrows tipped with venom deadly sure, Loading his quiver ; Whether o'er Afric's burning sands he rides. Or frosty Caucasus' bleak mountain sides, Or wanders lonely, where Hydaspes glides. That storied river. _ ' Theodore Martin ADESTE FIDELES (Portuguese Hymn) The words are by an unknown author of the seventeenth century. The tune, which is found in most of our hymnals, is generally ascribed to John Reading, who died in 1692. The name " Portuguese Hymn " comes from the melody's having been first used in the chapel of the Portuguese embassy in London. A translation under the title " O come, all ye Faithful " was made by F. Oakeley (1841). I a J-^J J J | J --j Ad- es - te, fi - de - les, Lae-ti tri- um-phan-tes; Ve- ^ Can -tet nunc I - o! Cho - rus an- ge - lo-rum; ^ Er - go qui na - tus Di - e ho - di - er - na, y, .1 ,. , H miUn4 g— « 296 LATIN SONGS m ^s r^r ' "(■ '' i* rr te, ve - ni mm ni Can - tet nunc au - la cae - les le - su, ti - bi sit glo m :■ J I ■ f^ te in Beth - le - hem; ti - um, ri - a; ^ P m f u ^ 4=^U i w^m n. ?m Na - turn vi - de - te Re -gem an - ge - lo - rum: Ve- Glo - ri - a, glo - ria In ex - eel - sis De - o! Ve- Pa - tris ae - ter - ni Ver-bum ca - ro fac - tum! Ve- P i ^ ni - te a - do - re - mus, ve - ni - te a - do - re - mus, ve JJJ^ . i J,J J J J . J Ji? ^^^=r i u ^ i f=^ -Q- ni - te a - do ^ tzt re - mus Do mi - num. ^ 1 — p' w~i — P — I f v . ri LATIN SONGS GAUDEAMUS 297 The second and third stanzas of this famous student song were known as early as 1267. The melody in its present form dates back to about the middle of the eighteenth century. i i N fcv . ^ m *=» Gau- U - Vi- de -a- mus i - gi-tur, bisunt,qui an- te nos ta nos-tra bre-vis est. lu-ve-nesdum su - mus; In mun-do fu - e - re? Bre-vi fi - ni - e - tur; S5? ;.}} . , ;JJ m W a s •s *-» m Post iu-cun-dam iu-ven-tu-tem, Post mo -les -tarn se-nec-tu-tem, Tran-se-as ad su- pe - ros, A - be -as ad in - fe - ros, Ve-nitmorsve - lo - ci - ter, Ra- pit nos a - tro - ci - ter, ^ ^ i 1 Nos ha-be - bit Quos si vis vi Ne-mi-ni par h^- de - ce - i mus, Nos ha-be re, Quos si vis tur, Ne-mi-ni bit vi par hu - mus. de - re. ce - tur. LJ I P 298 LATIN SONGS Let us now in youth rejoice, None can justly blame us ; For when golden youth has fled, And in age our joys are dead, Then the dust doth claim us. Then the dust doth claim us. Where have all our fathers gone ? Here we'll see them never ; Seek the gods' serene abode — Cross the dolorous Stygian flood - There they dwell forever. There they dwell forever. Brief is this our life on earth, Brief — nor will it tarry — Swifdy death runs to and fro. All must feel his cruel blow, None the dart can parry. None the dart can parry. A ROUND FOR THREE PARTS II A - mor vin - cit om III ni a, A - mor vin - cit n 1 1 J J J Jif sg m om - ni - a, A-morvin-cit om-ni-a, om-ni-a. A ROUND FOR FOUR PARTS From Professor R. C. Flickinger's " Carmina Latina " and used by per- mission of the University of Chicago Press. The English words and music are by F. O. Lyte. The Latin version is by Professor Flickinger. I IT ^ »#^ i Due, due, re - mos due Flu - mi - ne se - cun do; Vi-vi-tur,vi-vi-tur, vi-vi-tur, vi- vi-tur Ve-lut insom-ni - o. Row, row, row your boat, gently down the stream. Merrily, merrily, merrily, merrily, life is but a dream. REVIEWS I. REVIEW OF LESSONS I-VII 732. Give the English of the following words : Nouns agricola fabula nauta puella terra aqua filia pecunia reglna Verbs Prepositions amat properat a or ab in with ace. dat sunt ad , in with abl. est vocat cum per narrat 733. Give the Latin of the following words. Go through the entire list, checking the words you do not remember. Then drill on the words you have checked. from water daughter money are through loves gives tells hastens calls land farmer story sailor in or on is queen to with into girl 734. Review Questions. What English letters does the Latin alphabet lack? When is i a consonant? What is the sound of c and of g? How many syllables has a Latin word? How are words divided into syllables? When is a syllable long ? Give the rules of Latin accent. Name the parts of speech and give an English example of each. Define the subject, the predicate. What is a transitive verb? an intransitive verb? the copula? Define the direct object. What is inflection? declension? conjugation? What does the form of a noun show ? Name the Latin cases. What case is used for the subject? the possessor? the indirect object? the direct ^ It is suggested that each of the reviews be assigned for a written test. 299 300 REVIEWS object? Translate filia reginae pecuniam Lesbiae dat. What is the ending of the verb in the third person, singular and plural ? Give the rule for the agreement of the verb. What relations are expressed by the dative case? by the ablative case? Where does the verb generally stand? the subject? the possessive genitive? the direct object? the indirect object? What is a predicate noun ? How many declensions are there? How is the declension to which a noun belongs determined ? Decline regina, fabula, filia. What cases are always alike? How is the ablative singular distin- guished from the nominative? What Latin cases may be used with prepositions ? 735. Derivation. Give ten English words related to the Latin words in § 732. Define these and illustrate each by an English sentence. 736. Fill out the following summary of the first declension : 1 . Ending in the nominative singular 2. Rule for gender ^ . . fa. Smgular 3. Case termmations-^ , t^, , ^ ^ , \d. Plural 4. Irregular nouns IL REVIEW OF LESSONS VIII-XV 737. Give the English of the following words : . Nouns of the First Declension casa fama Insula via Nouns of the Second Declension ager auxilium filius populus socius amicus bellum frumentum puer telum arma equus oppidum servus vir . Adjectives of the First and Second Declensions altus, -a, -um liber, libera, llberum novus, -a, -um amicus, -a, -um longus, -a, -um parvus, -a, -um bonus, -a, -um magnus, -a, -um proximus, -a, -um gratus, -a, -um multus, -a, -um pulcher, pulchra, pulchrum inimicus, -a, -um notus, -a, -um rf:views 301 Verbs Interrogative Pronouns Adverbs convocat parat quid cur saepe habitat portat quis non ubi laborat navigat quo Conjunctions et sed 738. Give the Latin of the following words ; where rumor war free {adj) but friend horse well-known who nearest small why sail {verb) whither call together much, many toil {verb) prepare not slave cottage road pleasing man field aid {710U11) son spear, missile high or deep friendly people great often live icuerb) ally long and island new grain what good hostile town carry pretty boy arms 739. Review Questions. What is meant by grammatical gender? Give the rule for the gender of nouns of the first declension. Decline terra, filia. What nouns belong to the second declension ? Give the rule for gender in the second declension. Decline amicus, puer, ager, vir, oppidum. Decline socius and auxilium, and explain the peculiarity in the genitive of nouns like these. When is the vocative not like the nominative '^. Give the general rules of declension. What is an adjective? Decline magnus, -a, -um ; liber, libera, liberum ; pulcher, pulchra, pulchrum. Decline agricola bonus. Why is it not correct to say agricola bona? What is the position of adjectives? What is the position of vocatives? What are adverbs? Where do they stand? How are questions introduced in Latin? How are questions answered in the affirmative? How are questions answered in the negative? Name the possessive adjectives. What is the vocative singular masculine of mens? Why is suus called a reflexive possessive? Where are possessive adjectives placed when they are unemphatic ? when they are emphatic? 302 REVIEWS 740. Give the rules for the following constructions, and illustrate each by a Latin sentence : 1. Agreement of adjectives 3. Dative with adjectives 2. Apposition 4. Agreement of possessives 741. Derivation. Give fifteen English words related to the Latin words in § 737. Define these and illustrate each by an English sentence. 742. Fill out the following summary of the second declension : 1. Endings in the nominative 2. Rule for gender {a. Singular b. Plural c. Vocative singular ^ ■ . . r - r^- Singular 4. Case termmations of nouns m -um-^ , ^, \^b. Plural 5. Peculiarities of nouns in -er 6. Peculiarity of the genitive of nouns in -ius and -ium IIL REVIEW OF LESSONS XVI-XXIII 743. Give the English of the following words : Nouns of the First Declension amicitia dlligentia Germania silva Britannia Gallia ora victoria copia Nouns of the Second Declension barbarus castrum Germanus praemium BritannI Gallus perTculum proelium Adjectives of the First and Second Declensions barbarus, -a, -um miser, misera, miserum suus, -a, -um creber, crebra, crebrum noster, nostra, nostrum tuus, -a, -um meus, -a, -um Romanus, -a, -um vester, vestra, vestrum REVIEWS 303 Verbs irst Conjugation Second Conjugation occupo, -a're habeo, -e're timeo, -e're pugno, -a're moneo, -e're video, -e're supero, -a're teneo, -e're . Adverbs Prepositions Conjunction iam nuinquam semper e ^r ex itaque mox nunc turn sine 14. Give the Latin of the following words : therefore danger seize conquer, overcome Gaul my, fnine our, ours then out of thick, frequent already reward, prize plenty, forces Roman a savage have without friendship always presently a Gaul never fight {verb) , fear (verb) his, her, its thy, thine forest shore industry savage (adj.) Britons advise, warn fort, camp Britain your, yours a German now wretched battle victory Germany see hold 745. Review Questions. Define the active voice and the passive voice, and illustrate each by an English sentence. Name the moods. Name the English tenses and give an example of each. Define the three persons. Give the personal endings. What is their office.'' Define the indicative mood. Inflect the present, past, and future of sum. How many regular conjugations has Latin ? What are the four distinguishing, or characteristic, vowels? What is the present stem and how may it be found.'' What is the tense sign of the past tense t of the future 1 What verbs belong to the first conjugation .? to the second conjugation ? Inflect narro and navigo in the present, past, and future. In what respect is the verb do irregular? Inflect habeo and video in the present, past, and future. What are the three meanings of the Latin present ? What are the two uses of the Latin past tense? How does the meaning of e (ex) differ from that of a (ab)? Give the rules for the shortening of vowels. What are the general principles of Latin order? 304 REVIEWS 746. Give the rules for the following constructions, and illustrate each by a Latin sentence : 1. Predicate Genitive of Possession 3. Ablative of Means 2. Ablative of Cause 4. Ablative of Manner 5. Ablative of Accompaniment 747. Derivation. Give fifteen English words related to the Latin words in § 743. Define them and illustrate each by an English sentence. 748. Make a blank scheme, as shown here, of the first three tenses of the indicative, and, pointing rapidly with your pencil to the different spaces and using a variety of verbs, give the form required for each space. Drill until you can give the forms instantly. You do -not know these three tenses well enough until you can give them complete, of any verb, in less than fifteen seconds. Ve I. 2. 3- 2. 3. 2. 3- Indic ^rb ._. ATivE Infinitive Present stem Present Past (Tense Sign -ba-) Future (Tense Sign -bi-) REVIEWS 305 IV. REVIEW OF LESSONS XXIV-XXXII 749. Give the English of the following words : Nouns of the First Declension dea iniuria poena sapientia fossa patria poeta Nouns of the Second Declension vita animus deus liber navigium vallum consilium flnitimi murus numerus Adjectives of the First and Second Declensions clarus, -a, -um latus, -a, -um medius, -a, -um finitimus, -a, -um malus, -a, -um Verbs First Conj. Second Conj. Third Conj. Fourth Conj, nuntio, -a're pateo, -e're capio, -ere induco, -ere audio, -I're servo, -a're respondeo, -e're dico, -ere mittd, -ere miinio, -fre duco, -ere peto, -ere venio, -fre facio, -ere rego, -ere gero, -ere vinc5, -ere Relative Pronoun Preposition Conj unction Adverbs qui de cum celeriter postea 750. Give the Latin of the following words : afterwards conquer lead into take, seize quickly number {noun) announce say, speak come boat goddess adjoining, neighboring fortify life plan {noun) lead {verb) answer wide famous god middle of evil wall neighbors 3o6 REVIEWS rampart, wall rule {verb) make, do down from, concerning wisdom seek who wrong, insult {tioiin) hear book lie open, extend wage, carry on mind, heart poet save send when punishment ditch country, native land 751. Review Questions. Define demonstrative pronouns and adjectives. Decline is, ea, id. Where do demonstrative adjectives stand.? Explain the use of is in the sentence video eum. Explain the difference in meaning between Marcus filium suum vocat and Marcus filium eius vocat. What verbs belong to the third conjugation.'' Inflect duco, mitto, and gero in the present, past, and future. What is the tense sign in the future of the first and second conjugations t of the third and fourth conjugations 1 What verbs belong to the fourth conjugation.? Inflect facio, venio, and munio in the present, past, and future. What are verbs like facio called t What are the tenses of the imperative .? How is the present imperative formed .? Give the present imperative of servo, respondeo, vinco, mitto, dico, duco, facio, and venio. 752. Give the rules for the following constructions, and illustrate each by a Latin sentence : 1 . Agreement of a demonstrative with its noun 2. Dative with special intransitive verbs 753. Derivation. What is the force of the Latin prefix re-.? Illustrate by English or Latin words. What is the meaning of the Latin prepositions a (ab), ad, de, e (ex), in, when used as prefixes .? Illustrate by English or Latin words. Give fifteen English words related to the Latin words in § 749. Define them and illustrate each by an English sentence. 754. Continue to use the scheme of § 748, and drill with verbs of all four conjugations. REVIEWS 307 V. REVIEW OF LESSONS XXXIII-XL 755. Give the English of the following words : Nouns of the First Nouns of the Second Declension Graecia memoria Declension captivus factum praesidium Adjectives of the First and Second Declensions firmus, -a, -um tardus, -a, -um Verbs First Conjugation Second Co7ijiigation Third Co7tjugation oppugno specto sedeo ago educo rapid Conjunctions Adverbs nam neque (nee) certe denique diu fortiter ibi )6. Give the Latin of the following words : attack {i.)erb) bravely a long time memory for and not, neither slow lead out certainly finally, at last Greece deed garrison seize strong, trusty drive there look at sit captive 757. Review Questions. Define the active voice and the passive voice. Illustrate each by a Latin sentence. Name the personal endings of the passive. Do the tense signs differ from those used in the active.? What are the tense signs of the past and future "i Define the infinitive. Explain the formation of the present infinitive, active and passive. Explain the formation of the present imperative, active and passive. Inflect the verb sum through the first three tenses of the indicative, the present infinitive, and the imperative. Give the complete inflection, active and passive, as far as we have gone, of porto, habeS, vinco, rapio, and munio. Give the synopsis of the active of specto, sedeo, ago, facio, and venio, and also the synopsis of the passive of servo, teneo, i)eto, rapio, and audio. 758. Give the rules for the ablative of means and the ablative of the personal agent, and illustrate each by a Latin sentence. 3o8 REVIEWS 759. Derivation. DePne the following English words, giving the Latin root word and the force of the prefix in each case : conserve remit convoke comport abduct deserve evoke deport report deduce emit invoke export adduce reduce admit revoke import induce conduce 760. Give ten English words related to the Latin words in § 755. Define them and illustrate each by an English sentence. 761. Extend the scheme of § 748 so as to include all the verb inflection you have had, and use it as suggested with verbs of all four conjugations. VL REVIEW OF LESSONS XLI-XLVIII 762. Give the English of the following words : Nouns of the First Nouns of the Second Declension Declension natura annus imperium locus villa exemplum legatus officium Adjectives of the First and Second Declensions amplus, -a, -um integer, -gra, -grum timidus, -a, -um egregius, -a, -um publicus, -a, -um verus, -a, -um First Conj. compare loco conflrmo pac5 llbero longe Adverbs minime Verbs Second Conj. Third Conj. prohibeo abdiico discedo defendd dimitto Irregular absum Fourth Conj. invenio quam Preposition ante REVIEWS 309 33. Give the Latin of the following words : far away farm set free hinder how nature place {noun) ambassador defend send away year put lead away find ample get together subdue cowardly depart public remarkable before power not at all whole example duty strengthen be away true 764. Review Questions. What are the principal parts of an English verb? of a Latin verb? What are the three verb stems? How is the present stem formed ? the perfect stem ? the participial stem ? What tenses are formed from the perfect stem ? Give the endings of the perfect. What is the tense sign of the past perfect? of the future perfect? Give the principal parts of sum and inflect it in all the moods and tenses you have learned. How is the perfect translated as perfect definite ? as past absolute ? How are the Latin past and Latin perfect used ? Give the principal parts and the inflection in full of the indicative of do, nuntio^ habeo, gero, facio, munio- Give also the present imperative active and the present and perfect infinitives of these verbs. 765. Give the rules for the ablative of the personal agent, the place from which, and separation, and illustrate each by a Latin sentence. 766. Derivation. Give ten English words related to the Latin words in § 762. Define them and illustrate each by an English sentence. 767. Extend the scheme of §§ 748 and 761, and continue its use. VII. REVIEW OF LESSONS XLIX-LVI 768. Give the English of the following words : Nouns of the First Nouns of the Second Declension Declension fortuna impedimentum negotium Rhenus inopia iudicium regnum Adjectives of the First and Second Declensions iniquus, -a, -um pauci, -ae, -a reliquus, -a, -um lO REVIEWS Verbs First Coiij. Second Conj. Third Conj. appello putd iubeo ascendo incipio produco conserv5 vasto moveo cupio interficio remitto evoco veto obtineo fugio proceda suscipio expugno perterreo iacio Irregular possum Adverbs Prepositions Conjunctions antea magnopere post ac atque ita statim pro trans SI 769. Give the Latin of the following words : across desire ;, wish kingdom preserve and baggage Rhine advance hindrance ; storm {verb) want, lack kill greatly climb up business, affair lead forward unfavorable hurl judgment call, name fortune command send back possess, gain be able, can after, behind undertake forbid move at once flee for, in behalf of think thus, so terrify few, only a few begin remaining, rest lay waste heretofore power if call out 770. Review Questions. Give the principal parts of the verbs of the second and third conjugations used in § 768. Define a participle. What participles are lacking in Latin? What Latin forms are made from the participial stem ? Why is vir vocatae sunt incorrect ? Give the complete inflection in the passive indicative, imperative, and infinitive of the following verbs : moveo, iacio, iubeo, duco. Give the complete inflection of possum. Give the list of prepositions that take the ablative. Decline the relative qui and the interrogative quis. REVIEWS 311 771. Define an infinitive. Give an example in Latin of an infinitive object clause, of a complementary infinitive, of the infinitive used as a noun. Define a simple sentence, a complex sentence, a compound sentence. What are the different kinds of clauses ? Give the rule for the agreement of the relative pronoun, and illustrate by a Latin sentence. Give the rule for the ablative absolute, and illustrate by a Latin sentence. How is an ablative absolute best translated ? 772. Derivation. Give fifteen English words related to the Latin words in § y6S. Define them and illustrate each by an English sentence. Give the force of the prefixes ab, ad, con-, de, e, in, pro, re-, trans. What is the force of in- prefixed to an adjective or adverb.? What is meant by assimilation.'* What changes of spelling occur in words like capio when compounded with a prefix .-^ 773. Extend the scheme of §§ 748 and 761, so as to include all you have had of the passive, and continue to use it for drill. Vin. REVIEW OF LESSONS LVII-LXIV 774. Give the English of the following words : Noun of the First Decl. Nouns of the Second Decl. lingua matrimonium signum Nouns of the Third Declension animal cohors homo miles pax soror caedes c5nsul iter mors prlnceps urbs calcar eques legio mulier rex virtus caput flu men mare nomen sal us VIS cTvitas frater mater pater Adjective of the First and Second Declensions aequus, -a, -um Verbs Second Conjugation Third Conjugation audeo accipid deicio pono reduco contineo committd pello reddo relinquo 312 autem REVIEWS Conjunctions et . . . et etiam tamen 775. Give the Latin of the following words : equal, fair drive, banish father cohort even, also put peace enemy dare return chief bound, restrain tongue nevertheless king city man however head woman journey, march both . . . and river spur {noun) valor intrust brother state {noun) strength consul leave animal death legion time horseman safety mother sister sea receive soldier name {fiouti) marriage throw down lead back slaughter signal {noun) 776. Review Questions. Define base and stem. Into what two classes are nouns of the third declension divided ? Decline caput, civitas, eques, flumen, legio, pater, tempus. What masculine and feminine nouns have i-stems? In what cases do i-stems differ from consonant stems? What neuter nouns have i-stems? Decline caedes, hostis, cohors, mors, mare, animal. Decline the irregular nouns homo, iter, vis. 777. Derivation. Give fifteen English words related to the Latin words in § 774. Define them and illustrate each by an English sentence. How many Latin prefixes can you name? What is the force of each? Write all the English derivatives you can from the verb mitto, -ere, misi, missus, using both prefixes and suffixes. IX. REVIEW OF LESSONS LXV-LXXII 778. Give the English of the following words : Nouns of the First Decl. Nouns of the Second Decl. fuga gratia beneficium spatium Nouns of the Third Decl. Indeclinable Noun auctoritas dux ignis lex pes nihil REVIEWS Adjective of the First and Second Declensions certus, -a, -um 313 Adjectives of the Third Declension acer, acris, acre cquester, equestris, omnis, omne brevis, breve equestre par celer, celeris, celere facilis, facile pedester, pedestris, communis, commune fortis, forte pedestre difficilis, difficile gravis, grave similis, simile dissimilis, dissimile levis, leve Verbs ^irst Conjugation Second Conjugation Third Conjugation exspecto mane5 adduco vulnero cognoscd c6g5 Adverbs Preposition Conjunctions bene • plurimum inter aut deinde prlmo quod facile primum maxime 779. Give the Latin of the following words : because fire brave favor between, among slavery easy authority certain wound {verb) short easily sharp lead to difficult most of all very much nothing well equal or swift next common flight unlike leader all, every kindness on foot foot heavy wait for light compel, collect similar remain first liberty of cavalry learn, know at first law space body 314 REVIEWS 780. Review Questions. Into what three classes are adjectives of the third declension divided? How can you tell to which class an adjective belongs ? Decline equester, gravis, and par. What is meant by comparison of adjectives? Compare the adjectives longus, fortis, celer, creber, bonus, magnus, malus, multus, parvus, facilis, similis. Decline melior and plus. Define an adverb. Give an English sentence containing an adjective and an adverb. How are adverbs formed from adjectives of the first and second declensions? of the third declension? Form adverbs from altus, integer, celer, levis, and compare them. What case forms are sometimes used adverbially ? Illustrate. Compare bene, diu, magnopere, saepe. 781. Give an example in Latin of a comparative followed by quam; of the ablative of measure of difference. 782. Derivation. Give fifteen English derivatives from the words in X. REVIEW OF LESSONS LXXIII-LXXXI 783. Give the English of the following words : Nouns Second Declension Third Decle?tsion modus aestas hi ems nox pars cornii pedes domus manus rus equitatus aestas Caesar iraperator celeritas liix civis m5ns Fourth Declension adventus exercitus impetus finis navis timor dies Fifth Declension spes Adjectives of the First and Second Declensions alius, -a, -ud niillus, -a, -um ullus, -a, -um alter, -a, -um sinister, -tra, -trum unus, -a, -um dexter, -tra, -trum solus, -a, -um uter, -tra, -trum neuter, -tra, -trum totus, -a, -um REVIEWS 31 Verbs Irst Co7ijugation Second Conjugation Third Conjugation demonstro commoveo retineo contendo incolo existima debeo sustineo depono Pronouns aliquis Idem iste suT ego iUe quTdam tu hie ipse quisque 784. Give the Latin of the following words : I hope {noun) a certain home, house inhabit no that {of yours) right someone light alarm {verb) point out this {of mine) general hold up army hasten, strive thou, you self that {yonder) any each whole, all attack {noun) one lay down another think, regard which {of two) left the other end, territory fear {noun) alone ship hand country thing night citizen foot soldier hold back neither same part {noun) mountain owe, ought of himself summer manner speed day winter arrival horn Caesar 785. Review Questions. What nouns belong to the fourth declension? What is their gender ? Decline manus and cornu. What nouns belong to the fifth declension ? What is their gender ? Decline dies and res. Give the ending of the genitive singular in each of the five declensions. Give the rules for gender in the third declension. Name the nine irregular adjectives and decline nuUus. Name the classes of pronouns. Decline ego, tu, and sui. Explain the use of ipse and decline it. How do hie, iste, and ille differ in meaning? Decline them. Define an indefinite pronoun. What general rule can you give for the declension of indefinites ? 786. Give the rules for the expression of the place to which, in which, and from which. What important exception do these rules have ? Give the 3i6 REVIEWS Latin for at Rome, at home, in the country. What are these forms called ? Give a Latin sentence containing an ablative of time. Translate alii terram alii mare amant and alii aliam in partem fugiunt. 787. Derivation. Give fifteen English derivatives from the words in § 783. What is the force of the prefixes inter, per, prae, and sub? Give Latin and English words having these prefixes. XL REVIEW OF LESSONS LXXXII-LXXXVIII 788. Give the English of the following words : Nouns First Decl Third Decl. Fourth Decl. Fifth Decl, causa altitudo laus multitude passus acies hora dolor magnitudd pons explorator milia potestas Adjectives First and Second Declensions Third Declension cupidus id5neus primus sextus mllitaris decimus imperltus quartus tertius tres ducenti nonus quTntus undecimus duo octavus secundus unus duodecimus peritus Septimus • Indeclinable centum miUe octo qumque sex decern novem quattuor septem undecim duodecim Verbs First Conj. Second Conj. Third Conj. hortor doce5 conficia expello patior sequor permaneo deligo Instruo praemitta sumo vereof excedo intermitto scrlbo traduco Preposition Adverbs apud interim ver5 REVIEWS 31; J9. Give the Latin of the following words : pace eleventh draw up cause {noun) line of battle third leave off hour military sixth suffer desirous three power send ahead tenth seven bridge drive out two hundred six crowd go out from two eleven praise {noun) choose twelfth meanwhile size complete hundred truly thousand twelve ten take up, assume first skilled height lead across fourth eighth among follow fifth ninth urge write second unskilled teach five seventh suitable last {verb) four nine scout fear {verb) one eight pain {noun) 790. Review Questions. Give the first twelve cardinals and decline the first three. Give the first twelve ordinals. How are ordinals declined.? Decline milia. Define a deponent verb. Give the synopsis of hortor, vereor, and sequor in the indicative and subjunctive. Give the four parti- ciples of venio and explain the formation of each. What participles that are found in English are lacking in Latin? Decline portans, present participle of porto. Give the four participles of hortor. What important fact can you state concerning the meaning of the past participle of deponent verbs ? 791. Give the rule for each of the following constructions, and illustrate each by a Latin sentence : Genitive of the whole Genitive with adjectives Ablative of respect Genitive or ablative of description Accusative of duration of time and extent of space Give the Latin for a thousand soldiers, ten thousand soldiers^ five of the soldiers. Translate " While the Helvetii were going forth from their boundaries, Caesar was hastening from Rome," using the ablative absolute for the first clause. 3i8 REVIEWS 792. Derivation. Give fifteen English words related to the Latin words in § 788. Define them and illustrate each by an English sentence. How can you generally tell whether a word should end in -an^ or -ent? What can you say about the formation and meaning of Latin nouns like victor, rector, etc., and their appearance in English ? condicio consuetudo XII. REVIEW OF LESSONS LXXXIX-XCVI 793. Give the Latin of the following words : Nouns Third Declension difficultas mens oratio turris ius nem5 ratio vulnus Fourth Declensio7i Fifth Declension senatus res publica Adjectives First and Second Declensions Third Declension frumentarius summus tantus nobilis talis Verbs First Conj. Second Conj. Third Conj. Fourth Conj. appropinquo permoved amittd interclOdo convenio impero provideo conicia perduco impedio postula conscrlbo praeficio pervenia rogo consisto premo tempto consulo incendo pr5pono quaera Irregular desum praesum Preposition Adverbs propter diligenter quidem REVIEWS 319 )4. Give the Latin of the following words : draw near condition mind (noun) hurl command custom no one wound {noun) move deeply of grain consult seek look out for highest set on fire senate enroll so great cut off commonwealth stand still well-known lead through assemble press hard such set over hinder set forth difficulty speech arrive be lacking right {710 un) method demand {verb) on account of be before or over tower ask carefully indeed lose try 795. Review Questions. Name the three moods and the tenses of the indicative and subjunctive. Inflect in full the indicative and subjunctive of vasto, moveo, ago, rapio, and munio. Inflect the indicative and subjunc- tive of sum and possum. How may the past and past perfect active sub- junctive of any verb be formed? 796. Name the primary and secondary tenses, and give the rule for the sequence of tenses. In what expressions is the indicative used? In what the subjunctive? How is purpose often expressed in English? How is it usually expressed in Latin? Give an example of each. What is a noun clause? Give the rule for noun clauses of purpose, and illustrate by an example. Name five verbs that are regularly followed by ut or ne and the subjunctive. Give the rule for the subjunctive of result, and illustrate by an example. Translate " Many things caused the slave to fear," and explain the construction of the dependent clause. Give the rule for the dative with compounds, and illustrate by an example. 797. Derivation. Give ten English words related to the Latin words in § 793. Define them and illustrate each by an English sentence. 320 REVIEWS XIII. REVIEW OF LESSONS XCVII-CIII 798. Give the English of the following words : circummunio genus neg5 ostenda scio enim intellego nolo pertineo sentio eo iudico oportet recipio sper5 fer5 malo ordo satis volo fides 799. Give the Latin of the following words : kind {noun) perceive for faith be unwilling be necessary deny reach, pertain sufficient know- prefer take back wish (verb) feel bear judge fortify around rank hope {verb) go 800. Give the Latin of the following idioms : To make war upon To remember To be eager for a revolution To be annoyed For the future To give satisfaction 801. For the future Inflect the verbs eo, fero, malo, nolo, volo. 802. Review Questions. What constructions are used after volo, nolo, and malo ? Give the rule for the constructions with cum. Write sentences illustrating {a) cum = when, {b) cum = since, {c) cum = although. What is an indirect statement? How are indirect statements introduced in English ? What can you say about the mood and tense of the English verb in an indirect statement ? What are the three marked differences between an English and a Latin indirect statement? What kind of verbs are followed by indirect statements ? Give an English indirect statement and translate it into Latin. What is an indirect question ? Give an example of an English indirect question and translate it into Latin. 803. Derivation. Give ten English words related to the Latin words in § 798. Define them and illustrate each by an English sentence. How are abstract nouns formed from adjectives ? Illustrate. Explain the meaning and formation of cupidus. What is the force of the suffix -6sus ? of the suffixes -ills, -bills ? What rule can you give for the spelling of English words ending in -able or -ible ? in -tion or -sio?i ? SUMMARY OF RULES OF SYNTAX FIRST HALF YEAR Agreement 1. The verb agrees with its subject in person and number (§ 48). 2. A predicate noun agrees with the subject in case (§ 61). 3. An appositive agrees in case with the noun which it explains (§ 104). 4. Adjectives agree with their nouns in gender, number, and case (§91). 5. The relative agrees with its antecedent in gender and number, but its case is determined by its use in its own clause (§ 390). Nominative Case 6. The subject of a finite verb is in the nominative (§ 33). Genitive Case 7. The word denoting the owner or possessor of something is in the genitive (§ 34). 8. The possessive genitive often stands in the predicate and is connected with its noun by a form of the verb sum (§ 150). Dative Case 9. The indirect object of a verb is in the dative (§ 58). 10. The dative of the indirect object is used with the intransitive verbs credo, faveo, noceo, pareo, persuades, resists, studeo, and others of like meaning (§ 224). 11. The dative is used with adjectives to denote the object toward which the given quality is directed. Such are those meaning near, also fit^ friendly, pleasing, like, and their opposites (§ 130). Accusative Case 12. The direct object of a transitive verb is in the accusative (§ 35). 13. The subject of the infinitive is in the accusative (§ 368). 321 322 SUMMARY OF RULES OF SYNTAX Ablative Case 14. Cause is denoted by the ablative, usually without a preposition (§ 165). 15. Means is denoted by the ablative without a preposition (§ 166). 16. Accompaniment is denoted by the ablative with cum (§ 167). 17. Manner is denoted by the ablative with cum. Cum may be omitted if an adjective is used with the ablative (§ 168). 18. The place from which is expressed by the ablative with the prepo- sitions a (ab), de, e (ex) (§ 295). 19. Words expressing separation or taking away are followed by the ablative, often with the prepositions a (ab), de, e (ex) (§ 296). 20. The ablative with the preposition a or ab is used with passive verbs to indicate the person by whom the act is performed (§ 261). 21. The ablative of a noun and a participle, a noun and an adjective, or two nouns may be used in the absolute construction to denote attendant circumstances (§ 400). Infinitive used as in English 22. The verbs iubeo, command \ cupio, wish ; veto, forbid^ and the like are often followed by an infinitive clause as object (§ 367), 23. Verbs of incomplete predication are often followed by an infinitive (§369). SECOND HALF YEAR Genitive Case 1 . A genitive denoting the whole is used with words denoting a part, and is known as the genitive of the whole, or the partitive genitive (§ 541). 2. The adjectives cupidus, desirous-, peritus, skilled \ imperitus, ignorant, and others of similar character are followed by the objective genitive (§ 554). 3. The genitive or the ablative, with a modifying adjective, is used in expressions of quality or description (§ 562). Dative Case 4. Some verbs compounded with ad, ante, con, dS, in, inter, ob, post, prae, pro, sub, and super take the dative of the indirect object (§ 623). 5. The dative is used to denote the purpose or end for which, often with another dative denoting the person or thing affected (§ 686). SUMMARY OF RULES OF SYNTAX 323 Accusative Case 6. The place to which is expressed by ad or in with the accusative (§481). 7. Duration of time and extent of space are expressed by the accusative ■(§ 547). 8. Verbs of fnaking, choosing, calling, and the like may take a predicate accusative along with the direct object. With the passive voice the two accusatives become nominatives (§ 684). Ablative Case 9. With comparatives and words implying comparison the ablative is used to denote the measure of difference (§ 452). 10. The place from which is expressed by a or ab, de, e or ex, with the ablative (§ 482 ; cf. § 295). 11. The place at or in which is expressed by the ablative with in (§ 483). 12. The time when or within which anything happens is expressed by the ablative without a preposition (§ 493). 13. The ablative is used to denote in what respect something is true (§ 55^)- Moods and Tenses of Verbs 14. In a complex sentence a primary tense of the indicative in the prin- cipal clause is followed by a primary tense of the subjunctive in the dependent clause, and a secondary by a secondary (§595). 15. A clause expressing purpose takes the subjunctive (§ 588). 16. Verbs denoting a purpose or desire that something be done are followed by a subjunctive clause as object, introduced by ut or ne (§ 602). 17. Clauses of result are introduced by ut (negative ut non) and have the verb in the subjunctive (§ 616). 18. Object clauses of result introduced by ut (negative ut non) are found after verbs of effecting or bringing about (§618). 19. Cum means wheti, since, or although, and takes the subjunctive except in a temporal or descriptive clause of present or future time (§ 643). 324 SUMMARY OF RULES OF SYNTAX Moods and Tenses of Verbs (Continued) 20. When a direct statement becomes indirect, the principal verb is changed to the infinitive and its subject nominative becomes subject accusative of the infinitive (§ 654). 21. A present indicative of a direct statement becomes present infinitive of the indirect, a past indicative becomes perfect infinitive, and a future indicative becomes future infinitive (§ 656). 22. The accusative-with-infinitive construction in indirect statements is found after verbs of sayings tellings knowing, thinking, and perceiving (§657). 23. In an indirect question the verb is in the subjunctive, and its tense is determined by the rule for the sequence of tenses (§671). ROMAN MOSAIC GRAMMATICAL APPENDIX DECLENSION OF NOUNS 804. Nouns are inflected in five declensions, distinguished by the termination of the genitive singular. 805. FIRST DECLENSION aqua (base aqu-), water SINGULAR plural NOM. aqua -a aquae -ae Gen. aquae -ae aquarum -arum DAT. aquae -ae aquis -is Ace. aquam -am aquas -as Abl. aqua -a aquis -is a. Dea and filia have the 1 termination -abus in the dative and ablative plural. 806. SECOND DECLENSION a. Masculines IN -US servus (b •ase serv- ), slave NOM. servus -us servi -i Gen. servi -i serv5rum -orum DAT. serv5 -6 servis -is Ace. servum -um serv5s -6s Abl. servo -6 servis -is 1. Nouns in -us of the second declension have the termination -e in the vocative singular : as, serve. 2. Proper names in -ius, and filius, end in -i in the vocative singular, and the accent rests on the penult: as, Vergi'li, fill. 325 326 GRAMMATICAL APPENDIX b. Neuters in -um • oppidum (base oppid-), town NoM. oppidum -um oppida -a Gen. oppidi -i oppidorum -orum DAT. oppido -0 oppidis -is Ace. oppidum -um oppida -a Abl. oppido -6 oppidis -is I. Masculines in -ius and neuters in -ium end in -i in the genitive singular, not in -ii, and the accent rests on the penult. c. Masculines in -er and -ir puer (base puer-), boy ; agar (base agr-), field ; vir (base vir-), man NOM. puer agar vir — Gen. pueri agri viri -i DAT. puer5 agrd viro -0 Ace. puerum agrum virum -um Abl. puer5 agro viro -6 NOM. pueri agri viri -1 Gen. puerorum agrorum virorum -orum DAT. pueris agris viris -is Ace. pueros agros viros -OS Abl. pueris agris viris -Is THIRD DECLENSION 807. Nouns of the third declension are classified as consonant stems or i-stems. 808. I. CONSONANT STEMS a. Masculines and Feminines consul (base consul-), m., consul; legio (base legion-), f., legion; pater (base patr-), m.^ father NoM. consul legia pater — Gen. consulis legionis patris -is Dat. consuli legioni patri -i Ace. consulem legionem patrem -em Abl. c5nsule legidne patre -e GRAMMATICAL APPENDIX 327 NOM. consules legiones patres -es Gen. consulum legionum patrum -um DAT. consulibus legionibus patribus -ibus Ace. consules legiones patres -es Abl. consulibus legionibus patribus -ibus princeps (base princip-), m., chief; miles (base milit-), M., soldier ] rex (base reg-), m., king NOM. princeps miles rex -s Gen. principis militis regis -is DAT. principi mlliti regi -i Ace. principem militem regem -em Abl. principe mllite rege -e NOM. principes mllites reges -es Gen. prlncipum mllitum regum -um DAT. principibus militibus regibiis -ibus Ace. principes milites reges -es Abl. principibus militibus regibus -ibus Note. For vowel and consonant changes in the nominative singular cf. § 405. a. b. Neuters fliimen (base fliimin-), n., river., tempus (base temper-), caput (base capit-), n., head time ; NOM. flu men tempus caput — Gen. fluminis temporis capitis -is DAT. flumini tempori capiti -i Ace. flumen tempus caput — Abl. flumine tempore capite -e NOM. flumina tempora capita -a Gen. fluminum temporum capitum -um DAT. fluminibus temporibus capitibus -ibus Ace. flumina tempora capita -a Abl. fluminibus temporibus capitibus -ibus 328 GRAMMATICAL APPENDIX 309. II. /-STEMS a. Masculines and Feminines caedes i [base caed-), p., slaughter] hostis (base host-), M., enemy] urbs (base urb-), p., city] cliens (base client-), m., retainer NOM. caedes hostis urbs cliens -s, -is, or -es Gen. caedis hostis urbis clientis -is DAT. caedi hosti urbi clienti -i Ace. caedem hostem urbem clientem -em (-im) Abl. caede hoste urbe cliente -e(-i) NOM. caedes hostes urbes clientes -es Gen. caedium hostium urbium clientium -ium DAT. caedibus hostibus urbibus clientibus -ibus Ace. caedis, -es hostis, -es urbis, -es clientis, -es -is, -es Abl. caedibus hostibus urbibus clientibus -ibus b. Neuters mare (base mar-), n., sea] animal (base animal-), n., animal] calcar (base calcar-), n., spur NOM. mare animal calcar 07 Gen. maris animalis calcaris -is DAT. mari animali calcari -i Ace. mare animal calcar Of Abl. mari animali calcari -i NOM. maria animalia calcaria -ia Gen. DAT. animalium animalibus calcarium calcaribus -ium -ibus maribus Ace. maria animalia calcaria -ia Abl. maribus animalibus calcaribus -ibus 810. FOURTH DECLENSION adventus (base advent-), m., arrival] cornu (base corn-), n., horn MASC. NEUT. NOM. adventus cornu -US -U Gen. adventiis corniis -iis -US DAT. adventui (-u) cornii -ui (-ii) -ii Ace. adventum cornu -um -ii Abl. adventu cornu -ii -ii GRAMMATICAL APPENDIX 329 NOM. adventus cornua -us -ua Gen. adventuum cornuum -uum -uum DAT. adventibus cornibus -ibus -ibus Ace. adventus cornua -us -ua Abl. adventibus cornibus -ibus -ibus 811. FIFTH DECLENSION dies (base di-), M., day\ res (base r-), F., thing NoM. dies res -es Gen. diei rei -ei Dat. diei rei -ei Ace. diem rem -em Abl. die re -e NoM. dies Gen. dierum Dat. diebus Ace. dies Abl. diebus res rerum rebus res rebus -es -erum -ebus -es -ebus Decl. I Decl. II Decl. Ill Decl. IV Decl. V NOM. aqua servus princeps adventus dies Gen. aquae servi principis adventiis diei Dat. aquae servo prlncipi adventui (-ii) diei. Ace. aquam servum prlncipem adventum diem Abl. aqua servo principe adventu die NOM. aquae servi prlncipes adventiis dies Gen. aquarum servorum principum adventuum dierum DAT. aquis servis prlncipibus adventibus diebus Ace. aquas serv5s prlncipes adventus dies Abl. aquis servis prlncipibus adventibus diebus 330 GRAMMATICAL APPENDIX 813. SPECIAL PARADIGMS homo, M., man; domus, f., house; vis, f., strength; iter, n. , way NOM. homo domus vis iter Gen. hominis domiis (loc. domi) VIS (rare) itineris DAT. homini domui, -0 VI (rare) itineri Ace. hominem domum vim iter Abl. homine domo, -u vl itinere NOM. homines domiis vires itinera Gen. hominum domuum, -orum virium itinerum DAT. hominibus domibus viribus itineribus Acc. homines domos, -us viris, -es itinera Abl. hominibus domibus viribus itineribus DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES 814. FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS bonus (base bon-), good Masc. Fem. Neut. Masc. Fem. Neut. NOM. bonus bona bonum boni bonae bona Gen. boni bonae boni bonorum bonarum bonorum DAT. bon5 bonae bono bonis bonis bonis Acc. bonum bonam bonum bonos bonas bona Abl. bono bona bono bonis bonis bonis NOM. Gen. DAT. Acc. Abl. liber (base liber-), free NoM. liber libera llberum Gen. hberi llberae llberi DAT. llberS llberae llbero Acc. llberum llberam llberum Abl. llbero libera llbero llberi llberae libera llberorum llberarum llberonim llberis llberis liberis llberSs llberas libera llberis llberis llberis pulcher (base pulchr-), pretty pulcher pulchra pulchrum pulchri pulchrae pulchri pulchro pulchrae pulchro pulchrum pulchram pulchrum pulchro pulchra pulchro pulchri pulchrae pulchra pulchrorum pulchrarum pulchrorum pulchris pulchris pulchris pulchros pulchras pulchra pulchris pulchris pulchris 815. GRAMMATICAL APPENDIX IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES alius (base ali-), another unus (base un-), one, only 331 Masc. Fem. Neut. Masc. Fem. Neut. NOM. alius alia aliud alii aliae alia Gen. alius alius alius aliorum aliarum aliorum DAT. alii alii alii aliis aliis aliis Ace. alium aliam aliud alios alias alia Abl. alio alia alio aliis aliis aliis NOM. unus una unum uni ijnae una Gen. unius anius unius un5rum Cinarum Cinorum DAT. iini iini uni unis unis unis Ace. unum unam linum iin5s Unas una Abl. un5 una lino iinis unis unis 816. ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION, /-STEMS acer, acris, acre (base acr-), keen, eager Masc. Fem. Neut. Masc. Fem. Neut. NOM. acer acris acre acres acres acria Gen. acris acris acris acrium acrium acrium DAT. acri acri acri acribus acribus acribus Ace. acrem acrem acre acris, -es acris, -es acria Abl. acri acri acri acribus acribus acribus omnis, omne (base omn-), every, all Masc. and Fem. Neut. Masc. and Fem. NOM. omnis omne Gen. omnis omnis DAT. omni omni Ace. omnem omne Abl. omni omni Neut. omnes omnia omnium omnium omnibus omnibus omnis, -es omnia omnibus omnibus ?>2»2 GRAMMATICAL APPENDIX par (base par-), equal NoM. par par pares paria Gen. paris paris parium parium DAT. pari pari paribus paribus Ace. parem par paris, -es paria Abl. pari pari paribus paribus 817. PRESENT ACTIVE PARTICIPLES vocans (base vocant-), calling Masc. and Fem. Neut. Masc. and Fem. Neut. NoM. vocans vocans vocantes vocantia Gen. vocantis vocantis vocantium vocantium Dat. vocanti vocanti vocantibus vocantibus Ace. vocantem vocans vocantis, -es vocantia Abl. vocante, -i vocante, -i vocantibus vocantibus iens (base ient-, eunt-), going NOM. iens iens euntes euntia Gen. euntis euntis euntium euntium DAT. eunti eunti euntibus euntibus Ace. euntem iens euntis, -es euntia Abl. eunte, -i eunte, -i euntibus euntibus 818. REGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE Masc. Masc. and Fem. Neut. Masc Fem. Neut. clarus, clear clarior clarius clarissimus -a -um brevis, short brevior brevius brevissimus -a -um velox, swift vel5cior velocius velocissimus -a -um acer, sharp acrior acrius acerrimus -a -um pulcher, pretty pulchrior pulchrius pulcherrimus -a -um liber, free liberior liberius liberrimus -a -um GRAMMATICAL APPENDIX 333 B19. DECLENSION OF COMPARATIVES clarior, clearer Masc. and P'em. Neut. Masc. and Fem. Neut. NOM. clarior clarius . clariores clariora Gen. clarioris clarioris clariorum clariorum DAT. clariori clariori clarioribus clarioribus Ace. clariorem clarius clariores clariora Abl. clariore clariore plus, clarioribus more clarioribus NOM. plus pi u res plura Gen. pluris plurium plurium DAT. pluribus pluribus Ace. plus pluris, -es plura Abl. plure pluribus pluribus 820. IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES POSITIVE COMPARATIVE bonus, -a, -um, good melior, melius, better magnus, -a, -um, great maior, maius, greater malus, -a, -um, bad peior, peius, worse multus, -a, -um, much plus, more parvus, -a, -um, S7nall minor, minus, smaller facilis, -e, easy difficilis, -e, hard similis, -e, like dissimilis, -e, nnlike inferus, -a, -um, below inferior, lower SUPERLATIVE optimus, -a, -um, best maximus, -a, -um, greatest pessimus, -a, -um, worst pliirimus, -a, -um, ?nost minimus, -a, -um, smallest facillimus, easiest difficillimus, hardest simillimus, most like facilior, easier difficilior, harder similior, 7nore like dissimilior, more unlike dissimillimus, most unlike rinfimus^ , \ _ slowest U superus, -a, -um, above superior, higher prior, former propior, nearer ulterior, farther interior, inner citerior, hither rsupremus|^ 1^ summus j primus, yfrj/ proximus, tiext ultimus, farthest intimus, inmost citimus, hithermost 334 GRAMMATICAL APPENDIX 821. REGULAR COMPARISON OF ADVERBS POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE care, dearly carius carissime pulchre, beautifully pulchrius pulcherrime llbere, freely liberius liberrime acriter, sharply acrius acerrime similiter, similarly similius simillime 822. IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADVERBS POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE bene, well melius, better optime, best diu, long^ a long time diutius, longer diutissime, longest magnopere, greatly magis, fnore maxime, tnost parum, little minus, less minime, least prope, nearly, near propius, 7tearer proxime, nearest saepe, often saepius, oftener saepissime, oftenes. NUMERAL ADJECTIVES 823. The cardinal numerals are indeclinable, except unus, duo, tres, the hundreds above one hundred, and mille used as a noun. The ordinals are declined like bonus, -a, -um. Cardinals {How jnany) Ordinals {In what order) I, unus, -a, -um one primus, -a, - um first 2, duo, duae, duo two secundus {or • alter) second 3, tres, tria three tertius third 4, quattuor etc. quartus etc. 5, quTnque quintus 6, sex sextus 7, septem Septimus 8, octo octavus 9, novem nonus lo, decem decimus 1 1 , undecim undecimus 12, duodecim duodecimus 13, tredecim (decem (et) tres) tertius decimus 14, quattuordecim quartus decimus GRAMMATICAL APPENDIX 335 15, qulndecim qulntus decimus 16, sedecim sextus decimus 1 7, septendecim Septimus decimus 18, duodeviginti duodevlcensimus 19, undevlginti undevicensimus 20, viginti vTcensimus or vicesimus Jvlgintl unus or ' \ unus et vTginti, etc. ' vicensimus primus or ^ unus et vicensimus, etc. 30, trlginta trice nsimus 40, quadraginta quadragensimus 50, qulnquaginta quinquagensimus 60, sexaginta sexagensimus 70, septuaginta septuagensimus 80, octoginta octogensimus 90, nonaginta nonagensimus • 100, centum centensimus loi. centum (et) unus, etc. centensimus (et) primus, etc . 200, ducenti, -ae, -a ducentensimus 300, trecenti trecente nsimus 400, quadringenti quadringentensimus 500, quingenti quTngente nsimus 600, sescentT sescente nsimus 700, septingenti septingentensimus 800, octingenti octingentensimus 900, nongenti nongentensimus 1000, mllle millensimus 824. Declension of duo, two ; tres, three ; and mille, thousand. Masc. Fem. Neut. M. AND F. Neut. Sing. Plur. NoM. duo duae duo tres tria mille milia Gen. duorum duarum duorum trium trium mille milium Dat. duobus duabus duobus tribus tribus mille milibus Ace. duos or duo duas duo tris or tres tria mille milia Abl. duobus duabus duobus tribus tribus mille milibus Note. Mille is used in the plural as a noun with a modifying genitive, and is occasionally so used in the nominative and accusative singular. For the declension of unus of. § 534. 336 GRAMMATICAL APPENDIX DECLENSION OF PRONOUNS 82f PERSONAL ego,/ tu, you sui, of himself, etc. NOM. Gen. ego mei nos nostrum. tu tui vos vestrum, -tri -tri SUl SUl DAT. mihi nobis tibi vobls sibi sibi Ace. me nos te vos se, sese se, sese Abl. me nobis te vobis se, sese se, sese 56. POSSESSIVE Masc. Fem. Neut. meus mea meum my, 7}iine tuus tua tuum your, yours SUUS sua suum his (own), her (own), its (own) noster nostra nostrum our, ours vester vestra vestrum your, yours SUUS sua suum their (own), theirs Note. The vocative singular masculine of meus is mi. 827. INTENSIVE Masc. Fem. ipse, self Neut. Masc. Fem. Neut. NOM. ipse ipsa ipsum ipsT ipsae ipsa Gen. ipsfus ipsT'us ipsfus ipsorum ipsarum ipsorum DAT. ipsT ipsT ipsi ipsis ipsis ipsis Ace. ipsum ipsam ipsum ipsos ipsas ipsa Abl. ips5 ipsa ipso ipsTs ipsis - ipsis GRAMMATICAL APPENDIX 337 828. DEMONSTRATIVE hie, this (here), he Masc. Fem. Neut. Masc. Fem. Neut. NOM. hie haec hoc hi hae haec Gen. huius huius huius horum harum horum DAT. huic huic huic his his his Ace. hunc hanc hoc hos has haec Abl. hoc hac hoc his his his i3te, this, that (of yours), he NOM. iste ista istud isti istae ista Gen. isti'us isti'us isti'us istorum istarum istorum DAT. isti istI istI istis istis istis Ace. istum istam istud istos istas ista Abl. isto ista isto istIs istIs istis ille, that (yonder), he NOM. ille ilia illud illl illae ilia Gen. illl'us ilirus ilirus illorum illarum illorum DAT. illl ill! ill! illls illls illls - Ace. ilium illam illud illos illas ilia Abl. iUo ilia ilia is, thiSf iUls that, he illls illls NOM. is ea id il, el eae ea Gen. eius eius eius e5rum carum eorum Dat. ei el el ils, els iis, els ils, els Ace. eum earn id eos eas ea Abl. eo ea e5 ils, els iis, eis iis, eis idem, the same NOM. idem e'adem idem J ii'dem L el'dem eae'dem e'adem Gen. eius'dem eius'dem eius'dem eorun'dem carun'dem eorun'dem DAT. efdem el'dem ei'dem ' ils'dem . eis'dem ils'dem eis'dem ils'dem eis'dem Ace. eun'dem ean'dem idem eos'dem eas'dem e'adem Abl. eo'dem ea'dem ed'dem ' ils'dem .eis'dem ils'dem eis'dem ils'dem eis'dem 338 GRAMMATICAL APPENDIX 59. RELATIVE qui, who, which, that Masc. Fem. Neut. Masc. Fem. Neut. NOM. qui quae quod qui quae quae Gen. cuius cuius cuius qudrum quarum quorum DAT. cui cui cui quibus quibus quibus Ace. quern quam quod quos quas quae Abl. qu5 qua quo quibus quibus quibus 830. INTERROGATIVE quis, substantive, who, what Masc. and Fem. Neut. Masc. Fem. Neut. NoM. quis quid qui quae quae Gen. cuius cuius quorum quarum qu5rum Dat. cui cui quibus quibus quibus Ace. quern quid quos quas quae Abl. quo quo quibus quibus quibus The interrogative adjective qui, quae, quod, is declined like the relative. INDEFINITE 831. Quis and qui, as declined above,^ are used also as indefinites (some, any). The other indefinites are compounds of quis and qui. quisque, each substantive ADJECTIVE Masc. and Fem. Neut. Masc Fem. Neut. NoM. quisque quidque quisque quaeque quodque Gen. cuius'que cuius'que cuius'que cuius'que cuius'que Dat. cuique cuique cuique cuique cuique Ace. quemque quidque quemque quamque quodque Abl. qu5que quoque quoque quaque quoque 1 Qua is generally used instead of quae in the feminine nominative singular and in the neuter nominative and accusative plural. GRAMMATICAL APPENDIX 339 quidam, a certain one, a certain Masc. Fem. Neut. NOM. quidam quaedam J quoddam \ quiddam {subst.) Gen. cuius'dam cuius'dam cuius'dam DAT. cuidam cuidam cuidam Ace. quendam quandam 'quoddam quiddam {subst.) Abl. quodam quadam quodam NOM. quidam quaedam quaedam Gen. quorun'dam quarun'dam quorun'dam DAT. quibus'dam quibus'dam quibus'dam Ace. quosdam quasdam quaedam Abl. quibus'dam quibus'dam quibus'dam aliquis, substantive, someone^ something-, aliqui, adjective, some ADJECTIVE SUBSTANTIVE Masc. and Fem. Neut. Masc. Fem. Neut. NoM. ali quis aliquid aliquT aliqua aliquod Gen. aliculus alicu'ius alicu'ius alicu'ius alicu'ius Dat. alicui alicui alicui alicui alicui Ace. aliquem aliquid aliquem aliquam aliquod Abl. aliquo aliquo aliquo aliqua aliquo Masc. Fem. Neut. NOM. aliquT aliquae aliqua Gen. aliquo'rum aliqua'rum aliquo'rum I Dat. ali'quibus ali'quibus ali'quibus Ace. aliquos aliquas aliqua Abl. ali'quibus ali'quibus ali'quibus 340 GRAMMATICAL APPENDIX CONJUGATION OF REGULAR VERBS 832. FIRST CONJUGATION. I-VERBS. VOCO, I CALL Principal Parts : voco, vocare, vocavi, vocatus Pres. stem voca- ; perf. stem vocav- ; part, stem vocat- ACTIVE PASSIVE INDICATIVE Present / call^ am calling, do call^ etc. / ajn called, etc. voco vocamus vocor vocamur vocas vocatis vocaris, -re vocamini vocat vocant vocatur vocantur Past / called^ was calling, did call. etc. / was called, etc. vocabam vocabamus vocabar vocabamur vocabas vocabatis vocabaris, -re vocabamini vocabat vocabant vocabatur vocabantur Future / shall call, etc. / shall be called, etc. vocab5 vocabimus vocabor vocabimur vocabis vocabitis vocaberis, -re vocabimini vocabit vocabunt vocabitur vocabuntur Perfect / have called, called, did call, etc. / have been {was) called, etc. vocavi vocavimus ^^ ( sum ^ ( sumus vocavisti vocavistis < es < estis vocavit vocaverunt, -re ' I est ' L sunt Past Perfect / had called, etc. / had been called^ etc. vocaveram vocaveramus „^^of«« feram „^^-^r feramus _ _ _ _^. vocatus, _ vocati, vocaveras vocaveratis A eras < eratis vocaverat vocaverant ' Lerat ' Lerant Future Perfect / shall have called, etc. / shall have been called, etc. vocaverS vocaverimus „„^-f„„ fero ^^-♦.r ferimus _ . - .^. vocatus, . vocati, vocavens vocaveritis < ens i eritis vocaverit vocaverint ' lerit ' Lerunt GRAMMATICAL APPENDIX 341 vocem voces vocet vocarem vocares vocaret vocaverim vocaveris vocaverit vocavissem vocavisses vocavisset vocemus vocetis vocent vocaremus vocaretis vocarent vocaverimus vocaveritis vocaverint vocavissemus vocavissetis vocavissent SUBJUNCTIVE Present vocer voceris, -re vocetur Past vocarer vocareris, -re vocaretur Perfect vocatus, ® -a, -um -< SIS I sit vocemur vocemini vocentur vocaremur vocaremini vocarentur vocatlj^™"' Lsint Past Perfect. C essem vocatus, -a -um 1 ®®®^^ ' Lesset vocati, -ae, -a i.r' -j essetis L essent voca, call thou vocate, call ye vocato, thoti shall call vocato, he shall call vocatote, you shall call vocanto, they shall call IMPERATIVE Present vocare, be thou called vocamini, be ye called Future vocator, thou shall be called vocator, he shall be called Pres. Perf. FuT. Pres. FUT. Perf. NOM. Gen. DAT. Ace. Abl, vocare, to call vocavisse, to have called . vocaturus, -a, -um esse, to be about to call vocantor, they shall be called NFINITIVE vocari, to be called vocatus, -a, -um esse, [vocatum iri, to be called^ [called to have been about to be PARTICIPLES vocans, -antis, calling vocaturus, -a, -um, about to call GERUND Pres. Gerundive ^ vocandus, -a, -um, to be called Perf. vocatus, -a, -um, having been called Abl. vocandi, of calling vocando, for calling vocandum, calling vocando, by calling ^ Sometimes called the future passive participle. SUPINE (Active Voice) Acc. vocatum, to call vocatu, to call, in calling the 342 GRAMMATICAL APPENDIX 833. SECOND CONJUGATION. £-VERBS. MONEO, I ADVISE Principal Parts : moneo, monere, monui, monitus Pres. stem mone- ; perf. stem monu- ; part, stem monit- ACTIVE PASSIVE INDICATIVE Present / advise^ etc. / am advised, etc. moneo monemus moneor monemur mones monetis moneris, -re monemini monet monent monetur monentur Past / was advising, etc. monebam monebamus monebas monebatis monebat monebant / was advised, etc. monebar monebaris, -re monebatur monebamur monebamini monebantur Future / shall advise, etc. monebo monebis monebit monebimus monebitis monebunt / shall be advised, etc. monebor monebimur monebaris, -re monebimini monebitur monebuntur Perfect / have advised, I advised, etc. monui monuisti monuit monuimus monuistis monuerunt, -re / have been {was) advised, etc. fsum .,- rsumus momtus, moniti, ^ es < estis -a, -um p . -ae, -a i ^ "- : l^est [sunt Past Perfect / had advised, etc. / had been advised, etc. monueram monueras monuerat monueramus monueratis monuerant r eram ,,- f eralnus monitus, _ moniti, '=^**^"'' o ««, 1 ei^as ,^ ^< eratis -a, -um I -ae, -a | [erat erant Future Perfect / shall have advised, etc. / shall have been advised, etc. monuero monueris monuerit monuerimus monueritis monuerint monitus, f«™ moniti, f^"""' -a,-um1«"' -ae,-a «"t" [erit (^erunt GRAMMATICAL APPENDIX 343 SUBJUNCTIVE Present moneam moneamus monear moneamur moneas moneatis monearis, -re moneamini moneat moneant moneatur Past moneantur monerem moneremus monerer moneremur moneres moneretis monereris ,-re moneremini moneret monerent moneretui Perfect monerentur monuerim monueris monuerit monuerimus monueritis monuerint monitus, J -a, -urn 1 Past Perfect sim sis .sit monuissem monuisses monuisset monuissemus monuissetis monuissent monitus, -a, -um ' essem esses . esset . 1, essent mone, advise thou monete, advise ye monetS, thou shalt advise moneto, he shall advise monetote, you shall advise monento, they shall advise Pres. monere, to advise [MPERATIVE Present monere, be thou advised monemini, be ye advised Future monetor, thou shalt be advised monetor, he shall be advised monentor, they shall be advised NFINITIVE moneri, to be advised Perf. monuisse, to have advised monitus, -a, -um esse, to have bee?i advised FuT. moniturus, -a, -um esse, to be [monitum iri, to be about to be about to advise advised^ PARTICIPLES pRES. monens, -entis, advising Pres. FuT. Perf. NOM. moniturus, -a, -um, about to advise GERUND Gen. monendi, of advising Dat. monendo, /or advising Ace. monendum, advising Abl. monendo, by advising Ger. monendus, -a, -um, to be advised Perf. monitus, -a, -um, having been advised^ advised SUPINE (Active Voice) Acc. monitum, to advise Abl. monitu, to advise^ in the advising 344 GRAMMATICAL APPENDIX 834. THIRD CONJUGATION. £-VERBS. REGO, I RULE Principal Parts : rego, regere, rexi, rectus Pres. stem rege- ; perf . stem rex- ; part, stem rect- ACTIVE PASSIVE INDICATIVE Present / rule^ etc. I a7n ruled^ etc. rego regimus regis regitis regit regunt regor regimur regeris, -re regimini regitur reguntur / was rulings etc. rege bam regebamus regebas regebatis regebat regebant / shall rtile, etc. regam regemus reges regetis reget regent / have 7'uled. etc. rexi rexisti rexit reximus rexistis rexerunt, -re / had ruled, etc. rexeram rexeras rexerat rexeramus rexeratis rexerant / shall have ruled^ etc. rexero rexerimus rexeris rexeritis rexerit rexerint Past / was ruled, etc. regebar regebamur regebaris, -re regebamini regebatur regebantur Future / shall be ruled, etc. regar regemur regeris, -re regemini regetur regentur Perfect / have been ruled, etc. rectus, -a, -um rsum \ es lest recti, 1^",°^"^ Past Perfect / had beefi ruled, etc. rectus, -a, -um reram \ eras lerat recti, jr""' ' L erant Future Perfect / shall have been ruled, etc. rectus, I ^'^^ recti, r^'^lj""^ o « J \ ens ,^ ' \ eritis '^'■""'lerit "**'■* Lerunt GRAMMATICAL APPENDIX 345 SUBJUNCTIVE Present regam regamus regar regamur regas regatis regaris, -re regamini regat regant regatur Past regantur regerem regeremus regerer regeremur regeres regeretis regereris, -re regeremini regeret regerent regeretur Perfect regerentur rexerim rexeris rexerimus rexeritis rectus, f»l" - , ' \ SIS recti r®'"""* !f J sitis rexerit rexerint Past Perfect -^^'-Hsint rexissem rexisses rexissemus rexissetis rectus, /«»"?» ■{ esses recti, jessemus < essetis rexisset rexissent -a, -um 1 Lesset IMPERATIVE Present -ae, -a I L essent rege, rule thou regere, be thou ruled regite, rule ye regimini, be ye ruled Future "regito, thou shall rule regitor, thou shalt be ruled regito, he shall rule regitor, he shall be ruled regitote ye shall rule regunto, they shall rule reguntor, they shall be ruled Pres. regere, to rule Perf. rexisse, to have ruled INFINITIVE regi, to be ruled rectus, -a, -um esse, to have been ruled FuT. recturus, -a, -um esse, to be [rectum iri, to be about to be ruled'] about to rule PARTICIPLES Pres. regens, -entis, ruling Pres. FuT. rectiirus, -a, -um, about to Ger. regendus, -a, -um, to be rule ruled Perf. Perf. rectus, -a, -um, having been GERUND ruled, ruled NoM. SUPINE (Active Voice) Gen. reg;endi, of ruling Dat. regendo, for ruling Ace. regendum, ruling Abl. regendo, by ruling Ace. rectum, to rule Abl. rectu, to rule, in the ruling 346 GRAMMATICAL APPENDIX 835. FOURTH CONJUGATION. /-VERBS. AUDIO, I HEAR Principal Parts : audio, audire, audivi, auditus Pres. stem audi- ; perf . stem audiv- ; part, stem audit- ACTIVE / hear^ etc. audio audimus audis auditis audit audiunt / was hearings etc. audiebam audiebamus audiebas audiebatis audiebat audiebant / shall hear, etc. audiam audiemus audies audietis audiet audient PASSIVE NDICATIVE Present / am heard, etc. audior audimur audiris, -re audimini auditur audiuntur Past / zvas heard, etc. audiebar audiebamur audiebaris, -re audiebamini audiebatur audiebantur Future / shall be heard, etc. audiar audiemur audieris, -re audiemini audietur audientur / have heard, etc. audivi audivimus audlvisti audivistis audivit audiverunt, -re Perfect / have been heard, etc. auditus, I ^""^ -a, -um I est auditi, -ae, -a r sumus 'I estis I sunt Past Perfect / had heard, etc. audlveram audlveramus aiidlveras audlveratis audlverat audiverant / had been heard, etc. auditus, -a, -um r eram -j eras Lerat auditi, -ae, -a ( eramus -j eratis I erant / shall have heard, etc. audlverd audlverimus audlveris audlveritis audlverit audlverint Future Perfect / shall have been heard, etc. auditus, [^'^^ auditi, ^^""^"^ -um ^"f lent -ae, -a < eritis l erunt GRAMMATICAL APPENDIX 347 audiam audias audiat audirem audires audiret audiverim audiveris audlverit audivissem audivisses audlvisset audiamus audiatis audiant audiremus audiretis audlrent audlverimus audiveritis audlverint audivissem us audivissetis audivissent SUBJUNCTIVE Present audiar audiaris audiatur Past audirer audireris, audiretur Perfect -re -re auditus, rsim S sis Lsit audiamur audiamini audiantur audiremur audiremini audirentur audit!, P!""^ -ae,-a '!*" L sint Past Perfect auditus -a, -um auditi, -ae, -a < essetis L essent audi, /lear thou audite, hear ye audits, thou shalt hear audito, he shall hear audTt5te, ye shall hear audiunto, they shall hear essem „..j7^r fessemus esses esset IMPERATIVE Present audire, be thou heard audlmini, be ye heard Future auditor, thou shalt be heard auditor, he shall be heard Pres. Perf. FuT. Pres. FUT. Perf. NOM. Gen. DAT. Acc. Abu audire, to hear audivisse, to have heard audiuntor, they shall be heard INFINITIVE audiri, to be heard auditus, -a, heard [audltum iri, heard^ PARTICIPLES audiens, -entis, hearing Pres. audlturus, -a, -um, about to Ger. audiendus, -a, -um, to be audlturus, -a, -um esse, about to hear to be -um esse, to have been to be about to be hear GERUND heard Perf. auditus, -a, -um, having been heard, heard audiendi, of hearing audiendo, for hearing audiendum, hearing audiendo, by hearing SUPINE (Active Voice) Acc. audltum, to hear Abl. auditu, to hear, in hearing the 348 GRAMMATICAL APPENDIX 836. THIRD CONJUGATION. VERBS IN -10. CAPIO, I TAKE Principal Parts : capio, capere, cepi, captus Pres. stem cape- ; perf. stem cep- ; part, stem capt- ACTIVE PASSIVE capio capis capit capimus capitis capiunt INDICATIVE Present capior caperis, -re capitur capimur capimini capiuntur capiebam capiebas capiebat capiebamus capiebatis capiebant Past capiebar capiebamur capiebaris, -re capiebamim capiebatur capiebantur capiam capies capiet capiemus capietis capient Future capiar capieris, -re capietur capiemur capiemini capientur Perfect cepi cepisti cepit ceperam ceperas ceperat cepimus cepistis ceperunt, -re captus, ceperamus ceperatis ceperant Past Perfect sum es est r eram ■*'■"" I erat capti, -ae, -i {sumus estis sunt caoti f ®^^™"* ^ \\ eratis -ae, -a , ' L erant cepero ceperis ceperit Future Perfect ceperimus ceperitis ceperint captus, r^^^ .- rerimus ' I erunt GRAMMATICAL APPENDIX 349 SUBJUNCTIVE Present capiam capias capiat caperem caperes caperet ceperim ce peris ceperit cepissem cepisses cepisset capiamus capiatis capiant caperemus caperetis caperent cepenmus ceperitis ceperint cepissemus cepissetis cepissent capiar capiaris, -re capiatur Past caperer capereris, -re caperetur Perfect captus, P|J Sim sis -a, -urn .. ' I sit Past Perfect r essem captus, _ -a -umi ®®®^® " '' Lesset 2D Pers. cape [2D 3D Pers. Pers. capito capito IMPERATIVE Present capite Future capitote capiunto capere capitor capitor INFINITIVE Pres. capere Perf. cepisse FuT. capturus, -a, capiamur capiamini capiantur caperemur caperemini caperentur ^or^f7 r simus „^ ' -I essetis -ae, -a , L essent capimini capiuntor capi captus, -a, -um esse [captum iri] PARTICIPLES Pres. FUT. Perf. NOM. Gen. DAT. Ace. Abl. capiens, -entis captiirus, -a, -um Pres. Ger. Perf. capiendus, -a, -um captus, -a, -um GERUND capiendi capiendo capiendum capiendo 'SUPINE (Active Voice)" Acc. captum Abl. captii 350 GRAMMATICAL APPENDIX 837. Principal Parts DEPONENT VERBS I. hortor, hortari, hortatus sum, urge II. vereor, vereri, veritus sum, /ear r sequor, sequi, secutus sum, follow III. l^patior, pati, passus sum (-16 verb), suffer IV. partior, partiri, partitus sum, share, divide Note. In addition to the passive conjugation, deponent verbs use certain forms from the active. These are marked with a star. INDICATIVE Pres. hortor vereor sequor patior partior hortaris, -re vereris, -re sequeris, -re pateris, -re partiris, -re hortatur veretur sequitur patitur partitur hortamur veremur sequimur patimur partimur hortamini veremini sequiminT patimini partlminl hortantur verentur sequuntur patiuntur partiuntur Past hortabar verebar sequebar patiebar partiebar FUT. hortabor verebor sequar patiar partiar Perf. hortatus veritus secijtus passus partitus sum sum sum sum sum P. Perf. hortatus veritus secutus passus partitus eram eram eram eram eram F. Perf. hortatus ero veritus ero secutus ero passus ero partitus ero SUBJUNCTIVE Pres. horter verear sequar patiar partiar Past hortarer vererer sequerer paterer partlrer Perf. hortatus sim veritus sim secijtus sim passus sim partitus sim P. Perf. hortatus veritus secijtus passus partitus essem essem essem essem essem Pres. [FUT. hortare hortator [MPERATIVE verere veretor sequere sequitor patere patitor partire partltor] GRAMMATICAL APPENDIX 351 INFINITIVE s. hortarl vererT sequi pati partirl F. hortatus veritus secutus passus esse partltus esse esse esse esse FUT. *hortaturus *veriturus *secuturus *passurus *partiturus esse Pres. *hortans PARTICIPLES *verens *sequens *patiens *partiens FUT. *hortaturus *veriturus *secuturus *passurus *partiturus Perf. hortatus veritus secutus passus partltus Ger. hortandus verendus sequendus GERUND patiendus partiendus *hortandi *verendi *sequendi *patiendi *partiendi etc. etc. etc. etc. etc. SUPINE [*hortatum *veritum *secutum *passum *partitum1 *hortatu *veritu *secutu *passu ^0.1 LILUIU I ^partitu J CONJUGATION OF IRREGULAR VERBS 838. sum, am^ be Principal Parts : sum, esse, fui, futurus Pres. stem es- ; perf. stem f u- ; part, stem f ut- sum, / am es, t/iou art est, he {she, it) is eram, / was eras, thou wast erat, he was INDICATIVE Present Past sumus, we are estis, you are sunt, they are eramus, we were eratis, you were erant, they were 352 GRAMMATICAL APPENDIX ero, / shall be eris, thou wilt be erit, he will be fui, / have been, was fuisti, thou hast been, wast fuit, he has been^ was Future erimus, we shall be eritis, you will be erunt, they will be Perfect fuimus, we have been, were fuistis, you have been, were \they have been, were f ueram, / had been fueras, thou hadst been fuerat, he had been fuer5, / shall have been fueris, thou wilt have been fuerit, he will have been Present sim simus SIS sitis sit sint Perfect fuerim fuerimus fueris fueritis fuerit fuerint Present 2D Pers. Sing, es, be thou 2D Pers. Plur. este, be ye fuere J Past Perfect fueramus, we had been f ueratis, you had been fuerant, they had been Future Perfect fuerimus, we shall have been fueritis, you will have been fuerint, they will have been SUBJUNCTIVE Past essem essemus esses essetis esset essent Past Perfect fuissem fuissemus fuisses fuissetis fuisset fuissent IMPERATIVE Future "2D Pers. Sing, esto, thou shall be' 3D Pers. Sing, esto, he shall be 2D Pers. Plur. estote, ye shall be 3D Pers. Plur. sunto, they shall be INFINITIVE Pres. esse, to be Perf. fuisse, to have been FuT. futurus, -a, -um esse or fore, to be about to be PARTICIPLE futurus, -a, -um, about to be GRAMMATICAL APPENDIX 353 839. possum, be ahle^ can PRINCIPAL rARTs : possum, p INDICATIVE osse, puLUi, SUBJUNCTIVE Pres. possum pos'sumus possim possi'mus potes potes'tis possTs possi'tis potest possunt possit possint Past poteram poteramus possem posse'mus FUT. potero poterimus Perf. potuT potuimus potuerim potuerimus P. Perf. potueram potueramus potuissem potuissemus F. Perf. potuero potuerimus INFINITIVE Pres. posse PARTICIPLE Perf. potuisse Pres. potens, -entis (adjective), powerful 840. T. fvolo, velle, volui, — Principal ' ' Parts i °^^°' ^^oll©' nolui, — L malo, malle, malui, -, he willing, will, wish -, be unwilling, will not — , be more willing, prefer Nolo and malo are compounds of volo. Nolo is for ne (not) + volo, and malo for ma (from magis, more) -\- volo. INDICATIVE Pres. void nolo malo vTs non vTs mavis vult non vult mavult volumus nolumus malumus vultis non vultis mavul'tis volunt nolunt malunt Past volebam nolebam malebam FUT. volam, voles, etc. nolam, noles, etc. malam, males, etc. Perf. voluT nolui maluT P. Perf. volueram nolueram malueram F. Perf. voluero noluero maluero 354 GRAMMATICAL APPENDIX SUBJUNCTIVE Pres. velim nolim malim veils nails malls velit nolit malit veirmus noirmus mairmus veirtis noirtis mairtis velint nolint malint Past vellem nollem mallem Perf. voluerim noluerim maluerim P. Perf. voluissem noluissem IMPERATIVE maluissem Pres. OT-) Pers. Sing, noli Pers Plur nolTte 2D [FUT. 2D Pers. Sing, nollto, e INFINITIVE tr Pres. velle nolle malle Perf. voluisse noluisse PARTICIPLE maluisse Pres. volens, -entis nolens, -entis 841. fero, bear, carry , endure Principal Parts : fero, ferre, tuli, latus Pies, stem fer- ; perf. stem tul- ; part, stem lat- INDICATIVE ACTIVE PASSIVE Pres. fero ferimus feror ferimur fers fertis ferris, -re ferimini fert ferunt fertur feruntur Past ferebam ferebar FUT. feram, feres, etc. ferar, fereris, etc. Perf. tuli latus, -a, -um sum P. Perf. tuleram latus, -a, -um eram F. Perf. tulero latus, -a, -um ero GRAMMATICAL APPENDIX SUBJUNCTIVE 355 Pres. Past Perf. P. Perf. Pres. 2d [FUT. 2D 3D Pres. Perf. FUT. Pres. FUT. Perf. feram, feras, etc. ferrem tulerim tulissem Pers. fer Pers. ferto Pers. ferto ferar, feraris, etc. ferrer latus, -a, -um sim latus, -a, -um essem IMPERATIVE ferte fertote ferunto ferre fertor fertor ferimini feruntor Gen. DAT. 842. Pres. Past FUT. Perf. P. Perf. F. Perf. NFINITIVE ferre tulisse laturus, -a, -um esse ferri latus, -a, -um esse [latum irl] PARTICIPLES ferens, -entis Pres. — r- laturus, -a, -um Ger. ferendus, -a, -um Perf. latus, -a, -um GERUND ferendl Ace. ferendum ferendo Abl. ferendo SUPINE (Active Voice)" Acc. latum Abl. lata eo, go Principal Parts : eo, ire, ii (ivi), iturus (fut. part.) Pres. stem i- ; perf. stem i- or iv- ; part, stem it- INDICATIVE eo Imus Is itis it eunt ibam Tbo ii (Tvi) ieram (Tveram) ier5 (Tvero) SUBJUNCTIVE eam irem IMPERATIVE 2D Pers. i ierim (Tverim) Tssem (Tvissem) [2D 3D Pers. Tto Pers. ltd Tte Ttote "I euntoj 356 GRAMMATICAL APPENDIX INFINITIVE PARTICIPLES Pres. ire Pres. iens, euntis (§817) Perf. isse (ivisse) FUT. iturus, -a, -um FUT. iturus, -a, -um esse Ger. eundum GERUND " SUPINE ■ Gen. eundi Ace. eundum Acc. itum DAT. eundo Abl. eundo Abl. itu a. The verb e6 is used impersonally in the third person singular of the passive : as, itur, itum est, etc. ^. In the perfect system the forms with v are rare. 843. Pres. Past FUT. Perf. P. Perf. F. Perf. Pres. Perf. [FUT. fio (passive of facio), he madCy become, happen Principal Parts : fio, fieri, f actus sum INDICATIVE fio fis fit flunt fie bam fiam factus, -a, -um sum factus, -a, -um eram factus, -a, -um ero INFINITIVE fieri factus, -a, -um factum iri] SUBJUNCTIVE flam fierem IMPERATIVE 2D Pers. fi fite factus, -a, -um sim factus, -a, -um essem PARTICIPLES Perf. factus, -a, -um Ger. faciendus, -a, -um WORD LIST FOR FIRST HALF YEAR Proper nouns and adjectives are omitted VERBS abduco discedo iubeo paro respondeo absum do laboro pateo sedeo ago duco llbero persuadeo servo amo educo loco perterreo specto appello evoco mitto peto studeo ascendo expugno moneo porto sum audio facio moveo possum supero capio faveo munio procedo suscipio comparo fugio narro produce teneo confirmo gero navigo prohibeo timeo Gonservo habeo noceo propero vasto convoco habito nuntio pugno venio credo iacio obtineo puto veto cupio incipio occupo rapio video defendo induco oppugno rego vinco dico interficio paco remitto voco dimitto invenio pareo NOUNS resists ager arma consilium fabula fossa agricola auxilium copia factum frumentum amicitia barbarus dea fama impedlmentum amicus bellum deus filia imperium animus captivus dlligentia fllius iniuria annus casa equus flnitimi inopia aqua castrum exemplum 357 fortuna insula 358 WORD LIST n iudicium navigium periculum puer terra legatus negotium poena regina vallum liber numerus poeta regnum via locus officium populus sapientia victoria memoria oppidum praemium servus villa murus ora praesidium silva vir natura patria proelium socius vita nauta pecunia puella PRONOUNS telum is ea id qui ADJECTIVES quid quis altus finitimus longus notus sacer amicus firmus magnus novus suus amplus gratus malus parvus tardus barbarus inimicus medius pauci timidus bonus iniquus meus proximus tuus clarus integer miser publicus verus creber latus multus pulcher vester egregius liber noster ADVERBS reliquus antea diu longe numquam saepe celeriter fortiter magnopere nunc semper certe iam minime postea statim cur ibi mox quam tum denique ita non quo ubi CONJUNCTIONS ac or atque et nam nee . . . nee sed cum itaque nee or neque que PREPOSITIONS si a or 2ki ante de in post sine ad cum e or ex per pro trans WORD LIST FOR SECOND HALF YEAR VERBS accipio convenio impedio pell5 reduco addOco debeo impero perdu CO relinquo amitto deicio incendo permaneo retineo appropinquo deligo incolo permoveo rogo audeo demonstro infero pertineo scio circummunio depono instruo pervenio scribo cognosco desum intellego pono sentio cogo dico intercludo postulo sequor committo doceo intermitto praeficio spero commoveo eo iudico praemitto sumo conficio excedo malo praesum sustineo conicio existimo maneo premo tempto conscribo expello nego propono traduco consisto exspecto nolo provideo vereor consulo fero oportet quaero volo contendo fio ostendo recipio vulnero contineo hortor patior NOUNS reddo acies causa difficultas frater iter adventus celeritas dolor fuga ius aestas civis domus genus laus altitudo civitas dux gratia legio animal cohors eques hiems lex auctoritas condicio equitatus homo libertas beneficium consuetudo exercitus bora lingua caedes consul explorator hostis lux Caesar cornu fides ignis magnitude calcar corpus finis imperator manus caput dies flumen 359 impetus mare 36o WORD LIST mater navis pater res f rumentaria spatium matrimonium nemo pax res publica spes mens nihil pedes rex tempus miles nomen pes rus timor modus nox pons salus turris mons oratio potestas senatus urbs mors ordo princeps servitus virtus mulier pars „ ratio signum vis multitude passus res soror vulnus PRONOUNS aliquis hie ille is quidam sui ego idem ipse iste quisque tu ADJECTIVES acer dissimilis levis primus sinister aequus ducenti militaris quartus summus brevis duo mille quattuor talis celer duodecim nobilis quinque tantus centum duodecimus nonus quintus tertius certus equester novem satis tres communis facilis octavus secundus undecim cupidus fortis octo septem ijndecimus decem frumentarius omnis Septimus Onus decimus gravis par sex dexter idoneus pedester sextus difficilis imperitus peritus similis ADVERBS CONJUNCTIONS PREPOSITIONS bene moleste aut ne apud deinde plurimum aut . . . aut quam inter diligenter primo autem quod propter etiam primum enim tamen facile quidem et . . . et ut interim tam maxime vero SPECIAL VOCABULARIES The related English words that are given will often suggest others. Always try to add to them and so increase your English vocabulary. Latin is the key to the mastery of English. If the meaning of any of the related words is unknown to you, consult the English dictionary. LESSON V, \ j63 Latin Word Meaning Related Words dat he (she, it) gives. , is giving data, dative est he (she, it) is essence, essential fa'bula story fable, fabulous nar'rat he (she, it) tells narrate, narrative pecu'nia money pecuniary sunt they are LESSON VII, §81 a, ab, prep, with abl. from ad, prep, with ace. to, expressing motion a'qua water aquarium, aqueduct cum., prep, with abl. with in, prep, with ace. into in, prep, with abl. in, on nau'ta sailor nautical per, prep, with ace. through ter'ra earth, land terrace, terrestrial LESSON VIII, §94 Note. Learn the three essential facts about each Latin noun : its nom- inative, its genitive, and its gender. W^hen reciting the vocabularies, give all three: as, "aqua, aquae, /^w/;z/>^, water." bo'na good, kind ca'sa, -ae,y^ hut, cottage et and ha'bitat he (she, it) lives parVa small, little purchra pretty, beautiful 361 bonus, bounty habitation, inhabitant pulchritude 362 SPECIAL VOCABULARIES LESSON IX, §100 Latin Word Meaning Related Words ami'cus, -i, m. friend amicable, amiable e'quus, -i, m. horse equine Mar'cus, -i, th. Marcus Mark quo, interrog. adi>. with whither verbs of tnotion ser'vus, -i, m. slave servant, serf u'bi, interrog. adv. with where verbs of rest LESSON X, §105 a'ger, a'gri, w. field acre, agrarian labo'rat he (she, it) toils labor, laboratory por'tat he (she, it) ^ carries porter, portable pu'er, pu'eri, m. boy puerile quid, ifiterrog. pron. what quis, interrog. pron. who vir, vi'ri, 7n. man virile, virtue LESSON XI, §113 ar'ma, -6'rum, n.plur. arms armament con'vocat he (she, it) calls together convoke, convocation cur, interrog. adv. why non, neg. adv. not non- in many cotn- PoMids : as, non- essential, nonsense op^pidum, -i, 71. town po'pulus, -i, m. people population, popular LESSON XII, §118 auxilium, auxili, n. aid auxiliary bellum, -i, n. war belligerent filius, fill, m. son filial, affiliate frumen'tum, -i, n. grain mag'nus, -a, -um great, large magnitude, magnify no'vus, -a, -um new novel, novelty pa 'rat he (she, it) prepares compare, repair so'cius, so'ci, m. ally, companion society, associate . LESSON XIIL , §124 fa 'ma, -ae,/ rumor, report, reputation fame, famous lon'gus, -a, -um long longitude, prolong SPECIAL VOCABULARIES 363 Latin Word murtus, -a, -um no'tus, -a, -um sae'pe, adv. telum, -i, ti. vi'a, -ae,/. artus, -a, -um ami'cus, -a, -um gra'tus, -a, -um inimi'cus, -a, -um in'sula, -ae,/! li'ber, li'bera, li'berum na'vigat pro'ximus, -a, -um sed, conj. Gallia, -ae,/ Gallus, -i, m. Germa'nus, -i, tn. oc'cupat pug'nat sem'per, adv. tum, adv. victo'ria, -ae,/ Meaning much, many known, well-known, famous often weapon, missile, spear way, road LESSON XIV, § 131 high, deep, lofty friendly pleasing unfriendly, hostile island free he (she, it) sails nearest, very near but LESSON XVI, §151 Gaul (modern France) a Gaul a German he (she, it) seizes he (she, it) fights ever, always then, at that time victory Related Words multitude, multiply noted, notable via (by way of) in time-tables^ onguide- boards^ etc. altitude, exalt See the noutt amicus, Lesson IX grateful inimical, enemy insulate, peninsula liberal, liberate navigate, navigation approximate, proximity occupy, occupation pugnacious, pugilist victor cas'trum, -i, n. LESSON XIX, § 172 fort; plur. camp Appears as -cester, -Chester, or -caster in names of English towns founded by the Romans: Wor- cester, Winchester, Lancaster, etc. 364 SPECIAL VOCABULARIES Latin Word co'pia, -ae,/ cre'ber, -bra, -brum diligen'tia, -ae, / Germa'nia, -ae,/ mox, adv. peri'culuin, -i, n. Roma'nus, -a, -um amici'tia, -ae,/ bar'barus, -a, -um Britan'ni, -orum, in, Britau'nia, -ae,/ iam, adv. i'taque, conj, silVa, -ae,/ mi ser, mi sera, mi'serum 6'ra, -ae, / prae'mium, prae'mi, n. proelium, proeli, n. su'pero, -a're numquam, adv. nunc, adv. s\si%,prep. with abl. consilium, consili, n, iniuria, -ae,/ Meaning plenty, abundance ; plur. forces thick, frequent, crowded industry Germany soon, presently danger Roman. As a iioun in the masc. or -fern. ^ a Roman LESSON XX, § 181 friendship savage, uncivilized. As a noun in the masc. or fern.., a savage the Britons Britain, England already, immediately, presently, now and so, therefore forest LESSON XXI, § 185 wretched shore, coast prize, reward battle overcome, conquer LESSON XXII, §195 never now, the present time without LESSON XXIV, §206 plan, advice wrong Related Words copious diligence peril, perilous amity. »S>^^/j<7 amicus, Lesson IX barbarous, barbarian silvan, Pennsylvania (Penn's Forest) miserable, miser premium superable, insuperable sinecure counsel injury, injustice SPECIAL VOCABULARIES 365 Latin Word Meaning Related Words nuntio, -a're announce enunciate, pronuncia- tion servo, -a 're save preserve, conserve vita,-ae,/ life LESSON XXV, § 210 vital, vitality clams, -a, -um clear, bright; famous Clara fmitimi,-orum, m.plur. , neighbors finitimus, -a, -um adjoining, neighboring latus, -a, -um wide, broad latitude mums, -i, m. wall mural patria,-ae,/ native land LESSON XXVI, §216 patriot, patriotism de, prep, with abl. down from, concerning dico, -ere say, speak diction, dictionary duco, -ere lead conduct, aqueduct Italia, -ae, / Italy liber, libri, m. book library, librarian pateo, -e're lie open, extend, stretch patent {adj.) rego, -ere rule regulate, regal Roma, -ae,/ Rome LESSON XXVII, §221 audio, -i're hear audible, audience fossa, -ae,/ ditch • fosse, fossil medius, -a, -um middle, middle part of medium, mediocre munio, -i're fortify munition, ammunition qui, rel. pron. who vallum, -i, n. palisade, wall (of a camp) venio^-i're come LESSON XXIX, §233 advent, convention dea, -ae, / {dat. and goddess deity, deify abl. plur. deabus) deus, -i, m. god malus, -a, -um evil, bad malice, malicious, male- factor numems, -i, m. number numerous, numerator poeta, -ae, 7n, poet sapientia, -ae,/ wisdom sapient 366 SPECIAL VOCABULARIES Latin Word aaimus, -i, m. gero, -ere induce, -ere mitto, -ere poena, -ae, / capio, -ere cele'riter, adv. f acio, -ere postea, adv. vinco, -ere cum, conj. navi'gium, navi'gi, n. peto, -ere respondeo, -e're denique, adv. diu, adv. educo, -ere fortiter, adv. Graecia, -ae, / nee or neque, conj. LESSON XXX, §239 Meaning mind, spirit, heart wage, carry on, wear lead in or against send punishment ; poenam dare, suffer punish- ment, pay a penalty Related Words animate, unanimous belligerent induce, inductive mission, remit penalty, penalize, sub- poena LESSON XXXI, §244 take, seize capture quickly celerity, accelerate make, do, form ; proe- fact, affect, defect, ef- lium facere, fight a feet, infect, perfect batde thereafter, afterwards conquer vanquish, invincible LESSON XXXII, §254 when boat seek, ask, beg, make for reply LESSON XXXIII, §259 at last, finally a long time lead out bravely Greece and not, nor; nec (neque) . . . nec (neque), neither . . . nor navigable petition, compete respond, responsive educe fortitude LESSON XXXVI, §275 captivus, -i, m. ' captive firmus, -a, -um strong, trusty, loyal ibi, adv. there, in that place praesi'dium,praesi'di,?2. garrison, guard captivate firm SPECIAL VOCABULARIES 367 LESSON XXXVIII, §283 Latin Word Meaning Related Words certe, adv. certainly, surely certify memoria, -ae,/ memory memorable sedeo, -e're sit sedentary specto, -a're look at spectacle, spectator tardus, -a, -um slow, dull, stupid LESSON XL, §292 tardy agS, -€re drive, lead, do agitate, act factum, -i, n. deed, act fact nam, conj. for oppugno, -a're attack, assault rapio, -ere seize LESSON XLI, §297 rapture, rapacious abduco, -ere lead away abduct absum, abesse, irreg. verb be away, be off absent, absence dimitto, -ere send away, let go dismiss discedo, -ere depart, go away libero, -a're set free liberate locus, -i, m., plur. place, spot local, locality loca, -6'rum, n. longg, adv. far away, distant prohibeo, -e're hinder, prevent LESSON XLII, §306 prohibit amplus, -a, -um large, abundant ; famous ample compare, -a're get together, provide compare confirmo, -a're strengthen, encourage confirm defends, -ere defend defensive loco, -a^re put, set locate, locative quam, adv. how timidus, -a, -um fearful, cowardly LESSON XLIII, § 309 timid annus, -i, m. year annual, perennial egregius, -a, -um remarkable, marvelous egregious, congregate exemplum, -i, n. example, specimen exemplary offi'cium, offi'ci, n. duty, service office paco, -a 're subdue, pacify pacific villa, -ae,/ farm, villa, countryseat village 368 SPECIAL VOCABULARIES Latin Word in'teger, in'tegra, in' tegnim legatus, -i, tn. publicus, -a, -um verus, -a, -um ante, prep, with ace. impe num, impe ri, n. LESSON XLIV, §320 Meaning Related Words whole, fresh, pure integer, integrity ambassador, lieutenant legate public, official publicity true, genuine veracious, verity LESSON XLV, §324 before In English compounds., as^ anteroom, ante- bellum command, supreme empire, imperial power, realm invenio, -i're find, come upon invent minime, adv. not at all, least of all minimum natura, -ae, / nature naLtural LESSON XLIX, §343 ascendo, -ere, ascendi, climb ascend, ascension, de- ascensus scend expug'no, -a're, -aVi, take by storm, capture; -a'tus distinguish from op- pugno, assault fu'gio, -ere, fugi, fugi- flee, run fugitive, refuge tu'rus ia'cio, ia'cere, ieci. throw, hurl inject, eject, and many iactus other compounds magno'pere, adv. greatly perter'reo, -€'re, -ui. terrify, alarm terror, terrible -itus sacer, sacra, sacrum sacred vasto, -a^re, -a'vi, -a'tus lay waste waste, devastate LESSON LI, §359 ac {before cons), atque and, and what is more {before eithervowels or cons.\ conj. antea, adv. heretofore, previously, formerly SPECIAL VOCABULARIES 369 Latin Word Meaning g'voco, -a're, -aM, -a'tus call out, summon Related Words evoke fortuna, -ae,/ ini^quus, -a, -um post, prep, with ace. pro, prep, with abl. regnum, -i, n. Rhenus, -i, 7n. trans, prep, with ace. fortune uneven, unequal, un- iniquity favorable after, behind postpone, postscript for, in behalf of; rarely^ proceed, procure in front of realm, kingdom ; sov- interregnum, reign ereignty the Rhine across transport, transpose LESSON LII, §363 want, need, scarcity put out of the way, kill business, affair, matter negotiate possess, keep, gain obtain proceed produce inopia, -ae,/ interfi'cio, -ere, -fe'ci -fec^tus nego'tium, nego'ti, 71. obti'neO, -e're, -ui -ten'tus proceeds, -ere, -ces'si, go forward, advance -cessu'rus produ'co, -ere, -du'xi, lead forward -duc'tus susci'pio, -ere, -ce'pi, undertake, assume -cep'tus LESSON LIII, §371 cu'pio, -ere, -i'vi, -i'tus wish, desire inci'piS, -ere, -ce'pi, begin -cep'tus iu'beo, -e're, iussi, command iussus possum, posse, po'tui be able, can veto, -a 're, -ui, -itus forbid cupidity incipient, inceptive possible, posse, potent veto LESSON LIV, §379 appello, -a're, -a'vi, call, name -a'tus appellation, appeal 370 SPECIAL VOCABULARIES Latin Word Meaning Related Words conser'vo, -a're, -aVi, preserve, keep safe conserve, conservation -a'tus ita, adv. thus, so iudi'cium, iudi'ci, n. judgment, trial judicial remit'to, -ere, -mi'si, send back remit, remiss, remission -mis'sus si, conj. if statim, adv. at once, instantly LESSON LV, §391 impedimentum, -i, n. hindrance; plur. gage bag- impediment mo'veo, -e're, movi, move motus pauci, -ae, -a few, only a few paucity puto, -a're, -a'vi, -a'tus think repute, impute, com- pute reliquus, -a, -um the rest, remaining, re- relic, relinquish, derelict mainder of LESSON LVII, §406 consul, -is, m. consul le'gi6,-o'nis,/ legion miles, -itis, m. soldier military, militia pater, patris, m. father paternal pax, pads,/ peace pacify princeps, -ipis, m. chief, leader prince rex, regis, m. king regal, regent LESSON LVIII, §409 accipio, -ere, -cepi, receive accept -ceptus caput, capitis, n. head, capital decapitate, chapter et . . . et, conj. both . . . and fltimen, fluminis, n. river flume frater, fratris, m. brother fraternal mater, matris,/ mother maternal soror,-6'ris,/ sister sorority tempus, -oris, n. time temporal SPECIAL VOCABULARIES 371 Latin Word LESSON LIX, §411 Meaning however, but, moreover autem, conj., never stands first deicio, -ere, -ie'ci, -iectus (de + iacio) nomen, -inis, n. pello, -ere, pe'puli, pulsus pono, -ere, posui, po- situs reddo, -ere, red^didi, give back, return red'ditus throw down name drive, banish Related Words dejected nomenclature, noun repel, compel place, set, build ; castra position, positive, pro- ponere, pitch camp pose, expose caedes, -is (-ium), / LESSON LX, §414 slaughter, carnage render -cide in suicide, homi- cide, etc. cohors, cohortis (-ium), / cohort, company (con- sisting of one tenth of a legion, or about 360 men) hostis,hostis(-ium),?/^. enemy (in war) hostile matrimo'nium, marriage; inmatrimo- matrimony -o'ni, ;/. nium ducere, marry mulier, muli'eris,/ woman signum, -i, 7t. sign, signal, standard signify, design urbs, urbis(-ium),/; city urban, suburbs, urbane animal, animalis (-ium), n. calcar, calcaris (-ium), n. ci'vitas, -a'tis,/ contineo, -€re, -tinui, -tentus e'ques, e'quitis, m. lingua, -ae,/ mare, -is (-ium), n. LESSON LXI, §417 animal animate, mammate spur state civic hold together, bound, contain, continent restrain, keep horseman equestrian language, tongue linguist sea marine 372 SPECIAL VOCABULARIES Latin Word committo, -ere, -misi, -missus homo, -inis, m, and/. iter, itineris, n. reduco, -ere, -duxi, -ductus tamen, conj. virtus, virtu 'tis, y^ vis, (vis),/ LESSON LXII, §420 Meaning Related Words join together ; intrust ; commit, commission proelium committere, join battle, begin an engagement human being, man journey, march, route; iter dare, give a right of way ; iter facere, march lead back homicide, human itinerary, itinerant nevertheless manliness ; courage, valor; worth, virtue strength, power, vio- lence LESSON LXIII, §422 reduce, reduction virtuous vim, violent aequus, -a, -um even, level, equal ; fair, just equal, equation, equator audeo, -ere, ausus sum^ dare audacity etiam, adv., standing even, also before the emphatic word mors, mortis (-ium),/ death mortal relinquo, -ere, -liqui, leave behind, desert relinquish -lictus salus, -u'tis,/ safety LESSON LXV, §432 salutary, salvation, save acer, acris, acre keen, sharp, eager, courageous acrid, acrimonious aut, conj. or ; aut . . . aut, either ... or swift celer, celeris, celere celerity equester, -tris, -tre of cavalry equestrian 1 Aude5 is a semi-deponent verb. These verbs will be explained later. SPECIAL VOCABULARIES 373 Latin Word fuga,-ae,/ pedester, -tris, -tre certus, -a, -um cogo, -ere, coe'gi, coac- tus communis, -e gravis, -e omnis, -e similis, -e Meaning Related Words flight ; in fugam dare, fugitive put to flight on foot; with copiae, pedestrian infantry LESSON LXVI, §436 sure, certain ascertain, certify collect ; compel, force common commune, community heavy ; severe ; weighty grave, gravity all, every omnibus, omnipotent similar, like simile, simulate LESSON LXVII, §439 benefi'cium, benefi'ci, n. favor, kindness benefit corpus, -oris, n. body corporal, corpse, incor- porate gratia, -ae,y^ favor, thanks; gratias gratitude, gratis, ingra- agere, with dat.^ tiate thank maxime, adv, most of all, especially maximum par equal par, peer, parity, pair brevis, -e difficilis, -e facilis, -e fortis, -e ignis, -is (-ium), m. dux, ducis, m. inter, prep, with ace. levis, -e nihil, «., indecl. LESSON LXVIII, §447 short brief, brevity hard difficult easy facility brave, courageous, strong fortitude, fort, fortify fire ignite, ignition LESSON LXIX, §453 leader, commander duke between, among interim, intervene light, trivial, fickle levity nothing. An abl. nihilo, nihilist, annihilate from a nom. nihilum, occurs as an abl. of measure of difference 374 Latin Word pes, pedis, 7n. spatium, spati, n. auctoritas, -atis,/. dissimilis, -e lex, legis,/ liber'tas, -a'tis, / servitus, -utis,/ SPECIAL VOCABULARIES Meaning foot space, distance LESSON LXX, §459 authority unlike, dissimilar law freedom, liberty slavery Related Words pedal, pedestal, pedes- trian spacious, expatiate author dissimulate, dissemble legal, legislate liberal servitude LESSON LXXI, §468 adduce, -ere, -duxi, lead to, bring to, influ- adduce -ductus ence cognosce, -ere, -gnovi, learn, find out; /«/v;/2 the founding of the city^ that is, of Rome, 753 B.C. cf. = confer, compare e.g. = exempli gratia, for example etc. = et cetera, and the rest, and so forth ib. or ibid. = ibidem, in the sa7ne place i.e. = id est, that is I H S = first three letters of the Greek for fesus, but often taken as the abbreviation for the Latin " lesus Hominum Salvator," fesus, the Saviour of Men I.N.R.I. = lesus Nazarenus, Rex ludaeorum, fesus of Nazareth, King of the fews lb. = libra, pound \ lbs. = librae, pounds LL.D. = Legum Doctor, Doctor of Laws M.D. = MedicTnae Doctor, Doctor of Medicine N.B. = nota bene, note well, take notice no. = numero (plural nos.), by number Ph.D. = Philosophiae Doctor, Doctor of Philosophy p.m. = post meridiem, after noon P.S. = post scrTptum, postscript ^ Q.E.D. = quod erat demonstrandum, which was to be demonstrated R. = recipe, take (placed before a doctor's prescription) R.I. P. = requiescat in pace, may he (or she) rest in peace sc. = scilicet, namely S.P.Q.R. = Senatus Populusque Romanus, the Senate and Roman People St. = stet, let it stand s.v. = sub voce, under the word ult. = ultimo, of last month V. or vid. = vide, see viz. = videlicet, ?iamely vs. = versus, against 383 CO w (U -. c 1) bC c ^_, O o3 e bX) R x; Si OS « M 4> o li rt « ^ li > "hn W OJ ^•5 'A /h OS a c O a; f. Tl Pi (L) « ^ o ?i s H Hh (U '13 (U :S CO >^ ^ (U «3 03 .l 1 > ?? o ;i: W >> o u O VM r: 03 ™ " ^ > 1 = o (U "^ 45 O c ^ "o o A C/2 c« 3 ^ O O T3 V- 03 M 03 u XI w Oh o 3 O 03 o OT w m 4> o C/2 >• u LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY a, eib^ prep, with abl., from, by abdo, -ere, -didi, -ditus, hide ; with se, conceal one's self, hide abduco, -ere, -duxi, -ductus, lead away absum, abesse, afui, afuturus,/rr<^^., be away, be off, be distant ; with a or ab aftd abl. (§ 838) Abydus, -i, ;/^., Abydus ac {before consonants)^ atque {before either vowels or co7isonants\ conj., and, and what is more; simul atque, as soon as accido, -cidere, -cidi, happen accipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus, receive accurro, -ere, accurri, , run to, run up acer, acris, acre, keen, sharp ; eager, courageous acies, aciei, f, line of battle ; prima acies, the front line acriter, adv.^ sharply, fiercely ad, prep, with ace, to, towards, near, by ; at, on adamo, -are, -avi, -atus, fall in love with adduco, -ere, -duxi, -ductus, lead to, bring to, influence adeo, -ire, -ii, -itus, go to adfero, -ferre, attuli, adlatus, bring, carry to (§841) adhuc, adv., until now, as yet, still aditus, -lis, m., privilege of admit- tance admiratio, -onis, /!, wonder, sur- prise ; tibi admirati5nem movere, cause you surprise adsido, -ere, -edi, , sit by {es- pecially a sick person) adsto, -are, astiti or adstiti, , stand by, stand near adsum, -esse, -fui, -futurus, be present, be at hand, with dat. (§ 838) adulescens, -entis, m., youth advenio, -ire, -veni, -ventus, come, arrive adventus, -iis, m., arrival adversus, -a, -um, ill, unfavorable ; opposite aeger, -gra, -grum, sick aequus, -a, -um, even, level, equal ; fair, just aestas, -atis,/i, summer; inita aes- tate, at the beginning of summer aetas, -tatis,/!, age Aethiopia, -ae,/, Ethiopia ager, agri, tn., field agmen, agminis, ?2., an army {oti the inarch), column ; primum agmen, the van ; novissimum agmen, the rear; agmen claudere, bring up the rear ago, -ere, egi, actus, drive, lead ; do LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY agricola, -ae, m., farmer agricultura, -ae,/, agriculture ala, -ae,/, wing Albani, -orum, m., the Albans aliquando, adv.^ some day aliquis (-qui), -qua, -quid (-quod), indef. pron., someone, anyone, some, any (§831) alius, alia, aliud {gen. -ius, dat. -i), other, -another {of several) ; alius . . . alius, one . . . another ; alii . . . alii, some . . . others (§815) Allobroges, -um, m.^ the AUob'roges Alpes, -ium,/, the Alps alte, adv.^ high, on high alter, -era, -erum {gen. -ius, dat. -i), the one, the other {of two) ; alter . . . alter, the one . . . the other ; alteri . . . alteri, the one party . . . the other party (§ 502) altitiid5,-inis,/., height; depth altus, -a, -um, high, deep, lofty amanter, adv.^ lovingly, affection- ately amicitia, -ae,/., friendship amicus, -a, -um, friendly, affection- ate amicus,-!, ^., friend amitto, -ere, -misi, -missus, send away; lose amo, -are, -avi, -atus, love amor, -oris, m.^ love amplus, -a, -um, large, abundant; famous, distinguished ; copious Amiilius, Amuli, m., Amulius Andromeda, -ae,/, Andromeda anguste, adv.^ narrowly, closely angustus, -a, -um, narrow animal, -alls (-ium), n., animal animus, -i, m.^ mind, spirit, heart ; in animo esse, with dat., intend ; animum tenere, hold attention; in plur oftefi courage annus, -i, 7n., year anser, -eris, ?//., goose ante, prep, with ace, before, in front of ; adv., before, previously antea, adv., heretofore, previously, formerly antiquus, -a, -um, ancient aperio, -ire, -ui, -pertus, open apertus, -a, -um, open appello, -are, -avi, -atus, call, name Appius, -a, -um, Appian appropinquo, -are, -avi, -atus, draw near, approach, with dat. apud, prep, with ace., among, in the presence of aqua, -ae,/, water aquilifer, -eri, m., standard-bearer {of the eagle) Aquitani, -orum, vt., the Aquitani arbor, -oris,/, tree area, -ae,/, chest ardeo, -ere, arsi, arsurus, be afire, glow, burn Ariadne,-es,/ {Greek noun),An3idnQ Arion, -onis, m., Arion Ariovistus, -i, m., Ariovistus arma, -orum, n. plur., arms armatus, -a, -um, armed ; as a noun ifi the masc. plur., armed men armo, -are, -avi, -atus, arm aro, -are, -avi, -atus, plow ascendo, -ere, ascendi, ascensus, climb ascribo, -ere, -ipsi, -iptus, enroll asper, -era, -erum, rough, wild LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY Athenae, -aram,/., Athens atramentum, -i, //., ink attingo, -ere, -tigi, -tactus, touch upon, reach aspicio, -ere, -exi, -ectus, behold, see auctoritas, -atis, /., authority audacia, -ae, /., daring, boldness, presumption audeo, -ere, ausus sum, send-dep. verb, dare audio, -ire, -ivi, -itus, hear aufero, auferre, abstuli, ablatus, remove (§841) aura, -ae,/, air aureus, -a, -um, golden aurum, -i, n., gold aut, conj., or; aut . . . aut, either ... or autem, conj. (never stands Jirst\ however, but, moreover auxilium, auxili, «., aid averts, -ere, -ti, -sus, turn away, withdraw Bacchus, -i, m., Bacchus Baculus, -i, m., Baculus barbarus, -a, -um, savage, uncivil- ized ; as a noun in the masc. or fern., a savage Belgae, -arum, m., the Belgae bello, -are, -avi, -atus, wage war bellum, -i, n., war; bellum inferre, with dat., make war upon bene, adv. from bonus, well beneficium, benefici, «., favor, kind- ness benigne, adv., kindly benignus, -a, -um, kind Bibracte, -is, n., Bibracte bonus, -a, -um, good, kind (§ 820) brevis, -e, short brevitas, -atis, /., shortness ; brevi- tas temporis, want of time breviter, ad7>., briefly Britannia, -ae,/, Britain, England Britanni, -orum, ;//., the Britons Brutus, -i, ;/2., Brutus Caecilius, -i, fn., Cascilius caedes, -is (ium), /, slaughter, car- nage caelum, -i, n., sky, heaven Caesar, -is, ;;/., Caesar calamitas, -atis,/, loss, disaster calcar, -aris (ium), n., spur calo, -onis, m., camp follower Camillus, -i, m., Camillus cano, -ere, cecini, , sing capio, -ere, cepi, captus, take, seize Capitolium, -toll, n., the Capitolium capra, -ae,/, goat captivus, -i, m., captive caput, capitis, n., head ; capital careo, -ere, -ui, -iturus, go without, be without, with abl. carrus, -i, m., baggage wagon cams, -a, -um, dear casa, -ae,/, hut, cottage Cassiopeia, -ae,/, Cassiopeia castrum, -i, n., fort; plur., camp; castra movere, break camp ; castra ponere, pitch camp causa, -ae,/, cause, reason ; qua de causa, for this reason ; causam dicere, plead a case ; causa, with precediftg genitive, for the sake of, in order to celer, celeris, celere, swift LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY celeritas, -atis,/:, speed, swiftness celeriter, adv.^ quickly celo, -are, -avi, -atus, conceal Celtae, -arum, ?//., the Celts cena, -ae,/i, dinner centum, indecl. num. adj., one hun- dred centurio, -onis, m.., centurion Cepheus, -i, m.., Cepheus Ceres, -eris,/! {Greek noun\ Ceres certamen, -inis, ?z., contest certe, adv., certainly, surely certus, -a, -um, sure, certain ; true ; certiorem facere, inform; certior fieri, be informed cibus, -i, m., food Cicero, -onis, ?//., Cicero Cincinnatus, -i, m., Cincinnatus circummunio, -ire, -ivi, -itus, wall around, fortify all about circumsisto, -ere, -steti, , sur- round circumvenio, -ire, -veni, -ventus, surround civis, -is (-ium), m. and/., citizen civitas, -atis,/i, state clamo, -are, -avi, -atus, cry out, shout clamor, -oris, m.^ shout, cry clarus, -a, -um, clear, bright; famous claudo, -ere, -si, -sus, close, end; agmen claudere, bring up the rear cognosce, -ere, -gnovi, -gnitus, find out, learn ; in perf. tenses, know cogo, -ere, coegi, coactus, collect; compel, force cohors, cohortis (-ium), f., cohort, company {consisting of one tenth of a legion., or about 360 men) coUis, coUis (-ium), m., hill; sum- mus coUis, the top of the hill colo, -ere, colui, cultus, till ; cherish, foster commends, -are, -avi, -atus, intrust, commit commilito, -onis, m., fellow soldier, comrade committo, -ere, -misi, -missus, com- mit, intrust; proelium committere, join battle commoveo, -ere, -movi, -motus, ex- cite, alarm, move communis, -e, common commutatio, -onis,/!, change compare, -are, -avi, -atus, get to- gether, provide comporto, -are, -avi, -atus, collect conatus, -iis, m., undertaking, at- tempt concido, -ere, -cidi, , fall down,fall condicio, -onis,/., terms, agreement, condition confectus, -a, -um, exhausted confero, -ferre, -tuli, -latus, bring together, collect (§841) confertus, -a, -um, dense, closely crowded conficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus, do com- pletely, finish ; subdue, overcome, exhaust confirms, -are, -avi, -atus, encour- age, strengthen conicio, -ere, -ieci, -iectus (con -I- iacio), hurl coniunx, -iugis, m. andf, husband, wife coniuro, -are, -avi, -atus, conspire, plot LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 5 conloco, -are, -avi, -atus, place Conor, -ari, -atus sum, dep. verb, attempt, try consequor, -sequi, -secutus sum, dep. vei'b, follow, overtake conservo, -are, -avi, -atus, preserve, keep safe conscribo, -ere, -scripsi, -scriptus, enroll consilium, consili, ;z., plan, advice, resource; consilium capere, form a plan ; consilium omittere, leave a plan untried consists, -ere, -stiti, , stand still, take a stand ; halt, be at rest conspectus, -us, w., sight conspicio, -ere, -spexi, -spectus, get sight of, see constituo, -ere, -ui, -utus, appoint ; determine, decide ; station consuetudo, -inis,/i, custom, habit consul, -is, 7/z., consul consulo, -ere, -ui, -tus, ask for ad- vice, consult, counsel with, with ace. contends, -ere, -di, -tus, hasten; strive, fight continenter, adv., continuously contineo, -ere, -tinui, -tentus, hold together, bound-; restrain, keep ; hem in contra, p7'ep. with ace., against; opposite to convenio, -ire, -veni, -ventus, come together, assemble convoco, -are, -avi, -atus, call to- gether coorior, -iri, -ortus sum, dep. verb, rise copia, -ae, /., plenty, abundance; plur., forces ; c5piam facere, give an opportunity copiosus, -a, -um, wealthy, well sup- plied cornii, -us, n., horn ; wing {of an army)', a dextro cornu, on the right wing corpus, -oris, n., body corripio, -ere, -ripui, -reptus, seize cotidianus, -a, -um, daily cotidie, adv., daily, everyday creber, -bra, -brum, thick, frequent, crowded credo, -ere, -didi, -ditus, believe, trust cremo,-are,-avi,-atus,burn, consume creo, -are, -avi, -atus, make cresco, -ere, crevi, cretus, increase Creta, -ae,/i, Crete culpa, -ae,/i, fault cum., prep, with abl., with cum, C071J., when, since, although cupidus, -a, -um, desirous of, eager for, with gen. cupio, -ere, -ivi, -itus, wish, desire ciir, interrog. adv., why Curiatius, Curiati, m., Curiatius Curius, Curi, m., Curius euro, -are, -avi, -atus, care for, take care of ; cure currus, -us, m., chariot cursus, -lis, m., course; march, journey de, prep, with abl., down from; concerning, about dea, -ae, f. {dat. and abl. plur. deabus), goddess debeo, -ere, -ui, -itus, owe, ought LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY debitor, -oris, m., debtor debitum, -i, «., debt decern, indecl. num. adj.., ten December, -bris, -bre, of December decimus, -a, -um, num. adj., tenth deditio, -onis,/, surrender ; in dedi- ti5nem accipere, receive in sur- render dedo, -ere, -didi, -ditus, surrender ; with se, surrender one's self deduce, -ere, -diixi, -ductus, lead down or from ; escort defendo, -ere, -di, -fensus, defend defensor, -oris, ?/^., defender defessus, -a, -um, tired out, weary deficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus, fail, be wanting deicio, -ere, -ieci, -iectus (de + iacio), throw down deinde, adv.., next, then, thereafter deligo, -ere, -legi, -16ctus, choose, .. select delphinus, -i, m., dolphin demonstro, -are, -avi, -atus, point out, show denique, adv.., at last, finally Dentatus, -i, m., Dentatus depono, -ere, -posui, -positus, put down, lay down, lay aside; memo- riam dep5nere, forget descends, -ere, -di, -scensus, dimb down, descend desidero, -are, -avi, -atus, long for desilio, -ire, -silui, -sultus,leapdo wn desisto, -ere, -stiti, -stitiirus, desist from despero, -are, -avi, -atus, despair of destringo, -ere, -strinxi, -strictus, draw desum, -esse, -fui,-futiirus, be lack- ing, be wanting, with dat. (§ 838) detrah6,-ere,-traxi,-tractus, snatch, with ace. and dat. detrimentum, -i, «., loss ; disaster deus, -i, m.., god devoro, -are, -avi, -atus, devour, consume dexter, -tra, -trum, right dextra, -ae,yi, right hand Diana, -ae,/], Diana dico, -ere, dixi, dictus, say, speak, tell dictator, -oris, vi., dictator dies, -ei, m.., day; in dies, every day differ6,-ferre, distuli, dilatus, irreg., be different, differ (§841) difficilis, -e, hard, difficult (§ 820) difiicultas, -atis, /i, difficulty diiiidico, -are, -avi, -atus, decide diligenter, adv.., carefully, industri- ously, attentively diligentia, -ae,/i, industry dimitto, -ere, -misi, -missus, send away ; let go discedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessiirus, de- part from, leave, withdraw, go away discipulus, -i, m., pupil discrimen, -inis, n., turning point ; discrimen rerum, crisis dispono, -ere, -posui, -positus, sta- tion dissimilis, -e, unlike, dissimilar (§ 820) diu, adv. {cotnpared diiitius, diiitis- sime), for a long time, long (§ 822) diurnus, -a, -um, of the day, daily ; nocturno diurnoque (itinere), by night and day diversus, -a, -um, different LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY divido, -ere, -visi, -visus, divide do, dare, dedi, datus, give doceo, -ere, -ui, -tus, teach dolor, -oris, /;/., pain, grief domus, -us, y^, house, home; domi, at home (§ 813) donum, -i, ;z., gift dubius, -a,-um, doubtful, uncertain; sine dubio, certainly ducenti, -ae, -a, two hundred duco, -ere, duxi, ductus, lead dulcis, -e, sweet duo, duae, duo, num. adj., two (§ 824) duodecim, indecl. num. adj., twelve duodecimus, -a, -um, nu7n. adj., twelfth dux, ducis, m., leader, commander e or ^■:s., prep, with abl., out of, from, off, of ecce, adv., lo ! see ! behold ! look ! edo, -ere, edi, esus, eat Eburones, -um, m. plur., the Ebu- ro'nes educo, -ere, -duxi, -ductus, lead out effugio, -ere, -fugi, -fugiturus, es- cape ego, mQl,per.pro7t., I ; in plur., we egredior,-i,-gressus sum, dep. verb, go out, march out; with nave, disembark egregius, -a, -um, remarkable, mar- velous, distinguished emitto, -ere, -misi, -missus, send out, send forth enim, conj., for, never stands jirst eo, ire, ii (ivi), iturus, go (§ 842) epistula, -ae,/!, letter eques, equitis, m., horseman equester, -tris, -tre, of cavalry equitatus, -us, m., cavalry equus, -i, jn., horse ergo, adv., therefore eripio, -ere, -ripui, -reptus, snatch away, rescue eruptio, -onis, /, sally et, conj., and ; et . . . et, both . . . and erumpo, -ere, -rupi, -ruptus, burst out, make a sally etiam, adv., standing before the emphatic word even, also Etrusci, -orum, m.plur., the Etrus- cans Eurydice, -es, f. {Greek nomt), Eurydice evoco, -are, -avi, -atus, call out, sum- mon excedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessurus, go out, depart excito, -are, -avi, -atus, arouse exemplum,-i, 7t., example, specimen exeo, -ire, -ii, -iturus, go forth (§ 842) exerceo, -ere, -ui, -itus, train . exercitus, -us, 7n., army existimo, -are, -avi, -atus, think, consider expello, -ere, -puli, -pulsus, drive out, expel expio, -are, -avi, -atus, atone for explorator, -oris, 7n., spy, scout expugno, -are, -avi, -atus, take by storm, capture; distinguish fro 7n oppugno, assault exspectatus, -a, -um, expected, ap- pointed exspectS, -are, -avi, -atus, await, ex- pect, wait for 8 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY fabula, -ae,/, story facies, faciei,/!, beauty facile, adv.^ easily facilis, -e, easy (§820) facio, -ere, feci, factus, make, do, form, cause ; proelium facere, fight a battle ; aliquem certi5rem facere, inform someone; copiam facere, give an opportunity factum, -i, n., deed, act fama, -ae,/i, rumor, report, reputa- tion fames, -is (-ium),/!, hunger faveo, -ere, favi, fauturus, be favor- able to, favor, with dat. Februarius, -a, -um, of February fere, adv.^ nearly, almost, about fero, ferre, tuli, latus, bear, carry ; graviter or moleste ferre, with ace. and inf.., be annoyed; subsi- dium ferre, go to the rescue (§ 841) fides, fidei,/, good faith, protection; fides piiblica, the promise given by the state filia, -ae, f. {dat. and abl. plur. filiabus), daughter filius, fili, in., son (§ 806.2) filum, -i, «., string finis, -is (-ium), m., end, limit; itt the plur.., territory, country finitimi, -onim, in. plur., neighbors finitimus, -a, -um, adjoining, neigh- boring fio, fieri, factus sum, used as the passive ^facio, be done, be made, happen ; certior fieri, be informed (§ 843) firmus, -a, -um, strong, trusty, loyal flagro, -are, -avi, -atiirus, burn, be on fire ; glow, be stirred Flaminius, -a, -um, Flaminian fliimen, fluminis, n., river fluo, -ere, fluxi, fluxurus, flow fortasse, perhaps, possibly fortis, -e, brave, courageous, strong fortiter, adv., bravely fortiina, -ae, /., fortune, circum- stances fossa, -ae,/!, ditch f rater, fratris, m., brother f rUmentarius, -a, -um, of grain ; res friimentaria, grain supply frumentor, -ari, -atus sum, dep. verb, gather grain friimentum, -i, n., grain friistra, adv., in vain fuga, -ae,/, flight; in fugam dare, put to flight ; in fugam sese dare, flee f ugio, -ere, f ugi, f ugitiirus, flee, run Galba, -ae, m., Galba Gallia, -ae,/, Gaul (modern France) Gallicus, -a, -um, Gallic Gallus, -i, m., Gaul Garumna, -ae, m., the Garonne gaude6,-ere, gavisus sum, semi-dep. verb, rejoice gaudium, gaudi, n., joy, gladness gemitus, -iis, m., groan Genava, -ae,/!, Geneva generosus, -a, -um, honorable, noble gens, gentis (-ium),/!, tribe, nation genus, -eris, n., race, tribe; kind, method Germania, -ae,/, Germany Germanus, -i, ;/z., a German LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY gero, -ere, gessi, gestus, wage, carry on, wear, have; bear, wear; res gestae, exploits gloria, -ae, f.^ glory, praise, thirst for glory Graecia, -ae,y^, Greece Graecus, -a, -um, Greek; Graecus, -i, 7/2., a Greek gratia, -ae, /l, influence, favor, thanks; gratias agere, with dat.^ thank gratus, -a, -um, pleasing gravis, -e, heavy ; severe ; weighty, serious graviter, adin^ heavily; graviter ferre, bear ill, take ill habeo, -ere, -ui, -itus, have habito, -are, -avi, -atus, live hactenus, adv., thus far Haedui, -orum, m., the Haedui harena, -ae, /i, sand Hellespontus, -i, m., the Hellespont Helvetii, -orum, ;/2.//2^r., the H elvetii hercle, intejj., by Hercules, as- suredly, indeed Hero, -VLS,/. {Greek noun), Hero heros, -ois, m. {Greek noun), hero heu ! intei'j. of grief or pain, oh! ah ! alas ! followed by the ace. of exclamation hibema, -orum, ///. plur., winter quarters hie, haec, hoc, demon, adj. and pron., this; as per. pron., he, she, it (§ 828) hiemo, -are, -avi, -atus, pass the winter hiems, hiemis,y^, winter hodie, adv., today homo,-inis, 7n. andf, human being, man (§ 813) Horatius, Horati, ///., Horatius hora, -ae,yi, hour hortor, -ari, hortatus sum, dep. verb, urge, encourage hospes, -itis, 7Ji., stranger hostis, hostis (-ium), m., enemy {in war) humerus, -i, m., shoulder iacio, iacere, ieci, iactus, throw, hurl iam, adv., already, immediately; presently, soon, now lanuarius, -a, -um, of January ibi, adv., there, .in that place idem, eadem, idem, dejnon. adj. and pron., same (§ 828) idoneus, -a, -um, suitable, fitting ignis, -is (-ium), m., fire ille, ilia, illud, demon, adj. and pron., that; as per. pron., he, she, it (§ 828) immineo, -ere, , , threaten ; be at hand impedimentum, -i, 71., hindrance; plur. baggage; magnum numerum impedimentorum, a very long bag- gage train impedio, -ire, -ivi, -itus, hinder, ob- struct, prevent imperator, -oris, m., general imperitus, -a, -um, unskilled, inex- perienced, with gen. imperium, imperi, n., command, supreme power, realm impero, -are, -avi, -atus, command, with dat. and a subj. clause lO LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY impetus, -us, m.^ attack; facere im- petum in, make an attack upon improbus, -a, -um, evil improviso, adv.^ unexpectedly improvisus, -a, -um, unforeseen, un- expected in., prep, with ace, into, against, to; in, prep, with abl., in, on ; among incendo, -ere, -cendi, -census, set on fire, burn incipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus, begin incite, -are, -avi,-atus, hasten, hurry, arouse incognitus, -a, -um, unknown incolo, -ere, -ui, , tra7is. with ace, inhabit; also int?'ans., dwell incolumis, -e, unharmed, safe incredibilis, -e, incredible, extraordi- nary incuso, -are, -avi, -atus, rebuke, chide induce, -ere, -duxi, -ductus, lead in or against induo, -ere, -ui, -utus, put on industrius, -a, -um, diligent ineO, -ire, -ivi or -ii, -itus, enter upon; inita aestate, at the be- ginning of summer (§ 842) infelix, -icis, unfortunate, ill-fated inferi, -orum, jn. plur., shades, lower world inferior, -ius, inferior (§ 820) infero, -ferre, -tuli, -latus, bring in, inflict; spem inferre, with dat., inspire hope (§841) ingens, -entis, huge ingredior, ingredi, ingressus sum, dep. verb, proceed, advance, march ; enter inicio, -ere, -ieci, -iectus (in+iacio), thrust inimicus,-a,-um, unfriendly, hostile iniquus, -a, -um, uneven, unequal ; unfavorable, hostile ; steep, danger- ous iniuria, -ae,/, wrong, injury; iniii- rias alicui inferre, inflict injuries on someone inopia, -ae,yi, want, need, scarcity inquit, said he, said she ; inquiunt, said they. Inserted in a direct quotation institutum, -i, «., custom instruo, -ere, -struxi, -striictus, draw up, arrange insula, -ae,/l, island integer, integra, integrum, whole, fresh, pure intellego, intellegere, intellexi, in- tellectus, understand intentus, -a, -um, attentive, eager inter, prep, with ace, between, among intercede, -ere, -cessi, -cessurus, come between, intervene intercludo, -ere, -cliidi, -clusus, cut off, block up interdiu, adv., during the day, by day interficio, -ere, -feci, -f ectus, put out of the way, kill interfluo, -ere, , , flow be- tween interim, adv., meanwhile, in the meanwhile intermitto, -ere, -misi, -missus, leave off, discontinue, stop, cease interpono, -ere, -posui, -positus, put betv/een, interpose LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY II intersum, -esse, -fui, -futurus, be between (§ 838) intra, prep, with acc.^ within, in, into intro, -are, -avi, -atus, enter intus, adv.^ within inusitatus, -a, -um, unusual, ex- traordinary inveniS, -ire, -veni, -ventus, find, come upon invidia, -ae,/i, envy, jealousy invito, -are, -avi, -atus, invite invitus, -a, -um, against the will; se invito, against his will io, interj. {expressmg joy\ hurra ! coin7non i7t the phrase i5 triumphe ipse, ipsa, ipsum, intens. adj. and pro?t.^ self, himself, herself, itself; very (§ 827) is, ea, id, dem. adj. and pron.^ this, that ; he, she, it (§ 828) iste, ista, istud, dem. adj. and pron., that ; he, she, it (§ 828) ita, adv.^ thus, so Italia, -ae,/!, Italy itaque, co7ij.^ and so, therefore iter, itineris, n., journey, march, route ; iter dare, give a right of way; iter facere, march; iter magnum, forced march ; itinera prohibere, keep from passing; itinere converso, changing their course (§ 813) iubeo, -ere, iussi, iussus, command, order, with ace. and injin. iudicium, iudici, n., judgment, trial iudico, -are, -avi, -atus, judge, decide luno, -onis,/, Juno luppiter, lovis, in., Jupiter ius, iuris, n. (^plur. only nom. and ace. itira), law, right iuvenis, -is, young; as subst., iu- venis, -is (-ium), m. or/., youth labor, -oris, tn., labor, toil laboro, -are, -avi, -atus, toil ; suffer labyrinthus, -i, 7n.^ labyrinth lacesso,-ere,-ivi,-itus, attack, assail, lacrima, -ae,/i, tear laetus, -a, -um, glad latus, -a, -um, wide, broad laudo, -are, -avi, -atus, praise laus, laudis,/!, praise lavo, -ere, lavi, lautus ^r lotus, wash Leander, -dri, in., Leander legatus,-i,;>'/., ambassador; lieutenant legio, -onis,y^, legion lego, -ere, legi, lectus, read leo, -onis, in., lion Lesbia, -ae,/!, Lesbia levis, -e, light, trivial, fickle lex, \Qg\s,f., law libenter, adv., willingly, gladly liber, libri, 7n., book liber, libera, liberum, free liberi, liberorum, 7//. //^/r., children libero, -are, -avi, -atus, set free libertas, -atis, /., freedom, liberty lictor, lictoris, in., lictor ligneus, -a, -um, wooden ligo, -are, -avi, -atus, bind lingua, -ae,yi, language, tongue litterae, -Ixvim., f. plur., letter litus, -oris, n., shore, beach Livia, -ae,/, Li via loco, -are, -avi, -atus, put, set locus, -i, 7n. {plur. loca, -orum, «.)» place, spot 12 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY longe, adv.^ far away, distant longus, -a, -um, long lucerna, -ae,/, lamp ludus, -i, m.^ elementary school lupa, -ae,/, wolf. lux, lucis,y^, light; prima lux, day- light luxuria, -ae,/!, luxury magis, adv. {in comp. degree), more (§ 822) magister, -tri, m., teacher magnitudo, -inis,/l, size, greatness magnopere, adv., greatly (§ 822) magnus, -a, -um, great, large (§ 820) maior, maius {gen. -oris), adj. {comp. of magnus, cojnpared magnus, maior, maximus), greater, larger (§ 820) malo, malle, malui, , irreg. verb, prefer (§ 840) malus, -a, -um, evil, bad (§ 820) maneo, -ere, mansi, mansurus, re- main, abide, stay Manlius, Manli, m., Manlius manus, -us, y;, hand; groiip, force; manus conserere, join in a hand to hand struggle Marcus, -i, nt., Marcus mare, -is (-ium), n,, sea Marius, Mari, m., Marius Mars, Martis, m.. Mars Martius, -a, -um, of March mater, matris,/i, mother matrimonium, -oni, n., marriage; in matrimdnium diicere, marry; in matrimonium dare, give in marriage Matrona, -ae, m., the Marne matiiro, -are, -avi, -atus, hasten maxime, adv. {in superl. degree, corn- pared xxidi%ViQ^^x^, magis, maxime), most of all, especially (§ 822) maximus, -a, -um {superl. of mag- nus, compared magnus, maior, maximus), greatest, extreme (§820) medius, -a, -um, middle, middle part of melior, -ius {gen. -oris), adj. {comp. ^t/' bonus, compared bonus, melior, optimus), better (§ 820) melius, adv. {in comp. degree, com- pared bene, melius, optime), better (§ 822) memorabilis, -e, noteworthy, memo- rable memoria, -ae, f, memory ; habere in memoria, remember ; memoria tenere, remember ; memoriam de- ponere, forget mens, mentis (-ium), /I, mind mensa, -ae,/., table mensis, -is (-ium), m., month Metellus, -i, tn., Metellus meus, -a, -um, poss. adj. and pron., my, mine Midas, -ae, jn. {Greek noun), Midas miles, militis, m., soldier militaris, -e, military ; res militaris, art of war; aetas militaris, age of military service milito, -are, -avi, -atus, serve as a soldier mille {plur.miliSi, -ium), nujn. adj. and subst., thousand (§ 820) Minerva, -ae,/, Minerva minime, adv.^ not at all, least of all (§822) LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 13 minimus, -a, -um {superl. ^parvus, compared parvus, minor, mini- mus), least, smallest (§ 820) minor, minus {gen. -oris) {comp. of parvus, compared parvus, minor, minimus), smaller, less (§ 820) Minos, -ois, ;//. {Greek notin), Minos Minotaurus, -i, ;//., the Minotaur miser, misera, miserum, wretched mitto, -ere, misi, missus, send modus, -i, ?;/., measure ; manner moleste, adv., ill, with trouble; moleste ferre, bear ill, be vexed moneo, -ere, -ui, -itus, advise ; warn mons, montis (-ium), m., mountain monstrum, -i, n., monster mora, -ae,/, delay morior, mori, mortuus sum, dep. verb, die mors, mortis (-ium),/!, death moveo, -ere, movi, motus, move mox, adv., soon, presently Mucins, Muci, 7n., Mucius mulier, mulieris,/!, woman multitiido, -inis, /., crowd, throng, multitude multus,-a,-um, much, many; multa nocte, late at night (§ 820) munio, -ire, -ivi or -il, -itus, fortify munitio, -onis,/!, fortification mums, -i, 7n., wall muto, -are, -avi, -atus, change nanciscor, nancisci, nactus sum, dep. verb, find, light upon nam, conj., for narro, -are, -avi, -atus, tell nascor, nasci, natus sum, dep. verb, be born ; rise natiira, -ae,/i, nature nauta, -ae, ;//., sailor navigium, navigi, 11., boat navigo, -are, -avi, -atus, sail navis, -is (-ium),/!, ship ne, conJ. and adv., in order that not, lest ; not ; ne . . . quidem, not even -ne, interrog. adv., e?iclitic nee or neque, co7ij., and not, nor ; nee (neque) . . . nee (neque), neither . . . nor neglego, -legere, -lexi, -lectus, dis- regard, neglect nego, -are, -avi, -atus, deny, say not negotium, negoti, n., business, affair, matter; negotium dare, give a commission, employ nemo {ge7i. nuUius, dat. nemini, ace. neminem, abl. niillo), m. and /!, no one Neptiinus, -i, m., Neptune Nervii, -iorum, m. plur., the Nervii neuter, -tra, -trum {geji. -ius, dat. -i), neither {of two) (§ 502) nihil, n. indecl., nothing. An abl. nihilOjf ro7n a no7ti. nihilum, occurs as a7i abl. of degree of differe7ice', nihil posse, have no power nisi, C071J., if not, unless nobilis, -e, well known, famous, noble noceo, -ere, -ui, -itiirus, injure, with dat. noctu, adv., at night, by night nocturnus, -a, -um, of the night, nightly, by night nolo, nolle, nolui, , irreg. verb, be unwilling (§ 840) nomen, -inis, n., name; nomen dare, enlist 14 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY non, neg. adv., not nondum, adv., not yet non-ne, interrog. adv. {suggesting an affirmative ajtswer), not? nonus, -a, -um, num. adj., ninth nos, per. pron., we {see ego) nosco, -ere, novi, notus, come to know; in p erf. te?ises, know noster, -tra, -trum, poss. adj. and pron., our, ours. Plur. nostri, -orum, m., our men [famous notus, -a, -um, known, well known, novem, indecl. num. adj., nine November, -bris, -bre, of November novus, -a, -um, new, fresh nox, noctis (-ium),/, night; prima nocte, at nightfall; multa nocte, late at night nuUus, -a, -um {ge7i. -ius, dat. -i), none, no (§ 503) num, interrog, adv., suggesting a negative answer', in indirect questions, whether numerus, -i, m., number ; numerus impedimentorum, quantity of bag- gage, long baggage train Numitor, -oris, m., Numitor numquam, adv., never nunc, adv., now, the present time nuntio, -are, -avi, -atus, announce nympha, -ae,/i, nymph 6, interj., O ! ah ! obsecro, -are, -avi, -atus, I pray, I beseech you ; as exdautation, in heaven's name obses, -idis, m. andf., hostage obtineo, -ere, -ui, -tentus, possess, keep, gain occasus, -lis, m., going down, set- ting; sub occasum s51is, just at sunset, just before sunset occido, -ere, -cidi, -cisus, kill occupo, -are, -avi, -atus, seize; in opere occupari, be engaged ^r em- ployed on the works d?rf ortifications octavus, -a, -um, num. adj., eighth octo, indecl. num. adj., eight October, -bris, -bre, of October Octodiirus, -i, m., Octodurus oculus, -i, m., eye officium, offici, n., duty, service olim, adv., once upon a time omitto, -ere, -misi, -missus, let go by; consilium omittere, leave a plan untried omnino, adv., in all, altogether; but, just omnis, -e, all, every opera, -ae, f., labor, work ; operam dare, give attention opinio, -onis,/;, supposition, opinion oportet, -ere, oportuit, it is fitting, is necessary; an impers. verb, ofteft used with an injin. and subj. ace. oppidum, -i, n., town oppiigno, -are, -avi, -atus, attack, assault optime, adv. {in superl. degree, compared bene, melius, optime), best; well done (§822) cptimus, -a, -um {superl. of bonus, co7npared\iorms, melior, optimus), best, most excellent (§ 820) optio, optionis, jn., aide-de-camp opus, operis, n., work; fortifications, works LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 15 ora, -ae,/, shore, coast oraculum, -i, n., oracle oratio, -onis, /, speech, oration; orationem habere, make a speech ordo, -inis, m.^ rank ; class, order Orpheus, -i, m., Orpheus ostendo, -ere, -di, -tus, show, display ostium, osti, n.^ door ovis, -is,/;, sleep pac6,-are, -avi, -atus, subdue, pacify paene, adv.^ nearly, almost pallidus, -a, -um, pale par, paris, equal parco, -ere, peperci, parsus, spare, with dat. pareo, -ere, -ui, , obey, with dat. paro, -are, -avi, -atus, prepare pars, partis (-ium), /, part, share ; side, direction ; ex omnibus parti- bus, on all sides partior, partiri, partitus sum, dep. verb^ share parvus, -a, -um {compared parvus, minor, minimus), small, little (§ 8 20) passus, -Us, m.^ step, pace; mille passiis, a thousand paces, a mile pastor, -oris, 7n., shepherd pateo, -ere, patui, , lie open, extend, stretch pater, patris, m.^ father patior, pati, passus sum, dep. verb., suffer, allow, permit patria, -ae,/;, native land pauci, -ae, -a, few, only a few paulisper, adv.., a little while paulo, adv.., by a litde, little paulum, adv.., a litde, somewhat pax, pacis,/;, peace pectus, -oris, n., heart peciinia, -ae,/, money pecus, pecoris, ;/., cattle pedes, -itis, m.., foot soldier; pedites, infantry pedester, -tris, -tre, on foot ; with copiae, infantry peior, peius {gen. -oris), adj. {in comp. degree, co77tpared malus, peior, pessimus), worse (§ 820) pello, -ere, pepuli, pulsus, drive, banish; defeat per, prep, with ace, through, by perditio, -onis,/, destruction perduco, -ere, -duxi, -ductus, lead through, bring ; construct pereo, -ire, -ivi ^r -ii, -itiirus, be lost, perish perficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus, finish perfringo, -ere, -fregi, -fractus, break through periculum, -i, n., danger peritus, -a, -um, skilled, experi- enced, with gen. permaneo, -ere, -mansi, -mansurus, last, endure, continue permoveo, -ere, -movi, -motus, move deeply, arouse, influence peropportung, adv.., most oppor- tunely perrumpo, -ere, -rupi, -ruptus, force a way through, break in Perseus, -i, 7n., Perseus perspicio, -ere, -spexi, -spectus, ob- serve, learn, discover persuadeo, -ere, -suasi, -suasus, per- suade, with dat. perterreo, -ere, -ui, -itus, terrify, alarm i6 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY pertineo, -ere, -ui, , reach, ex- tend, pertain pervenio, -ire, -veni, -ventus, arrive, with ad or in aiid ace. pes, pedis, m., foot pessimus, -a, -um, adj. [in superl. degree., compai'ed malus, peior, pessimus), worst (§ 820) peto, -ere, -ivi or -ii, -itus, seek, ask, beg ; make for, attack pictura, -ae, /i, picture pilus, -i, 7n.., company of veteran reserves ; primus pilus, chief cen- turion of a legion planus, -a, -um, flat, level, even plenus, -a, -um, full plurimum, adv. (in superl. degree.^ co7npared multum, pliis, pliiri- mum), very much, most; with posse, be most powerful plurimus, -a, -um {superl. o/mwltvis, compared multus, plus, plurimus), most, very many (§ 820) plus (gen, pluris), adj. {in cojnp. degree., compared multus, pliis, pliirimus) ; sing. n. as subst., more; plur., more, many, sev- eral (§§819,820) Pliito, -onis, w., Pluto poena, -ae, /I, punishment; poenam dare, suffer punishment, pay a penalty poeta, -ae, m., poet pono, -ere, posui, positus, place, set, build ; castra p5nere, pitch camp ; positus, -a, -\xm.,pastpa?'t.^s\X.U2iiQd pons, pontis (-ium), //?., bridge populus, -i, 7n., people porrigo, -ere, -rexi, -rectus, extend Porsenna, -ae, ;/f ., Porsenna porta, -ae, /, gate porto, -are, -avi, -atus, carry possum, posse, potui, , be able, can ; nihil posse, have no power (§ 839) post, prep, with ace, after, behind postea, adv.., thereafter, afterwards, hereafter, after this postulo, -are, -avi, -atus, demand, require potentia, -ae,/i, power potestas, -atis, f., power praebeo, -ere, -ui, -itus, offer, present praecedo, -ere, -cessi,-cessus, surpass praeceptum, -i, ??., instruction, order praeda, -ae,/l, booty, plunder praeficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus, set over, place in command, with ace. and dat. praemitto, -ere, -misi, -missus, send ahead, send forward praemium, praemi, n., prize, reward praesertim, adv., especially praesidium, praesidi, n., garrison, guard ; praesidio civitati esse, be a defense to the state praesum, -esse, -fui, -futurus, be before, be over, be in command, with dat. (§ 838) praeter, prep, with aec.., except praeterea, adv., furthermore, besides praetorium, praetori, ;/., general's tent premo, -ere, pressi, pressus, press hard; harass primo, adv., at first {as opposed to afterwards); in the beginning {referring to time) LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 17 primum, adv.^ first, in the first place {referring to order) primus, -a, -um, adj. (in superl. de- gree), first (§ 820) princeps, -ipis, m., chief, leader pro, pi'ep. with abl., for, in behalf of ; rarely in front of procedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessurus, go forward, advance proconsul, -is, m., proconsul, gov- ernor {of a province) proconsulatus, -iis, ?//., proconsul- ship, governorship procurro, -ere, -curri, -cursiirus, run forward, charge prodo, -dere, -didi, -ditus, go forth ; betray [forward prodtico, -ere, -diixi, -ductus, lead proelium, proeli, n., batde; proelium facere, engage in battle ; proelium committere, join batde profectio, -onis, /, departure proficiscor, -i, -fectus sum, dep. verb, set out prohibeo, -ere, -ui, -itus, hinder, prevent, keep away from proicio, -ere, -ieci, -iectus (pro + iacio), throw forward ; se proicere, leap prope, prep, with' ace, near; adv.^ near; cofnp. propius, superl. proxime (§ 822) propero, -are, -avi, -atus, hasten propheta, -ae, m., prophet propono, -ere, -posui, -positus, set forth, offer ; with vexillum, hang out, display propter, prep, with ace, on account of, because of; near, next to, close to Proserpina, -ae,/], Proserpina provideo, -ere, -vidi, -visus, look out for, foresee provincia, -ae,/., province provolo, -are, -avi, -atiirus, fly forth ; rush forth proximus, -a, -um, adj. {in superl. degree), nearest, very near, next; last (§ 820) publicus, -a, -um, public, official puella, -ae,/, girl puer, pueri, m., boy ; a pueris, from boyhood pUgno, -are, -avi, -atus, fight pulcher, -chra, -chrum, pretty, beau- tiful pulso, -are, -avi, -atus, knock puto, -are, -avi, -atus, think, reckon Q., abbreviation for (^}x\nt\xs quaero, -€re, quaesivi, quaesitus, seek for, ask, inquire for quam, adv., how ; conj. after a cornp., than ; with a superl., as ... as possible quando, interrog. adv., when.? quartus, -a, -um, num. adj., fourth quattuor, indecl. num. adj.., four -que, conj., enclitic, and quia, C071J., because qui, quae, quod, rel. pron. and adj., who, which, what, that (§ 829) quicumque, quaecumque, quodcum- que, adj., pron., whoever, what- ever, whosoever, whatsoever quidam, quiddam, indef. pron., a certain one (§ 831) quidam, quaedam, quoddam, indef. adj., a certain (§831) i8 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY quidem, adv.^ indeed, in fact; never stands first \ ne . . . quidem, not even {the emphatic word stand- ing between) quindecim, inded. nu7n. adj., fifteen quinque, indecl. num. adj., five Quintus, -i, m., Quintus quintus, -a, -um, num. adj., fifth quis (qui), quae, quid (quod), inte?-- rog. pron. and adj., who? what? which ? (§ 830) quis (qui), qua (quae), quid (quod), indef. pron. and adj. used after si, nisi, ne, num, anyone, any- thing, someone, something, any, some(§ 831) quisque, quidque, indef. pron., each one (§831) quisque, quaeque, quodque, indef adj., each (§831) quo, interrog. adv. with verbs of motion, whither quod, C071J., because ; that quo modo, adv., how quotannis, adv., every year, yearly rapio, -ere, -ui, -tus, seize rapulum, -i, n., young turnip ratio, -onis, /.', method, arrange- ment, plan recipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus, take back, receive ; with se, withdraw, retreat reciiso, -are, -avi, -atus, refuse, re- ject reddo, -ere, reddidi, redditus, give back, return reduco, -ere, -diixi, -ductus, lead back refero, -ferre, -ttuli, -latus, bring back, return; pedem referre, re- treat (§841) regina, -ae,yi, queen regnum, -i, n., realm, kingdom ; sovereignty rego, -ere, rexi, rectus, rule, guide relanguesco, -ere, -langui, , be weakened, be relaxed relinquo, -ere, -liqui, -lictus,* leave, leave behind, desert reliquus, -a, -um, the rest, remain- ing, remainder of, the other, other remitto, -ere, -misi, -missus, send back; pardon, forgive remOtus, -a, -um, far away, distant Remus, -i, in., Remus repello, -ere, -ppuli, -pulsus, re- pulse, repel repentinus, -a, -um, sudden res, rei, /, thing, matter, affair ; res frumentaria, grain supplies; res gestae, exploits; resmilitaris,artof war ; res publica, commonwealth, republic, state ; novis rebus studere, be eager for a revolution ; res est in periculo, the situation is critical resists, -ere, -stiti, , resist, with dat. respondeo, -ere, -spondi, -sponsus, reply retineo, -ere, -tinui, -tentus, hold back, retain reverts, -ere, -verti, , or de- ponent, revertor, -i, -versus sum, turn back, return revoco, -are, -avi, -atus, call back, recall rex, regis, 7n., king LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 19 Rhea, -ae,/, Rhea Rhenus, -i, m.^ the Rhine Rhodanus, -i, m., the Rhone rideo, -ere, risi, risus, laugh ripa, -ae,/!, bank rogo, -are, -avi, -atus, ask, request Roma, -ae, f., Rome Romanus, -a, -um, Roman; as a 7ioun in the *masc. orfetn.^d. Roman Romulus, -i, 7;/., Romulus rudimentum, -i, ;/., beginning, com- mencement ; prima castrorum rudimenta, first principles of military service rursus, adv.^ again rus, ruris, 71. {^piur. only nom. and ace, rura), country; ruri, in the country rusticus, -a, -um, of the country, rustic Sabini, -orum, 7n., the Sabines sacer, sacra, sacrum, sacred sacerdos, -otis, 7n. and f., priest or priestess saeculum, -i, ;/., age; in saecula, forever saepe, adv., often saevus, -a, -um, fierce, savage, cruel salus, -utis, /, safety; saliitem dicere, send greeting salve, imper., hail, greetings Samnites, -ium, ;//. plur., the Sam- nites sanctifico, -are, -avi, -atus, hallow sapientia, -ae,/i, wisdom satis, i7idecl. adj.; also used as a neut. 71. a7id as an adv., enough, sufficient; sufficiently saxum, -i, n., rock Scaevola, -ae, 771., Scasvola scio, scire, scivi, scitus, know scribo, -ere, scripsi, scriptus, write sciitum, -i, ;/., shield secundus, -a, -um, following, next, second sed, C071J., but sedeo, -ere, sedi, sessiirus, sit ; be settled, be established semper, adv., ever, always senatus, -iis, 771., senate sentio, sentire, sensi, sensus, feel, perceive separo, -are, -avi, -atus, separate septem, i7idecl. iiuth. adj., seven September, -bris,,-bre, of September Septimus, -a, -um, 7111777. adj., seventh Sequana, -ae, f., the Seine Sequani, -orum, 7n., the Sequani sequor, sequi, seciitus sum, dep. verb, follow servator, -oris, 7n., deliverer, pre- server, savior servitiis, servitutis,_/i, slavery servo, -are, -avi, -atus, save servus, -i, 7n., slave Sestus, -i,/i, Sestos sex, In dec I. nu7n. adj., six Sextus, -i, 7n., Sextus sextus, -a, -um, nu7n. adj., sixth si, conj., if sic, adv., thus, in this way, so Sicilia, -ae,/, Sicily sicut, just as signum, -i, 7t., sign, signal ; stand- ard, ensign silentium, silenti, «., silence 20 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY silva, -ae, f., forest Silvia, -ae, /, Silvia similis, -e, similar, like (§ 820) simul, adv.^ at the same time ; simul atque, conj.^ as soon as simulo, -are, -avi, -atus, pretend sine, prep, with abl.^ without singuli, -ae, -a, distributive num. adj., one at a time ; inter singulas legiones, between every two legions sinister, -tra, -trum, left societas, -atis,/i, association, alliance socius, soci, in.., ally, companion sol, solis, m.., the sun solidus, -a, -um, solid soUicitudo, -inis,/l, care, anxiety solum, adv., only ; non solum . . . sed etiam, not only . . . but also solus, -a, -um {gen. -ius, dat. -i), alone (§ 502) solvo, -ere, solvi, solutus, loose; {of navigation) set sail somnus, -i, m., sleep sonitus, -us, in., noise, sound soror, -oris,/!, sister spatiosus, -a, -um, broad spatium, spati, n., space, distance, interval species, -iei, f., appearance spectaculum, -i, n., spectacle, game specto, -are, -avi, -atus, look at spero, -are, -avi, -atus, hope spes, spei, f., hope ; spem inferre, inspire hope, with dat. statim, adv., at once, instantly, im- mediately static, -onis, f., a post, a picket ; in statione, on guard sto, -are, steti, staturus, stand studeo, -ere, -ui, , be eager; study, with dat. ; novis rebus studere, to be eager for a revolution stultus, -a, -um, foolish s\3ib,prep. with ace. and abl., under beneath, underneath subito, adv., suddenly subsellium, -selli, n., bench subsidium, -sidi, n., assistance, re- enforcement ; subsidium ferre, go to the rescue succedo, -cedere, -cessi, -cessurus, come up, advance sui, gen., of (himself, herself, itself, themselves) ; in fugam sese dare, flee; inter se, to each other or from each other sum, esse, f ui, f utiirus, be, am(§ 838) summus, -a, -um {superl. ^'superus, compared superus, superior, su- premus or summus), highest, supreme, greatest, most violent; summus mons, the top of the mountain ; summus collis, the top of the hill (§ 820) siimo, -ere, sumpsi, sumptus, take up, assume; siimere supplicium de, inflict punishment on superbia, -ae,/, pride superior, -ius {gen. -oris), comp. of superus (§ 820) supero, -are, -avi, -atus, overcome, conquer ; go over, ascend superus, -a, -um, higher, upper (§ 820) supplicium, supplici, n., punish- ment, torture ; supplicium siimere de, inflict punishment on ; suppli- cium dare, suffer punishment LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 21 surgo, -ere, surrexi, surrectus, rise, get up suscipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus, under- take, assume suscito, -are, -avi, -atus, arouse, awaken sustineo, -ere, -tinui, -tentus, hold up, maintain ; endure, withstand ; se sustinefe, stand up suus, -a, -um, reflex, poss. adj. and pro?i., his, her, hers, its, their, theirs tabella, -ae, /, writing tablet tabernaculum, -i, n., tent tabula, -ae, /, map taceo, -ere, -cui, -citus, be silent talis, -e, such tarn, adv., so, such tamen, conj., nevertheless tandem, adv., pray, pray now, now tango, -ere, tetigi, tactus, touch tantum, adv., only tantus, -a, -um, so great tardo, -are, -avi, -atus, check tardus, -a, -um, slow, dull, stupid ; backward, reluctant telum, -i, n., weapon, missile, spear tempestas, -atis,/l, storm; weather templum, -i, 71., temple tempto, -are, -avi, -atus, try, attempt tempus, -oris, n., time, season ; in reliquum tempus, for the future teneo, -ere, tenui, , hold, keep, retain; vestigia tenere, keep footing tentatio, -onis,/;, temptation, trial tergum, -i, ;2., back terra, -&e,/., earth, land terribilis, -e, dreadful, terrible terre6,-ere,-ui,-itus, frighten, terrify tertius, -a, -um, num. adj., third Theseus, -i, m., Theseus Tiberis, -eris, m., the Tiber timeo, -ere, -ui, , fear timidus, -a, -um, fearful, cowardly timor, -oris, m., fear toga,-ae,/, toga tolero, -are, -avi, -atus, bear, endure tot, indecl. adj., so many totus, -a, -um {gen. -ius, dat. -i), all, whole, entire (§ 502) trado, -ere, -didi, -ditus, give over, surrender ; pass along traddco, -ere, -duxi, -ductus, lead across trano, -are, -avi, , swim across trans, prep, with ace, across transeo, -ire, -ii, -itus, go across, cross transgredior, -gredi, -gressus sum, dep. verb, cross tres, tria, num. adj., three (§ 820) tribUnus, -i, m., tribune trigeminus, -a, -um, triplet tii, tui, per. pro7t., thou, you tuba, -ae, /, trumpet tum, adv., then, at that time tunicatus, -a, -um, dressed in a tunic turbidus, -a, -um, stormy turris, -is (-ium ; abl. turri ^r turre), f., tower tuus, -a, -um, poss. adj. atid pro7i., your, yours ubi, i7ite7'7'og. adi'. with verbs of rest, where (§ 502) ullus, -a, -um {gen. -ius, dat. -i), any umquam, adv., ever unde, adv., whence undecim, indecl. mmt, adj., eleven 22 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY undecimus, -a, -um, num. adj., eleventh undique, adv., on all sides universus, -a, -um, all together, all unus, -a, -um {^gen. ius, dat. -i), num. adj., one; alone (§ 815) urbs, urbis (-ium),/^, city [hard urgeo, -ere, ursi, , press, press usque, adv., even, even till ut, conj. with sudjv., that, in order that, so that, to ; with iridic, as uter, utra, utrum {gen. -ius, dat. -i), which? {of two) {^ 502) utrimque, adv., on both sides, from each side vadum, -i, «., shallow place, ford vagor, -ari, -atus sum, dep. verb, roam, wander vale, imper., good-by valeo, -ere, -ui, -iturus, be well, be in health, be powerful valetudo, -inis, /, state of health, health \cainp) vallum, -i, n., rampart, wall {of a vasto, -are, -avi, -atus, lay waste, devastate, destroy vates, -is (-ium), m. and f, bard, inspired singer [much vehementer, adv., strongly, very veho, -ere, vexi, vectus, carry venia, -ae,/i, favor venio, -ire, veni, ventus, come Venus, -eris, f, Venus verbum, -i, 71., word vereor, -eri, veritus sum, dep. verb, fear, respect vero, adv., in truth, verily vefto, -ere, verti, versus, turn verus, -a, -um, true, genuine ; verum dicere, tell the truth vesper, -eri, m., evening vester, -tra, -trum, poss. adj. and pron., your, yours vestigium, vestigi, n., step; vestigia tenere, keep footing veto, -are, -ui, -itus, forbid vexillum, -i, ;/., flag via, -ae,yi, way, road victoria, -ae,/;, victory video, -ere, vidi, visus, see vigilia, -ae,y^, watching ; watch {of the night) viginti, inded. num. adj., twenty villa, -ae, farm, villa, country seat, farmhouse vinco, -ere, vici, victus, conquer vinculum,-!, n., rope, cord, fetter vindico, -are, -avi, -atus, claim vinum, -i, n., wine vir, viri, m., man virga, -ae, /, rod virgo, -inis, f, maiden virtiis, virtutis,/^, manliness; cour- age, valor ; worth, virtue (§813) vis,(vis),yi, strength, power, violence vita, -ae,/;, life vix, adv., with difficulty, scarcely voco, -are, -avi, -atus, call volo, velle, volui, , irreg. verb, wish (§ 840) voliimen, -inis, n., roll voluntas, -atis, f, will vox, vocis, f, voice ; word ; magna vox, a loud voice vulnero, -are, -avi, -atus, wound vulnus, -eris, n., wound vultus,-us, ?/2., looks, expression ; face ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY a, an, common/y not translated abandon, relinquo, 3 able (be), possum, posse, potui, (§ 839) about, prep.^ de, with abl, about to, expressed byfut. act. part. absent (be), absum, -esse, afui, afii- turus (§ 838) abundance, copia, -ae,/! abundant, amplus, -a, -um accept, accipio, 3 according to, expressed by abl. across, trans, with ace. advance, procedo, 3 advise, moneo, 2 after, prep., post, with ace. after, conj., postquam ; often ex- pressed by past part. afterwards, postea against, in, with ace. aid, auxilium, auxHT, n. alarm, commoveo, 2 alarmed, commotus, -a, -um all, omnis, -e ; totus, -a, -um (§ 502) ally, socius, socT, 7n. alone, unus,-a,-um;solus,-a,-um(§502) already, iam always, semper ambassador, legatus, -1, m. among, apud, with ace. ample, amplus, -a, -um and, et, atque (ac), -que and so, itaque Andromeda, Andromeda, -ae,y^ animal, animal, -alis, ;/. announce, nuntio, i annoy, moleste fero another, alius, -a, -ud (§ 502) any, iillus, -a, -um (§ 502) approach, appropinquo, i, with dat. approach, n.^ adventus, -us, m. are, used as auxiliary., not trans- lated', as copula, sum (§838) are of, sum, with pred. gen. {cf. belong to) arms, arma, -orum, n. plur. army, exercitus, -us, in. arrival, adventus, -iis, m. arrive, pervenio, 4 art of war, res mllitaris ask, peto, 3 ; quaero, 3 ; rogo, i assault, oppugno, i assemble, convenio, 4 assistance, auxilium, auxi'li, n. at, in, with ace. or abl. ; with names of towns, locative case or abl. without a preposition (§ 484) ; tiine when or withift which, abL at once, statim Athens, Athenae, -arum,/! attack, v., oppugno, i attack, 71., impetus, -us, ;//.; make an attack upon, impetum facio in, with ace. 23 24 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY attempt, tempto, i attentively, dlligenter authority, auctaritas, -atis,/! away (be), absum, -esse, afuT, afutu- rus (§ 838) bad, malus, -a, -um (§456) baggage, impedimenta, -orum, n. plur. barbarians, barbari, -orum, m.plur. battle, proelium, proeli, ;/. be, sum, esse, ful, futurus (§ 838) be absent, be far, absum, -esse, afui, afuturus (§ 838) be afraid, timeo, 2 ; vereor, 2 be away, absum, -esse, afuT, afutu- rus (§ 838) be in command of, praesum, -esse, -fuT, -futurus, with dat. (§ 623) be informed, certior fio (§ 843) be off, be distant, absum, -esse, afuT, afuturus (§ 838) bear, fero, ferre, tulT, latus (§841) beautiful, pulcher, -chra, -chrum because, quod, co7ij. ; because (of), abl. of cause or propter with ace. become, f 10, fieri, factus sum (§ 843) been, expressed in verb for7n before, heretofore, adv.^ antea before, prep., ante, with ace, beg, beg for, peto, 3 begin, incipio, 3 believe, credo, 3, with dat. (§ 224) belong to, see are of benefit, beneficium, benefi'ci, n. best, optimus, superl. ^ bonus better, melior, comp. ^t/" bonus between, inter, with ace. boat, navigium, navi'gl, n.\ navis, -is,/ body, corpus, -oris, n. book, liber, librl, m. both . . . and, et . . . et bound, contineo, 2 boy, puer, -eri, m, brave, fortis, -e bravely, fortiter bridge, pons, pontis, 7n. bring, bring to, adduco, 3 bring upon, Infero, -ferre, -tuli, -latus, with ace. a7id dat. (§ 841) Britain, Britannia, -ae, f. Britons, Britannl, -orum, ;//. brother, frater, -tris, 771. Brutus, Brutus, -1, 771. build, pono, 3 ; facio, 3 burn, incendo, 3 business, negotium, nego'tl, 71. but, however, autem, sed by, a, ab, with abl. ; de7ioti7tg 7neans^ abl. alo7te ; so77ieti77tes ifnplied i7i a participle Caesar, Caesar, -aris, tTt. call, voco, I ; appello, i call out, evoco, i call together; con voco, i camp, castra, -orum, 71. plur. can, could, possum, posse^ potui, (§ 839) capital, caput, capitis, n. Capitolium, Capitolium, Capito'll, n. captive, captlvus, -I, 771. capture, capio, 3 ; occup5, i carry, fero, ferre, tuli, latus (§841); porto, I carry on, gero, 3 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 25 cause, v., expressed by facio fol- lowed by ut and subjv, clause of result cause, n.^ causa, -ae,/. cavalry, equitatus, -us, in. ; (of) cav- alry, equester, -tris, -tre certain (a), quidam, quaedam, quod- dam (quiddam) (§831) certain, sure, certus, -a, -um certainly, certe chief, princeps, -ipis, m. children, llberl, -orum, in. plur. choose, deligo, 3 choose, elect, creo, i citizen, cTvis, -is, m. andf. (§412. a) city, urbs, urbis,/! claim attention, animum teneo climb, ascendo, 3 cohort, cohors, -rtis, f collect, cogo, 3 come, venio, 4 command, impero, i, with dat. (§ 224); iubeo, 2; praesum, -esse, -fuT, -futurus, with dat. (§ 623) commander, dux, duels, m. ; im- perator, -oris, m. common, communis, -e commonwealth, res publica, rei piib- licae compel, cogo, 3 concerning, de, with abl. condition, condicio, -onis,y^ conquer, supero, i ; vinco, 3 consider, existimo, i construct (a ditch), perducd, 3 ; duco, 3 consul, consul, c5nsulis, m. consult, consulo, 3 Cornelius, Cornelius, Corne'li, m. cottage, casa, -ae, f. could, see can country, as distinguished from the city^ rus, ruris, n.\ as territory, fines, -ium, in. plur. country, fatherland, patria, -ae, / country house, country seat, farm, villa, -ae, f courage, virtus, -litis, y; courageous, fortis, -e cowardly, timidus, -a, -um cross, transeo, -Ire, -ivi (-ii), -itus, 4 (§ 842) crowd, multitudd, -inis,/! crowded, creber, -bra, -brum custom, consuetudo, -inis,/! cut off, intercliJdo, 3 danger, perTculum, -T, n. dare, audeo, audere, ausus sum daughter, filia, -ae,/ (§ 70. a) day, dies, -ei, m. daybreak, daylight, prima lux death, mors, mortis,/ deed, res, rei,/; factum, -I, n. deep, altus, -a, -um defend, defendo, 3 defense, praesidium, praesi'di, n. demand, postulo, i Dentatus, Dentatus, -1, m. deny, neg5, i depart, depart from, discedo, 3 ; exe5, -Ire, -IvI (-il), -iturus (§ 842): excedd, 3 desert, relinquo, 3 desire, cupia, 3 desirous of, cupidus, -a, -um, with gen. (§554) different, dissimilis, -e 26 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY difficult, difficilis, -e (§ 457) difficulty, difficultas, -atis,/i diligence, diligentia, -ae, f. diligently, dlligenter display, ostendo, 3 distance, spatium, spati, n. distant (be), absum, -esse, afui, afu- tarus (§ 838) ditch, fossa, -ae,/ do, ago, 3 ; facio, 3 ; when used as auxiliary, not translated do completely, conficio, 3 do harm to, noceo, 2, with dat. (§ 224) down from, de, with abl. draw up, Tnstruo, 3 drive, ago, 3 drive out, pell 5, 3 ; expello, 3 due the state, publicus, -a, -um dull, slow, tardus, -a, -um duty, officium, offi'ci, n. dwell, habito, i ; incolo, 3 each, quisque, quaeque, quidque (quodque)(§83i) each other, inter with ace. of a reflex, pron. eager, acer, acris, acre eager (be) for, studeo, 2, with dat. (§ 224) easily, facile easy, facilis, -e either . . . or, aut . . . aut elapse (suffer to ^r let), intermitto, 3 encourage, confirmo, i enemy, hostis, -is, m. and/. ; inimi- cus, -T, m. enough, satis, indecl. enroll, c5nscribo, 3 entire, totus, -a, -um (§ 502) equal, aequus, -a, -um even, etiam ; not even, ne . . . qui- dem evil, malus, -a, -um (§ 456) example, exemplum, -1, 71. expect, exspecto, i expose, committo, 3 extend, pateo, 2 ; pertineo, 2 fact, res, reT,/i faith, fides, fide!,/! fame, f ama, -ae, f. famous, clarus, -a, -um far, far away, far distant, longe farm, villa, -ae, f. farmer, agricola, -ae, in. farther, adj.^ ulterior, -ius; adv.^ longius father, pater, patris, m. fatherland, patria, -ae,/! favor, faveo, 2, with dat. (§ 224) favor, gratia, -ae,/; favorable, idoneus, -a, -um fear, timor, -5ris, in. fear, be afraid, timed, 2 ; vereor, 2 few, pauci, -ae, -a field, ager, agri, m. fifth, quTntus, -a, -um fight, contendo, 3 ; pugno, i ; fight a battle, proelium facio finally, denique find, invenio, 4 finish, conficio, 3 fire, ignis, -is, m. (§ 412. a) first, adj.^ primus, -a, -um first, adv.., referring to order., pri- mum ; referring to time., primo fitting (be), oportet, 3 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 27 five, quTnque flee, fugio, 3 flight, fuga, -ae,/ follow, sequor, 3 foot, pes, pedis, m. foot soldier, pedes, -itis, m. for, prep., sign of dat. ; de, pro {iit behalf of \ with abl.\ to express purpose, ad, with gerundive ; in expressions of ti?ne or space per 7nay be used, but usually it is implied in ace. of time and of extent of space for, co7tj., enim (^postpositive), nam for a long time, diu for the future, in reliquum tempus forbid, veto, i force, vis, (vis),/ (§813) forces, copiae, -2SMm., f plur, foresee, provideo, 2 forest, silva, -ae, f formerly, antea fort, castrum, -T, n. fortify, munio, 4 fortify (all) about, circummunio, 4 fortune, fortuna, -ae,/ four, quattuor fourth, quartus, -a, -um free, liber, -era, -erum free, liberate, llbero, i frequent, creber, -bra, -brum fresh, integer, -gra, -grum friend, amicus, -1, m. friendly, amicus, -a, -um friendship, amicitia, -ae, f frighten, perterreo, 2 from, a or ab, de, e, ex, with abl. Often expressed by the abl. of separation without a p7'ep. Galba, Galba, -ae, ;;/. garrison, praesidium, praesi'dl, n. gate, porta, -ae, f Gaul, Gallia, -ae, / Gaul (a), Callus, -1, ;;/. general, imperator, -oris, m. Germans (the), CermanI, -orum, m. plur. Germany, Cermania, -ae,/ girl, puella, -ae,/ give, do, dare, dedi, datus (§ 161 . N.) give back, reddo, 3 give a right of way, iter do go, eo, ire, il (Ivi), itOrus (§ 842) go out, exced5, 3 god, deus, -i, m. goddess, dea, -ae,/ (§ 70. a) gold, aurum, -\,n. good, bonus, -a, -um (§ 456) grain, frumentum, -I, n. grain supply, res frumentaria great, magnus, -a, -um (§456) greatest, maximus, -a, -um ; sum- mus, -a, -um greatly, magnopere greatness, magnitude, -inis,/ Greece, Craecia, -ae, / grief, dolor, -oris, fn. guard, praesidium, praesi'di, n. had, as auxiliary, expressed i?i verb form hand, manus, -iis,/ harm, noceo, 2, with dat. (§ 224) has, as auxiliary, expressed in verb form hasten, contendo, 3 ; propero, i have, habeo, 2 ; whe7t auxilia7y of perfect, 7iot expressed 28 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY he, is, hie, ille, or not expressed head, caput, -itis, n. hear, audio, 4 heart, animus, -T, ;//. heavy, gravis, -e height, altituda, -inis,/; Helvetii (the), Helvetil, -orum, 7n. piur. hem in, contine5, 2 her, eius, huius, istius, illius ; reflex., suus, -a, -urn (§ 135) heretofore, antea herself, suT. See self high, altus, -a, -um highest, summus, -a, -um him, see he himself, sul. See self hinder, prohibeo, 2 ; impedio, 4 hindrance, impedlmentum, -T, 11. his, eius, huius, istius, illius ; reflex.^ suus, -a, -um (§135) hold, teneo, 2 ; obtineo, 2 hold back, retineo, 2 home, domus, -us, f. (§813); at home, domi (§ 485) hope, 7/., spero, i hope, n., spes, spei,yi horn, cornu, -us, n. horse, equus, -T, m. horseman, eques, -itis, m. hostile, inimlcus, -a, -um hour, hora, -ae, f. how, quam ; how far, quam longe ; how long, quam diu hurl, iacid, 3 ; conici5, 3 I, ego (§ 825), or not expressed if, sT ; if not, nisi immediately, statim in, of place, in, with abl.\ of time or of respect, abl. without prep. in command of (be), praesum, -esse, -fui, -futurus, with dat. (§ 623) in order that, ut, with subjv.\ in order that not, lest, ne, with subjv. in the presence of, apud,/r(?/. with ace, in truth, verd in vain, frustra industry, dlligentia, -ae,y; infantry, pedes, -itis, in. infantry (of), pedester, -tris, -tre inflict punishment upon, suppli- cium sumo de, with abl. influence, adduco, 3 inform someone, aliquem certiorem facio injure, noce5, 2, with dat. (§ 224) injury, iniQria, -ae,/! inquire, quaero, 3 intend, in animo esse, with dat. into, in, with ace. intrust, committa, 3 is, used as auxiliary^ not trans- lated-^ as copula^ sum, esse, fui, futurus (§ 838) island, Insula, -ae,yC it, is, hie, iste, or not expi'essed Italy, Italia, -ae,y; its, eius, huius, istius, illius ; reflex., suus, -a, -um (§ 135) itself, sui. See self join together, committa, 3 journey, iter, itineris, n. (§813) judgment, iudieium, iudi'el, n. justice, ius, iuris, n. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 29 keep (in), restrain, contineo, 2 keep (out or from), prohibeo, 2 kill, interficio, 3 ; neco, i kind, genus, -eris, n. king, rex, regis, m. kingdom, regnum, -T, n. know, cognosco, "ii^in perf. tenses \ scio, 4 known, notus, -a, -um labor, v.^ laboro, i labor, ;z., labor, -oris, m.\ opera, -ae,/ lack, -z/., desum, deesse, defuT, de- futurus, with dat. (§ 623) lack, n.^ inopia, -ae,/! lacking (be), desum, deesse, defuT, defuturus, with dat. (§ 623) lamp, lucerna, -ae,/! land, terra, -ae, f. language, lingua, -ae,y; large, magnus, -a, -um law, lex, legis,/ lay down, lay aside, depono, 3 lay waste, vasto, i lead, duco, 3 lead across, traduco, 3 lead away, abduco, 3 lead back, reduc5, 3 lead forward, produco, 3 lead in, conduct, indQco, 3 lead out, lead forth, educo, 3 lead through, perdQco, 3 lead to, adduco, 3 Leander, Leander, -dri, m. learn, know {in perf. tenses\ cog- n5sco, 3 leave, depart from, discedo, 3 leave behind, abandon, relinquo, 3 leave off, intermitto, 3 left, sinister, -tra, -trum legion, legio, -onis,y; length, longitudo, -inis,y; Lesbia, Lesbia, -ae, f. lest, ne, with subjv. liberty, ITbertas, -atis,/] lieutenant, legatus, -T, m. life, vita, -ae,/; light, levis, -e light, lux, lucis,/. lightly, leviter like, adj.^ similis, -e (§ 457) like, love, amo, i line of battle, acies, aciel,y; listen, audio, 4 little, parvus, -a, -um (§ 456) little, by a little, paulo live, habito, i ; incolo, 3 lofty, altus, -a, -um long, longus, -a, -um long, for a long time, diu look at, specto, i look for, quaero, 3 look out for, pro video, 2 lose, amitto, 3 love, amo, I loyal, firmus, -a, -um make, facia, 3 (§ 843) make a speech, orationem habeo make war upon, bellum infero, with. dat. (§ 623) man, homo, -inis, rn. and/. (§ 813); vir, virT, fn. manner, modus, -T, m. many, multl, -ae, -a march, iter, itineris, ?i. (§ 813) march (to), iter facio 30 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY Marcus, Marcus, -T, 7n. Mark, Marcus, -i, in. marry, in matrimonium duco matter, negotium, nego'ti, 7t. ; res, rei,/ me, see I means, by means of, expressed by the abl. meanwhile, inthe meantime, interim memory, memoria, -ae, f. method, ratio, -onis,/! midst of, medius, -a, -um * mile, mille passus (§ 536); plur., mllia passuum military, mllitaris, -e mind, animus, -1, in. ; mens, men- tis,/ mine, meus, -a, -um Minerva, Minerva, -ae,/ Minotaur, MInotaurus; -T, m. money, pecunia, -ae,/ month, mensis, -is, m. more, adj., plus, pluris (§ 458), or expressed by a comparative-., adv.., magis most, adj.., plurimus, -a, -um, or expressed by a superl. ; adv., maxime, plurimum mother, mater, matris,/ mountain, mons, mentis, m. move, moveo, 2 move deeply, commoveo, 2 ; per- moveo, 2 moved, commotus, -a, -um ; perm5- tus, -a, -um much (by), multo Mucins, Mucius, Mud, m. multitude, multitude, -inis,/ my, meus, -a, -um name, nomen, -inis, n. native land, patria, -ae,/ nature, natura, -ae,/ near, propinquus, -a, -um nearest, proximus, -a, -um necessary (be), oportet, 3 neighbor, finitimus, -1, m. neighboring, finitimus, -a, -um neither (of two), neuter, neutra, neutrum (§ 502) neither, neque or nee ; neither . . . nor, neque (nee) . . . neque (nee) never, numquam nevertheless, tamen new, novus, -a, -um next, proximus, -a, -um night, nox, noctis,/ nine, novem no, minime, or repeat verb with a negative (§ no) no, none, nullus, -a, -um (§ 503) no one, nem5, nullius noble, n5bTlis, -e nor, neque or nee not, non not at all, minime not even, ne . . . quidem nothing, nihil or nihilum, -1, n. now, nunc, iam number, numerus, -1, m. 0, usually expressed by a vocative, occasionally by the interj. O obey, pared, 2, with dat. (§ 224) observe, specto, i of, sign of gen. ; de, with abl. ; out of, e or ex, with abl. offer, pr6pon5, 3 often, saepe ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 31 on, of place, in, with abl.\ of time, abl. 'without prep. on account of, propter, with acc.\ abl. of cause once (upon a time), olim one, unus, -a, -um (§815) one . . . another, of several, alius . . . alius ; the one . . . the other, of two, alter . . . alter (§ 504) only, solum, tantum only a few, pauci, -ae, -a onto, see on or, aut oration, oratio, -onis, f order, impero, i ; iubeo, 2 other, alius, -a, -ud (§ 503) ; the one . . . the other, of two, alter . . . alter (§ 504) others (the), reliquT, -orum, m. plur. ought, debeo, 3 our, noster, -tra, -trum out from, outside of, e or ex with abl. overcome, supero, i ; vinco, 3 owe, debeo, 2 own (his, her, its, their), suus, -a, -um pace, passus, -us, m. pain, dolor, -oris, m. part, pars, partis,/! peace, pax, pacis,/] penalty, poena, -ae, /!; supplicium, SUppli'ci, 71. people, populus, -T, 7n. perceive, sentid, 4 peril, perlculum, -T, n. Perseus, Perseus, -T, m. persuade, persuaded, 2, with dat. (§ 224) pertain, pertined, 2 place, n., locus, -T, m.; plur., loca, -orum, n. place, put, pon5, 3 ; loco, i place in command of, praeficio, 3, with ace. and dat. (§ 623) plan (a), consilium, consi'lT, n. ; ratio, -onis,_/i plead, dlco, 3 please, placed, 2, with dat. (§ 224) pleasing, gratus, -a, -um plenty, copia, -ae,/. poet, poeta, -ae, m. poor, miser, misera, miserum possess, obtineo, 2 power, imperium, impe'rl, n. ; po- testas, -atis,.y] powerful, be most powerful, pluri- mum possum praise, laudo, i praise, laus, laudis,/^ prefer, malo, malle, maluT, (§ 840) prepare, prepare for, paro, i, with ace. preserve, servo, i ; conservo, i press hard, premo, 3 pretty, pulcher, -chra, -chrum prize, praemium, praemT, n. protection, fides, fidei,/; provide, compare, i public, publicus, -a, -um punishment, poena, -ae, f ; suppli- cium, suppli'cT, n. purpose, for the purpose of, ut or qui, with subjv. ; ad, with ger- und or gerundive ; causa, follow- ing the genitive of a gerund or gerundive 32 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY put, pon5, 3 put down, depono, 3 put to death, in mortem do put to flight, in fugam do queen, reglna, -ae,/ quickly, celeriter Quintus, Qulntus, -I, m. rampart, vallum, -T, n. rank, ordo, -inis, 7n. rather, see wish rather reach, pertineo, 2 ; pateo, 2 realm, regnum, -T, n. reason, causa, -ae,/] receive, accipio, 3 remain, maneo, 2; permaned, 2 remainder (the), reliqui, -orum, m. plur. remaining, reliquus, -a, -um remarkable, egregius, -a, -um remember, memoria tened reply, respondeo, 2 report, fama, -ae,/; republic, res publica reputation, fama, -ae,y. resist, resisto, 3, with dat. (§ 224) respect, vereor, 2 rest (the), reliquT, -orum, m. plur. restrain, contined, 2 retain, retineo, 2 return, give back, redda, 3 revolution, res novae, f. plur. reward, praemium, praemT, //. Rhine, Rhenus, -T, ;;/. right, adj., dexter, -tra, -trum right, n., ius, iuris, //. ; give a right of way, iter facio river, fliimen, -inis, n. road, via, viae,/! Roman, Romanus, -a, -um; often used as a noun Rome, Roma, -ae,yi Romulus, Romulus, -T, m. route, iter, itineris, n. rule, rego, 3 rumor, fama, -ae,/: sacred, sacer, -era, -crum safety, s,alus, -utis,y^ sail, navigo, i sailor, nauta, -ae, m. same. Idem, eadem, idem (§ 518) satisfaction (give), satis facia, 3, with dat. satisfactory, satis, indecl. savage, barbarus, -a, -um savages, barbarl, -arum, in. plur. save, servo, i say, dica, 3 ; say not, nega, i scarcity, inopia, -ae,/! school, ludus, -T, m. science of war, res mllitaris,/! scout, explarator, -aris, 7n. sea, mare, -is, 7t. second, secundus, -a, -um see, videa, 2 seek, peta, 3 ; quaera, 3 seem, videor, 2, pass, ofvidtb seize, rapia, 3 ; occupa, I self, ipse, -a, -um (§ 517); suT (§ 512) senate, senatus, -ils, in. send, mitta, 3 send ahead or forward, praemitta, 3 send away, dfmitta, 3 ; amitta, 3 send back, remitta, 3 serious, gravis, -e set fire to, incenda, 3 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 33 set forth, propono, 3 settle, sedeo, 2 seven, septem seventh, septimus, -a, -um several, plures, plura severe, gravis, -e severely, graviter Sextus, Sextus, -J, in. shall, expressed by future tense sharp, acer, acris, acre [^expressed she, ea, haec, ista, ilia (§ 205), oritot ship, navis, -is,/! (§412. a) shore, ora, -ae,/! short, brevis, -e show, demonstro, i ; ostendo, 3 signal, signum, -T, n. similar, similis, -e since, cum (§ 642) sister, soror, -oris,/! sit, sedeo, 2 size, magnitudo, -inis,_/^ six, sex sixth, sextus, -a, -um skillful, skilled, perltus, -a, -um slaughter, caedes, -is,/! slave, servus, -T, m. slavery, servitus, -iitis,/! slow, tardus, -a, -um slowly, tarde small, parvus, -a, -um smallest, minimus, -a, -um so, ita, SIC, tam so great, tantus, -a, -um so that, ut ; so that not, ut non soldier, miles, -itis, m. some, often not expressed \ aliquT, aliqua, aliquod (§831) some . . . others, alii . . . alii (§ 504) someone, aliquis (§831) something, aliquid (§831) son, filius, fill, in. soon, mox sovereignty, regnum, -T, n. space, spatium, spati, ;/. speak, dlco, 3 spear, telum, -T, ;/. speech, oratio, -bms^f. spirit, animus, -T, m. spur, calcar, -aris, n. spy, explorator, -oris, ;//. stand still, take a stand, consisto, 3 state, cTvitas, -atis,/I stay, permaneo, 2 steadfast, flrmus, -a, -um storm, oppugn5, i ; take by storm, expugno, I story, fabula, -ae,/! strange, novus, -a, -um street, via, -ae, f strength, vTs, (vis),/ strong, fortis, -e ; flrmus, -a, -um stupid, tardus, -a, -um subdue, paco, i such, talis, -e suffer, patior, 3 ; laboro, i suffer punishment, poenam or sup- plicium do sufficient, satis, indecl. suitable, idoneus, -a, -um summer, aestas, -atis, f summon, voco, i supply, copia, -ae, f supreme, summus, -a, -um sure, certus, -a, -um suspend, intermitto, 3 swift, celer, -eris, -ere swiftly, celeriter swiftness, celeritas, -atis, f. 34 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY take, sumo, 3 take, capture, take up, capio, 3 take back, recipio, 3 take by storm, expugno, i tall, altus, -a, -um teach, doceo, 2 tell, dico, 3 ; narro, i ten, decern tenth, decimus, -a, -um terrified, perterritus, -a, -um terrify, perterreo, 2 territory, fines, -lum, m.plur. than, quam thank, gratias ag5, with dat. that, demon. p7on.,\s (§ 203), iste, ille (§ 524); rel.pron., qui, quae, quod that, in order that, in purpose clauses^ ut that not, lest, in purpose clauses^ ne the, not expressed the one, the other {of two), alter, altera, alterum their, gen. plur. o/is ; reflex., suus, -a,-um(§ 135) their own, suus, -a, -um (§ 135) them, see they then, at that time, tum then, in the next place, deinde there, as expletive, not exp7'essed there, in that place, ibi therefore, itaque these, see this Theseus, Theseus, -T, m. they, ii, hi, isti, illT, or not expressed (§ 205) thick, creber, -bra, -brum thing, res, rel,/: think, arbitror, i ; exTstimo, i ; put5, I third, tertius, -a, -um this, hie, haec, hoc (§ 523); is, ea, id (§ 203) those, see that, dein.pron. though, cum thousand, mllle (§ 536) three, tres, tria (§ 824) three hundred, trecenti, -ae, -a through, per, with ace. throw, iacio, 3 throw down, deicio, 3 time, tempus, -oris, n. timid, timidus, -a, -um to, sign of dat. ; ad, in, with ace. ; expressing purpose, ut, qui, with subjv. ; ad, with gerund or ge- rujidive to each other, inter with ace. of a reflex, pron. toil, laboro, i top of, summus, -a, -um tower, turris, -\s,f. town, oppidum, -T, n. troops, copiae, -2SMVi\, f plur. true, verus, -a, -um try, tempto, i twelfth, duodecimus, -a, -um twelve, duodecim two, duo, duae, duo (§ 824) two hundred, ducenti, -ae, -a undertake, suscipio, 3 unfavorable, inlquus, -a, -um unskilled, imperitus, -a, -um unwilling (be), not willing, nolo, n5lle, noluT, (§ 840) Uphold, sustined, 2 urge, hortor, i us, nos, ace. plur. of ego (§ 509) ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 35 valor, virtus, -utis,/ very, superl. degree^ maxime ; inten- sive^ ipse, -a, -um (§517) victory, victoria, -ae, f. villa, villa, -ae,/! violence, vTs, (vis),/ (§419) wage, gero, 3 wait, wait for, exspecto, i wall, murus, -T, in. ; vallum, -I, n. want, inopia, -ae,/! war, bellum, -T, n. warn, moned, 2 was, see be water, aqua, -ae, f. way, manner, modus, -T, in. ; rati5, -onis,/! we, nbs.plur. oftgo{% 509); or not expressed wear, gero, 3 well, bene well-known, notus, -a, -um were, see be what, quis (qui), quae, quid (quod) (§§ 394, 395) when, ubi, cum (§641); often ex- pressed by a participle whether, intrvditcing an indirect question^ num where, ubi which, qui, quae, quod(§ 387) ; which of two, uter, utra, utrum (§ 503) whither, quo who, rel.^ qui, quae (§ 387) ; inter- rog., quis (§ 394) whose, cuius or quorum, quarum, quorum, gen. ^quT, quae, quod, rel. (§ 387), or of quis, quid, in- terrog (§ 394) why, cur wicked, malus, -a, -um wide, latus, -a, -um will, expressed by future tense willing (be), volo, velle, volui, (§ 840) wind, ventus, -T, nt. wing, cornu, -us, n. winter, hiems, -emis, f wisdom, sapientia, -ae,/! wish, cupio, 3 ; volo, velle, voluT, (§ 840) wish not, nolo, nolle, nolui, (§ 840) wish rather, malo, malle, maluT, — (§ 840) with, cum, with abl. ; sometimes abl. alone withdraw, me recipio without, sine, with ahL woman, mulier, -eris,/'. work, labora, i worst, pessimus, -a, -um, sziperl. of malus wound, verb, vulnero, i wound, n.., vulnus, -eris, n. wretched, miser, -era, -crum write, scrlbo, 3 wrong, iniuria, -ae, f year, annus, -T, m. yes, certe, ita, vero, or, more usu- ally, repeat the verb (§ no) yet, tamen you, sing., tu ; plur., vos (§ 509); or not expressed your, sing., tuus, -a, -um ; plur.^ vester, -tra, -trum (§ 133) yourself, tu INDEX The numbers, unless pages are specified, refer to sections a or ab, 79, 80, 8 1, 171 abbreviations, Latin, p. 383 ablative case, 65-67 absolute, 396-400 of accompaniment, 167 of agent, 261 of cause, 165 of description, 561, 562 of manner, 168 of means or instrument, 166 of measure of difference, 451, 452 of place from which, 295, 482 of place in which, 483 of respect, 551, 552 of separation, 296 of time, 492, 493 accent, 13, 14 accompaniment, abl. of, 167 accusative case, 32 of duration or extent, 546-548 object, 35 of place to which, 481, 484 predicate, 681-684 with prepositions, 78, 358 as subject of the infinitive, 368 adjectives, 19, 87-92 agreement, 90-91 comparison, regular, 441-444; by adverbs, 472; irregular, 456-458 with the dative, 129, 130 declension of comparatives, 450 of first and second declensions, 1 1 5, 116, 120, 126-128 position of, 92 possessive, 132-137 of third declension, 428-431, 435, 438 adverbs, 122 comparison, 466 formation, regular, 461-465 ; irreg- ular, 470, 47 1 position of, 123 agent, expressed by the abl. with a or ab, 261 ; by the dat., 728, 729 agreement of adjectives, 90, 91 of appositives, 104 of predicate nouns, 61 of relative pronouns, 389, 390 of verbs, 48 aliquis, 528 alius, 502-505 alphabet, 1-3 alter, 502-504 antepenult, 10.^; accent of, 14 appendix, grammatical, 804-843 apposition, 103, 104 article, not used in Latin, 27, note Baculus the Centurion, story of, pp. *- 283-293 base, 71 cardinal numerals, 522-537, 543 case, 31, 32 causal clauses with cum, 640, 642, 643 cause, expressed by the abl., 165 characteristic, subjv. of, 721-723 37 38 INDEX clauses, 384, 385 ; noun or substantive clause, 600 comparative, declension of, 450 comparison abl. of, 309 of adjectives, 441-445; irregular, 456-458 ; six adjectives in -lis, 457 of adverbs, regular, 466 ; irregular, 471 degrees of, 441 complementary infinitive, 369 compound verbs with the dative, 622, 623 concessive clauses with cum, 640, 642, 643 conjugation stems, 1 54, 300-303 conjugations, 140; the four regular, 1 53 ; irregular, 838-843 consonants, 2 ; sounds of, 7 copula, 26 cum, conjunction, 639-643 cum, preposition, 358. a ; enclitic use, 513 dative case, 52-55 with adjectives, 129, 130 of agent, 728, 729 with compound verbs, 622, 623 of indirect object, 56-59 position of, 59 of purpose or end for which, 685, 686 with special verbs, 222-224 dea, declension of, 70. a declension, 29, 30, 68, 69; general rules of, 108 demonstrative adjectives and pro- nouns, 201-205, 51^' 521-524 deponent verbs, 557-560, 569 derivation, see prefixes and suffixes descriptive ablative and genitive, 561, 562 descriptive relative clause, with the subjv., 721-723 difference, measure of, 450, 451 diphthongs, 6 direct statements, 652 domi, locative, 485 domus, declension of, 813 duration of time, expressed by the ace, 546, 547 e or ex, 1 7 1 ego, declension of, 509 enclitics, 230. a English-Latin vocabulary, pp. 23-25 (at the end) eo, conjugation of, 842 extent of space, expressed by the ace, 546, 547 fero, conjugation of, 841 fifth declension, 488-490 filia, declension of, 70. a filius, declension of, 117 fi5, conjugation of, 843 first conjugation, 157 first declension, 70 formation of words, see prefixes and suffixes fourth conjugation, 2 1 7 fourth declension, 475-477 from, how expressed, 294-296 future infinitive, active, 356 future participle, 565, 567 future perfect, formation of, active, 330 ; passive, 348 future tense, formation of, 183, 267 gender in English and in Latin, 83-85 in the first declension, 86 in the second declension, 97 in the third declension, 496 in the fourth declension, 476 in the fifth declension, 489 of an infinitive, 370. a INDEX 39 general rules of declension, io8 genitive case with adjectives, 553, 554 of description, 561, 562 of nouns in -ms and -ium^ 1 17 partitive, or of the whole, 540, 541 position of, 41 of the possessor, 34, 150 gerund, a verbal noun, 691-696 with adX.o express purpose, 696, 697 with causa to express purpose, 696, 697 gerundive, a verbal adjective, 697 with ad to express purpose, 697. 5 with ^izwjjto express purpose, 697. 5 hie, declension and use of, 521-523, 828 inflection, defined, 28, 29 intensive pronoun, ipse, declension and use of, 516, 517, 827 interrogative pronouns, 393-395 intransitive verbs, defined, 25 ; with the dative, 222-224 io-verbsof the third conj., 24i„242,836 ipse, declension and use of, 516, 517, 827 irregular adjectives, 502-505 irregular comparison, of adjectives, 456,457,820; of adverbs, 471,822 irregular nouns, 70. ^, 419, 813 irregular verbs, 838-843 is, declension and use of, 203, 205, 828 iste, declension and use of, 521, 522, 524, 828 iter, declension of, 419, 813 i, consonant, 3 i-stems of nouns, 412, 413, 416 idem, declension of, 518, 828 ille, declension and use of, 521, 522, 524, 828 imperative, formation of, 246-250, 286 ; in commands, 246 ; irreg- ular, p. 100, ftn. I indefinite pronouns and adjectives, 527-529, 811 independent or main clauses, 384 indirect object, 56-59, 222-224, 622, 623 indirect questions, 667-671 indirect statements, 652-654, 656-658 infinitive complementary, 369 definition of, 284 does not express purpose, 587 formation of, 285, 332, 354-356 in indirect statements, 654-656 as noun, 370 as object, 366, 367 used as in English, 369, 370 Latin abbreviations, p. 383 Latin-English vocabulary, pp. 1-22 (at the end) Latin order of words, 197-199 Latin play, Perseus and Andromeda, pp. 279-282 Latin songs, pp. 294-297 locative case, 485 magis, maxime, comparison by, 472 malo, conjugation of, 840 manner, abl. of, 168 means, abl. of, 166 measure of difference, abl. of, 451, 452 mille, declension of, 536, 824 ; con- struction with, 542 moods, defined, 142 indicative, 147 subjunctive, 577, 582 -ne, enclitic, in questions, 109 ne, conj., that not, lest, with negative clauses of purpose, 589, 602 nine irregular adjectives, 502-505 40 INDEX nolo, conjugation of, 840 nominative case, 33 nonne, in questions, 251 nos, declension of, 509 nouns, 17 first declension, 70 second declension, 96-98, 102, 107, 117 third declension, 404, 405, 408, 412, 413,416 fourth declension, 475-477 fifth declension, 488-49P niillus, declension of, 503 num, in questions, 251, 670 number, 45-47, 145 numerals, 532-537, 539, 823, 824 object, direct, 35 ; indirect, 56-59, 222- 224, 622, 623 order of words, 197-199 ordinal numerals, 539, 823 original stories, pp. 263-271 participial stem, 302, 347 participles, defined, 344 agreement of, 349 declension of, 566, 817 of deponent verbs, 560, 569 formation of, 565 tenses of, 565 partitive genitive, 540, 541 parts of speech, 16-20 passive voice, defined, 141 ; formation of, 256, 267, 348 past indicative, formation and use of, 176-178, 267 past passive participle, 565, 567 past perfect indicative, active, 325; passive, 348 past perfect subjunctive, 61 1 penult, lo.r; accent of, 13, 14 perfect indicative distinguished from the past, 314 formation, in the active, 315; in the passive, 348 meaning of, 311-314 past absolute, 313 present perfect, 312 perfect infinitive, active, 332 ; pas- sive, 355 perfect stem, 301 perfect subjunctive, 610 periphrastic conjugation, active, 726; passive, 727 Perseus and Andromeda, Latin play, pp. 279-282 person, 146 personal endings, active, 146, 177, 248, 304; passive, 256, 286 personal pronouns, 509, 510 place, where, whither, whence, 480- 485 ; names of towns and domus and riis, 484, 485 plus, declension of, 458 position of adjective, 91, 198. ^, 199 of adverb, 123, 198./ of demonstrative, 204 of direct object, 59, 198.^ of genitive, 41 of indirect object, 59, 198. b of possessive, 137, 198.^ of subject, 40, 198.^! of verb, 40, 198. a of vocative, 99, 198. c possessive pronouns, 132-137 possum, conjugation of, 362, 839 predicate, defined, 23 predicate accusative, 681-684 predicate adjective, defined, 93 predicate noun, 60, 61 prefixes, 238, 258, 341, 373-375' 497 prepositions, with the abl., 79, 358. a ; with the ace, 78, 358. b present active participle, 565, 568,817 present indicative, 158-160, 256 INDEX 41 present stem, 154, 155 present subjunctive, 579-581, 585, 586 primary tenses, 593, 594 principal parts, 299 pronouns classification of, 508 defined, 18 demonstrative, 201-205, 518, 521- 524, 828 indefinite, 527-529, 831 intensive, 516, 517, 827 interrogative, 393-395, 830 personal, 509, 510 possessive, 132-137 reflexive, 511, 512 relative, 386-390 pronunciation, 4-7 purpose dative of, 685, 686 expressed by the gerund or gerun- dive with ad or caicsd, 696, 697 not expressed by the infinitive, 587 subjunctive of, 587-589, 601-603 quality, gen. or abl. of, 561, 562 quam, with a comparative, 445, 446 quantity, 11, 12, 194 -que, 230 questions, direct, 109, no, 251, 252; indirect, 667-671 qui, declension anduse of, 387-390, 589 quidam, 528, 831 quis, indefinite, 528 ; interrogative, 394, 395 quisque, 528, 831 reflexive pronouns, 511, 512 relative clauses of characteristic or description, 721-723 relative clauses of purpose, 587-589 relative pronouns, 386-390 respect, expressed by abl., 551, 552 result clauses, 615-619 reviews, 732-803 rules for spelling, 573, 630, 631 rules of syntax, pp. 321-324 rus, constructions of, 484, 485 se, distinguished from ipse, 516. « second conjugation, 188, 833 second declension, 96-98, 102, 107 selections for sight reading, pp. 273- 278 sentences, simple, complex, com- pound, 380-383 separation, abl. of, 296 sequence of tenses, 593-596 shortening of vowels, 194 songs, Latin, pp. 294-297 sounds of letters, 4-7 space, extent of, expressed by the ace, 546, 547 spelling, rules for, 573, 630, 631 stems, of nouns, 404. a ; of verbs, 154, 300-302 subject, defined, 22 ; case of, 33 ; of theinfinitive, 368 ; position of, 40 subjunctive, formation of the past, 592 of the past perfect, 611 of the perfect, 610 of the present, 579, 581, 585, 586 subjunctive constructions characteristic or description, 722, 723 indirect questions, 66'j-6'ji purpose, 587-589, 601-603 result, 615-619 time, cause, or concession, with cum, 639-643 subjunctive ideas, 582 subjunctive tenses, 578 subordinate clauses, 384, 385 suffixes, 425, 426, 574, 626-629 sui, declension of, 512 sum, conjugation of, 149, 170, 838 42 INDEX suus, use of, 135, 2o8j 209 syllables, 9; division of, 10; quantity of, II, 12 syntax, rules of, pp. 321-324 temporal clauses, with cum, 640, 641, 643 tense, defined, 143, 144; meaning of past tense, 178 ; of perfect tense, 311-314 tense signs, 175 future, 183, 235 future perfect active, 330 past, 176 past perfect active, 325 tenses, primary and secondary, 594 ; sequence of, 593-595 third conjugation, 212, 241, 834 third declension of nouns classes, 404 consonant stems, 405, 408 gender, 496 /-stems, 412, 413, 416 irregular nouns, 419, 813 time, abl. of, 492, 493 ; ace. of, 546-548 towns, rules for names of, 484, 485 transitive verbs, 24 til, declension of, 509 ultima, 10.^ ut, with clauses of purpose, 589; with clauses of result, 618 ut non, with clauses of result, 618, 619 verbs, 20 agreement of, 48 conjugation of, 140, 153, 832-836 deponent, 559, 560, 569, 837 intransitive, 25 irregular, 838-843 personal endings of, active, 146, 177, 248, 304; passive, 256, 286 position of, 40 principal parts of, 299 transitive, 24 vis, declension of, 419, 813 vocabularies English-Latin, pp. 23-35 (^^ the end) Latin-English, pp. 1-22 (at the end) special, pp. 361-381 vocabulary notebook, p. 382 vocative case, 98, 99 oi films, 118, note i of meus, 133, note of nouns in -us of the second de- clension, 98 voice, defined, 141 V0I5, conjugation of, 840 vos, declension of, 509 vowels, sounds of, 5, 6 ; quantity of, 5 ; shortening of, 194 word lists, for the first and the second half-year, pp. 357-360 RETURN TO the circulation desk of any University of California Library or to the NORTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY BIdg. 400, Richmond Field Station University of California Richmond, CA 94804-4698 ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS 2-month loans may be renewed by calling (415) 642-6753 1-year loans may be recharged by bringing books to NRLF Renewals and recharges may be made 4 days prior to due date DUE AS STAMPED BELOW AU6 9 1391 YB 36233 Eduo THE UNIVERSITY OF CAUFORNIA UBRARY